EPA/430/9-75/008
                           MONOGRAPH OF THE EFFECTIVENESS AND COST



                      OF WATER TREATMENT PROCESSES FOR THE REMOVAL OF



                                   SPECIFIC CONTAMINANTS
                                          Volume I

                                       Technical Manual
                                           for the



                                          OFFICE OF

                                   AIR AND WATER PROGRAMS



                                     WATER SUPPLY BRANCH





                        UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
I


1
                                        August 1974

-------
Online Library System (OLS) | Libraries  US EPA
                                                        Page 1 of 2
  http://cave.epa.gov/cgi/nph-bwcgis/BASIS/ncat/pub/ncat/DDW?W%3DREPNUM+PH+IS+%27430/9-
         F jy«P Jill *i'4 JiLJ5 I     mspiay Kecoras as bipiiograpny     j [  item siaius
 RECORD NUMBER: 3 OF 3
 ! Main Title
 l CORP Author
j Monograph of the effectiveness and cost of water treatment processes for
| the removal of specific contaminants

| David Volkert & Associates. Environmental Planning and Engineering
 Division.
  Publisher

 | Year
  Published

 lOCLC
  Number
 The Division;
 1974
 Subject Added
:Ent

 Collation

 Holdings
 I Contents
 ; Notes

 I Place
 I Published
 05197889
                  Water—Purification ; Water quality—United States
                 ! v.: graphs ; 28 cm.
 LIBRARY    CALL NUMBER          LOCATION

 EMAD       EPA/430/9-75/008  Region 6 Library/Dallas,TX

 v. i. Technical manual.
 j PUB Date
 I Free Form
 Bethesda, Md.:
 1974-
 JTiTra
 i Differently
 I
 .   ^, „,<„, «™™™< ..... ^^.
 j Holdings
  Modified
 Effectiveness and cost of water treatment processes for the removal of
 specific contaminants.

 LIBRARY Date Modified
 EMA      20020830
http://cave.epa.gov/cgi/nph-bwcgis/BASIS/ncat/pub/ncat/DDW?W%3DREPNUM+PH+IS...  9/14/2006

-------
     MONOGRAPH OF THE EFFECTIVENESS AND COST

OF WATER TREATMENT PROCESSES FOR THE REMOVAL OF

             SPECIFIC CONTAMINANTS
                    Volume I
                 Technical Manual
                       by
     Environmental Planning and Engineering
                  a division of
           David Volkert & Associates
               4701 Sangamore Road
            Bethesda,  Maryland  20016
                     for the

                    OFFICE OF
             AIR AND WATER PROGRAMS

               WATER SUPPLY BRANCH
  UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
              Contract #68-01-1833
                  August 1974

-------
                  EPA Review Notice

This report has been reviewed by EPA, and approved for
publication.  Approval does not signify that the contents
necessarily reflect the views and policies of the Environ-
mental Protection Agency, nor does mention of trade names
or commercial products constitute endorsement or recom-
mendation for use.
                           ti

-------
                             ABSTRACT
This monograph provides information on treatment processes for
potable water supplies and their costs.  It is intended as a
general planning document, giving the user general concepts on
what treatment methods are available to remove specific con-
taminants or reduce them below the limits required or recommended
by the 1974 Federal Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines.
These contaminants may be physical, biological, radiological, or
chemical.  General cost estimates for the removal or reduction of
coitaminant levels can be made by using the cost estimation
curves and procedures outlined in the monograph.  Volume II of
the monograph is a KWIK INDEX which provides additional references
for more detailed information on treatments and costs.

This report was submitted in fulfillment of EPA contract 68-01-1833
under the sponsorship of the Water Quality Office, Environmental
Protection Agency.
                                 iii

-------
                                 CONTENTS
SECTION I      INTRODUCTION

SECTION II     PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL DATA Oti THE CONTAMINANTS
               WITH TREATMENT METHODS

               Bacteria
               Odor
               Color
               Turbidity
               Arsenic
               Barium
               Cadmium
               Chromium
               Fluorides
               Copper
               Cyanide
               Foaming Agents
               Organics-Carbon Chloroform Extract
               Lead
               Iron and Manganese
               Mercury
               Nitrates
               Selenium
               Silver
               Sodium
               Sulfates
               Zinc
               Aldrin
               Chlordane
               DDT
               Dieldrin
               Endrin
               Heptaclor Epoxide
               Lindane
               Methoxychlor
               Toxaphene
               2, 4-5-TP
               2, 4-D
               Common Organophosphates
               Radioactive Contaminants
                  Gross Alpha
                  Radium 226 and Radium 228
                  Gross Beta
                  Strontium 90
                  Iodine 129 and Iodine 131
                  Tritium
Page

   1
 5
 7
 9
11
12
16
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
29
33
34
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
53
54
54
55
55
                                    iv

-------
SECTION III
SECTION IV
SECTION V
SECTION VI
                                                                         57
                                                                         69
                                                      Page
METHODS OF WATER SOURCE PROTECTION                        5

Groundwater Source                                    57
Reservoirs                                            60

WATER TREATMENT PROCESSES AND ASSOCIATED
COSTS
Aeration                                              71
Sedimentation                                         75
Coagulation                                           82
Coagulation and Sedimentation                         89
Filtration                                            95
Microscreening                                       114
Reverse Osmosis                                      119
Electrodialysis                                      128
Distillation                                         139
Ion Exchange                                         150
Disinfection                                         161
   Chlorination                                      161
   Ozonation                                         168
Miscellaneous Operations and Treatment Chemicals     175
   Activated Carbon and Other Taste
      and Odor Control Treatments                    175
   Fluoridation and Fluoride Adjustment              181
   Stabilization and pH Control                      189
   Coagulants and Coagulant Aids                     192
   Softening                                         196
   Dechlorination                                    202

TREATED WATER STORAGE

Classification                                       203
   Open and Covered Service Reservoirs               203
Elevated Storage Tanks                               208
Cost Data                                            210
CONTROL OF WATER QUALITY IN DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEMS                                                  213

Cross Connections                                    213
Disinfection of Mains                                215
Chemical Interaction Between Water
   and Pipe                                          215
Dead Ending                                          220
Biological Degradation and Infestation               220
Quality of Water put into Distribution
   System                                            222
Air Relief Valves and Blowoffs                       222
Sampling of Distribution System                      222
203

-------
SECTION VII    TREATMENT PROCESS SELECTION AND EFFECTIVENESS

               Process Selection
               Unit Cost Curves

SECTION VIII   EXAMPLE PROBLEMS

                  Example 1
                  Example 2
                  Example 3

               APPENDIX A, 1974 FEDERAL BACTERIA STANDARDS
               AND GUIDELINES

               APPENDIX B, SODIUM

               APPENDIX C

                  Conversion Factors
                  Abbreviations
                  Application of Units

               APPENDIX D, ADMINISTRATORS DECISION
               STATEMENT NO. 5
                                                                   Page
    225
225
229
    259
261
273
284
    301

    305

    311
311
315
319
    321
                                    VI

-------
                              FIGURES

No.                                                                Page

Hg 1      Effect of Initial Mercury Concentration on Removal         30
          Percentage Using Alum Coagulation

Hg 2      Effect of Initial Mercury Concentration on Removal         30
          Percentage Using Iron Coagulation

Hg 3      Turbidity vs. Mercury Removal by Alum Coagulation          31

Hg 4      Turbidity vs. Mercury Removal by Iron Coagulation          31

Hg 5      Effect of Mercury Concentration on Removal by Lime         31
          Softening

Hg 6      Mercury Removal by Lime Softening with Supplementary       32
          Coagulation

Hg 7      Mercury Removal by Lime Softening.  No supplementary       32
          Coagulation.

Hg 8      Mercury Removal by Granular Activated Carbon Columns       32

Hg 9      Effect of Contact Time on Capacity of Granular             32
          Activated Carbon for Mercury

GW-1      Drilled Well Showing Sanitary Protective Features          59

RES-1     Thermal Stratification                                     61

RES-2     Iron and Manganese in a Thermally Stratified               61
          Resevoir

RES-3     Two Examples of Artificial Destratification Devices        62

A-l       Aeration Equipment Construction Cost                       73

A-2       Aerator 0 + M Costs                                        74

S-l       Sedimentation Plant Construction Cost                      78

S-2       Land Requirement for Sedimentation Plant                   79

S-3       Site Development Costs - Sedimentation Plant               80

S-4       0 + M Costs Sedimentation Plant                            81

C-l       The Effect of pH on Alum Dosage for Optimum                84
          Coagulation

C-2       Construction Cost for Coagulation Equipment                85

C-3       Land Requirement for Coagulation                           86

                                    vii

-------
No.                                                                Page

C-4       Site Development Cost for Coagulation                      87

C-5       Operating and Maintenance Costs for Coagulation            88
          Plant

CS-1      Construction Cost for Coagulation and Sedimentation        91
          Systems

CS-2      Land Requirement for Coagulation and Sedimentation         92

CS-3      Site Development Costs for Coagulation and                 93
          S ed iment a t i on

CS-4      0 + M Costs Coagulation and Sedimentation                  94

RF-1      Removal of Turbidity by Rapid-Sand Filtration              95
          Without Flocculation
RF-2      Construction Cost for Rapid Filters

RF-3      Land Requirement for Rapid Sand Filters                   102

RF-4      Site Development Costs for Rapid Filters                  103

RF-5      0 + M Costs - Rapid Filtration                            104

SF-1      Construction Cost for Slow Filters                        105

SF-2      Land Requirement for Slow Filters                         106

SF-3      Site Development Costs for Slow Filters                   ^Q?

SF-4      0 + M Costs Slow Filters                                  108

DF-1      Construction Cost Diatomaceous Earth Filters

DF-2      Land Requirement for Diatomite Filtration

DF-3      0 + M Labor Cost, Diatomite Filtration

DF-4      Power Requirement, Diatomite Filtration                   112

DF-5      Diatomaceous  Earth Requirement                           113

MS-1      Microscreening Construction Cost                          116

MS-2      Site Development Cost for Microscreening                  117

MS -3      Annual Microscreening 0 + M Costs                         118

RO-1      Land Requirements for R. 0. Installations                  124

RO-2      Site Development Costs for R. 0. Plants                    I25

                                   viii

-------
No.                                                                Page

RO-3      R.O. Plant Construction Costs                             126

RO-4      Reverse Osmosis 0 + M Labor Cost                          127

ED-1      Rating Factor for E.D. Stacks                             131

ED-2      Fraction of Solids Remaining Per Stage E.D. Plants        132

ED-3      Construction Costs for E.D. Plants                        133

ED-4      Land Requirements for E.D. Plants                         134

ED-5      Site Development Costs for E.D. Plants                    135

ED-6      Annual Membrane Replacement Cost for E.D. Plants          136

ED-7      Electric Power Requirements  for E.D. Plants              137

ED-8      E«D« Plant 0 + M Labor Cost                               138

D-l       Steam Requirements for Multistage Flash  (MSF),            143
          Vertical Tube Evaporator  (VTE) and VTE-MSF Plants

D-2       Land Requirements for MSF, VTE, and VTE-MSF               144
          Distillation System, Including Steam Generator
          Requirement

D-3       Distillation Plant and Steam Generator Construction       145
          Cost

D-4       Site Development Costs for Distillation  Plants            146

D-5       Distillation Plant Annual 0 + M Labor Cost                -^7

D-6       Electric Power Requirement for Distillation Plants        148

D-7       Distillation Plant Fuel Requirement                      149

IX-1      Ion Exchange (IX) Plant Construction Costs               155

IX-2      Land Requirements for IX  Installations                   i56

IX-3      Site Development Costs for IX Plants                     157

IX-4      Approximate Regenerant Cost for IX System                158

IX-5      0 + M Labor Cost Ion Exchange                            159

IX-6      Electric Power Requirement for IX System                16°

DN-1      Chlorination Equipment Cost - Gas Feed                   166
                                     ix

-------
No.                                                                Page




DN-2     Chlorination Equipment Enclosure Costs                      -^7



DN-3     Hypochlorite Disinfection Equipment Costs                  170



DN-4     Hypochlorite Generator 0 + M Costs                         171



DN-5     Ozonation System Construction Cost                         172



DN-6     Power Requirement for Ozonation System                     173



DN-7     Ozone Generator - Enclosure Costs                          174



MT-1     Construction Cost for Activated Carbon Absorption          177



MT-2     Construction Cost for Activated Carbon Regeneration        178



MT-3     0 + M Costs Activated Carbon                               179



MT-4     Construction Cost for Two Types of Defluoridation          186

         Plant



MT-5     Annual Chemical and Media Replacement Cost                 187
                                                  V


MT-6     Annual 0 + M Cost Activated Alumina - Bone Char            188



MT-7     Typical Alum Solution System                               192



UC-1     Aeration Unit Cost of Treated Water                        241



UC-2     Sedimentation Unit Cost of Treated Water                   242



UC-3     Coagulation Unit Cost of Treated Water                     243



UC-4     Coagulation and Sedimentation Unit Cost of Treated Water   244



UC-5     Rapid Sand Filtration Unit Cost of Treated Water           245



UC-6     Slow Sand Filtration Unit Cost of Treated Water            246



UC-7     Diatomaceous Earth Filtration Unit Cost of Treated Water   247



UC-8     Microscreening Unit Cost of Treated Water                  248



UC-9     Reverse Osmosis Unit Cost of Treated Water                 249



UC-10    Electrodialysis Unit Cost of Treated Water                 250



UC-11    MSF and VTE-MSF Distillation Unit Cost of Treated Water    251



UC-12    Ion Exchange Unit Cost  of Treated Water                    252

-------
No.                                                                Page

UC-13     Chlorine Gas Disinfection Unit Cost of Treated Water      253

UC-14     Site-Generated Hypochlorite Disinfection Unit Cost of
          Treated Water                                             254

UC-15     Sodium Hypochlorite Disinfection Unit Cost of Treated
          Water                                                     255

UC-16     Ozonation Unit Cost of Treated Water                      256

UC-17     Unit Cost Conversion Chart                                257

-------
                              TABLES

No.

AS-1      Efficiency for Arsenic Removal in a 150 m3/day
          treatment plant using Fe 013 - Chlorine - Fil-
          tration methods                                            12

AS-3      Removal of Arsenic  (V) Adsorption on Hydrous
          Ferric Oxide                                               13

AS-4      Removal of Arsenic  (V) by Adsorption on Hydrous
          Aluminum Oxide                                             14

RC-1      Radiation Units                                            55

RES-1     Comparison of Destratification Efficiencies of
          Various Studies                                            64

RES-2     Concentration of Copper and Chlorine Required to
          Kill Algae                                                 67

S-l       Relative Settling Times of Various Spheres                 75

S-2       Values of a, n, C                                          76

S-3       Settling Velocity for Various Particle Sizes               77

DF-1      Vacuum and Pressure Diatomaceous Earth Filtration
          of  Secondary Sewage Effluent                               99

DF-2      Typical Properties  Diatomite Filters                      100

MS-1      Tertiary Treatment  By Microscreeners                      115

IX-1      Some Typical Commercial Resin Properties                  151

DN-1      Comparative Chlorine Costs                                164

DN-2      General Guidelines  for Cl2 Dosage Requirements            165

MT-1      Taste and Odor  Control                                    180

MT-2      Chemicals Used  for  Fluoridation                           182

MT-3      Equivalent Cost of  Fluoridation Chemicals                 183

MT-4      Comparison of Activated Alumina and Bone Char             185
          Facilities
                                  xii

-------
No.                                                               Page

MT-5      Stabilization and pH Control                             191

MT-6      Common Coagulants                                        193

MT-7      Some Typical Polyelectrolytes and Their Maximum
          Health Concentration Recommended by the Environ-
          mental Protection Agency                                 195

MT-8      Lime/Lime Soda Softening Balance                         198

MT-9      Factors Used to Calculate Lime and': Soda Ash
          Requirements kg/lOOOm^                                   199

MT-10     Changes in Water Analysis (in mg/1) Caused by the
          Addition of One mg/1 Coagulants, Chlorine, Hydrated
          Lime or Sulfuric Acid                                    200

VII-1     General Removal Levels - Miscellaneous Contaminants      231
                                  xiii

-------
                                SECTION I

                              INTRODUCTION
This monograph was prepared under contract to the Environmental Protection
Agency, and is a. compilation of cost and technical data for water treat-
ment and other techniques which, when applied, will result in the production
of water whose constituent limits conform to applicable Federal standards.

The monograph includes capital cost analyses and operating cost data, and
is arranged for ready cross reference between contaminant to be controlled
and control method.  This document should be of assistance to utilities
and engineering consultants in making preliminary plans and cost estimates
for improved water supply facilities.

Listed below are the proposed revised 1974 Federal Drinking Water Standards
and Guidelines^1) compared to the 1962 U.S. Public Health Drinking Water
Standards.  The proposed standards are used in subsequent sections of the
monograph for calculations of process cost effectiveness.
Constituent

Bacteria
Coliform Bacteria
Color
Odor (Threshold)
Turbidity
Arsenic
Barium
Cadmium
CCE
Chloride
Chromium (Hexavalent)
Copper
Cyanide
Fluoride - Annual average
  of maximum daily air
  temperatures  (°C) based
  on temp, data obtained
  for a minimum of 5 years
                1962 Standards

                See appendix A
                See appendix A
                   15 color units
                    3 T.O.N.
                    5 units
                    0.05  mg/1
                          mg/1
                          mg/1
       10.0
       12.2
       14.7
       17.7
       21.5
       26.3
- 12.1
- 14.6
-17.6
- 21.4
- 26.2
- 32.5
  1.0
  0.01
  0.2
250
  0.05
  1.0
  0.2
                          mg/1
                          mg/1
                          mg/1
                          mg/1
                          mg/1
2.4
2.2
 .0
 .8
1.6
1.4
2.
1.
        mg/1
        mg/1
        mg/1
        mg/1
        mg/1
1974 Revised Standards

   500  /ml
See appendix A
    15  color units
     3  T.O.N.
     1  unit
     0.1  mg/1
     1.0  mg/1
     0.01 tng/1
     0.7
   250    mg/1
     0.05 mg/1
     1.0  mg/1
     0.2  mg/1
     1.8
     1.7
     1.5
     1.4
     1.2
     1.1
mg/1
mg/1
mg/1
mg/1
mg/1
mg/1
                                   -1-

-------
Constituent
Foaming Agents
Iron
Lead
Manganese
Mercury
Nitrate
Selenium
                        1962 Standards
                            0.5   mg/1
Sodium^
Sulphate
Zinc
Gross Alpha (Including
  Radium 226)
Radium and/or Radium 228
Radium 226
Gross Beta
Beta Particle and photon
  activity from artificial
  radionuclide
Strontium 90^
                            0.3
                            0.05
                            0.05

                           45
                            0.01
                            0.05

                           250
                            5
                                3
                             1000
                a
           and/or Iodine 131(6)
                               10
Iodine 1
Tritium^
Aldrin
Chlordane
DDT
Dieldrin
Endrin
Heptachlor epoxide
Lindane
Methoxychlor
Toxaphene
Organophosphate Insecticides

2, 4-D
2, 4, 5,-TP
mg/1
mg/1
mg/1

mg/l(as N03)
mg/1
mg/1

mg/1
mg/1
                                  pCi/liter
                                  pCi/liter
                                  pCi/liter
                                                    1974 Revised  Standards

                                                        0.5   mg/1
                                                           (As Methylene-Blue
                                                           Active Substances)
                                                        0.3   mg/1
                                                        0.05  mg/1
                                                        0.05  mg/1
                                                        0.002  mg/1
                                                       10    mg/1  (as N)
                                                        0.01  mg/1
                                                        0.05  mg/1
                                                       250
                                                         5

                                                        15
                                                         5
                                                               mg/1
                                                               mg/1

                                                               pCi/liter
                                                               pCi/liter
                   8     pCi/liter
                   2     pCi/liter
                   8 x l(T liter
                   0.00014 yg/1
                   3       yg/1
                  50       yg/l
                   0.00014 yg/l
                                                         0.2
                                                         0.1
                                                         5
                                                       100
                                                         5
                                                         0.1

                                                         0.1
                                                         0.03
                                                             yg/l
                                                             yg/i
                                                             Kg/1
                                                             yg/l
                                                             Mg/1
                                                             mg/1

                                                             mg/1
                                                             mg/1
                                (parathion
                                equiv.)(7)
 (1)

 (2)


 (3)
Currently under internal review by EPA.

Concentration limit increase due to improved sampling and extraction
technique rather than change in standard.

Rejection of supply is at 2 x limit.
                                    -2-

-------
*• •'No recommended standards for sodium.   Treatment methods are included
   in the manual.  See Appendix B page 305  for discussion.

' 'Aggregate dose limit for any water supply system shall not exceed-
   1500 man-rem/yr.   In no case, however, shall concentration produce
   in any individual a yearly dose to the total body or any internal
   organ greater than 0.015 rem/yr.

^ 'The limits apply when each radionuclide is the only one in the water.
   When there is a mixture of two or more,  the man-rem limits of  note (5)
   apply.

^ 'Approval Limit (Health) 0.1 mg of parathion per liter, or the  equivalent
   concentration of organophosphate   insecticides based on total  organic
   phosphorus, as determined by suitable chemical or physicochemical
   method(s).

   Provided the total concentration of organophosphate insecticides
   exceeds 0.1 mg/1 as parathion then an analytical gas liquid chromato-
   graphic procedure should be employed to determine specific organophosphate
   insecticides that are likely to occur in water supplies.
                                   -3-

-------
                               SECTION II

                      PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL DATA ON
                 THE CONTAMINANTS WITH TREATMENT METHODS
The maximum concentrations listed in this section are those concentrations
of the contaminants in the untreated water that can effectively be reduced
to acceptable 1974 Federal Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines in a
single pass through the process.  The percentage of contaminant removed
by each process is an indication of the process effectiveness or ef-
ficiency in removing the contaminant of interest.  Application of the
percentage of contaminant removal to the 1974 Drinking Water Standards and
Guidelines limits to determine the maximum concentrations (or vice versa)
should not be done for the following reasons:

     1)  Some processes are uniformly effective over a range of con-
         taminant concentration levels, but reach a maximum concentration
         limit where they are no longer effective, which does not
         correspond to the maximum concentration limit calculated above.
         For example, a process may remove 90% of contaminant A up to
         levels of 1 mg/1 in the untreated water.  Regardless of further
         increases in contaminant A levels, the process will remove only
         1 mg/1.  In effect, the efficiency will drop when the un-
         treated water levels exceed 1.0 mg/1.

     2)  When a range of values for percentage removal or maximum con-
         centrations are given, then the effectiveness of the treatment
         process is dependent on factors such as pH level, particle
         size, saturation levels, water temperature, contaminant levels,
         overall water chemistry, etc.  The reader's judgement must be
         used to select values for analysis based on prior experience
         and knowledge of the local water supply under consideration.
         Detailed data would have to be determined by laboratory analysis
         or pilot studies.

     3)  The percentage removal varies with contaminant concentration.

     4)  Maximum concentrations are unreasonably high if percentage
         removal is very high (say 99 or 99,9%).


BACTERIA

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health) -
500/ml.

Bacteria in water sources are primarily a result of organic waste pollu-
tion.  Sources of this waste include decaying vegetative matter, decaying
animal wastes, effluent from food processing plants, untreated sewage
and others.  In addition to direct contamination, bacteria may be trans-
ported to open water bodies by air dispersion, birds, and other animals,
including man.

Except in cases involving heavy percolation of high bacterial count waters
and accidental well contamination, bacteria are a surface water problem.
                                 -5-

-------
Treatment Methods1

     (1)  Chlorination     (Pg. 161, 228, 239)
          Bacterial destruction approximates 99%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 50,000/ml.

     (2)  Ozonation        (Pg. 168, 173, 228, 239)
          Bacterial destruction approximates 99%  (Ref. No. 8, 26)
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 50,000/ml.

     (3)  Reverse Osmosis  (Pg. 119, 227, 235)
          Removal efficiency approximates 99%+ when the membrane consists
          of material which is safe from bacterial destruction.
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 50,000/ml.

The following treatment methods do not provide bacterial reduction
sufficient to meet public health standards.  Maximum concentration in
feed-water varies and is dependent on local conditions. Laboratory
analysis required to determine this level.  However, their use prior to
disinfection may significantly lower  treatment costs.

     (4)  Plain Sedimentation    (Pg. 75, 226, 231)
          Removal efficiencies range from 0 - 90%+

     (5)  Coagulation      (Pg. 82, 193, 232)
          Coagulation may remove significant amounts of bacteria which
          have become attached to or encapsulated by suspended or
          colloidal matter.

     (6)  Rapid Sand Filtration  (Pg. 95, 226, 227, 234)
          Removal efficiencies range from 0 - 99%

     (7)  Slow Sand Filtration   (Pg. 96, 227, 234)
          Removal efficiency ranges from 85-99%

     (8)  Diatomite Filtration   (Pg. 96, 227, 234)
          Removal efficiency ranges from 85 - 90%

     (9)  Microscreening         (Pg. 114, 227, 235)
          Removal efficiency ranges from 50 -
1  Throughout  this  section,  treatment methods which  require  a maximum
concentration  of  the  contaminant  in the  feed-water refers  to a  single
pass operation.
                                 -6-

-------
ODOR

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Esthetic) -
3 Threshold Odor Number

Undesirable odors in water are caused by the vapors^from many
chemicals including halogens, sulfides, ammonia, turpentine,
phenols and cresols, picrates, various hydrocarbons and unsaturated
organic compounds, some of which have not yet been identified.  Frequently
it is difficult to determine the exact cause of an odor problem, as many
substances have the same effect and mixtures of several substances may
be involved.

Possible sources of Contamination

Natural waters may obtain odor producing compounds from living organic
substances and decaying vegetation, including weeds, bacteria, fungi,
actinomycetes, algae and decaying animal matter.  Sewage and industrial
wastes may also contribute high levels of odorous compounds.  Some
inorganic substances such as metal ions in concentrations impart taste
and odor to water when their concentrations are sufficiently high.

Treatment Methods

The following processes have been found to effectively remove varying
amounts of odor-producing compounds from water.  Laboratory tests on raw
water samples will be necessary to determine the removal effectiveness
of the various processes.

     (1)  Aeration  (Ref. No. 5) -  (Pg. 71,  225,  231)

     (2)  Activated Carbon (Ref. No. 45)    (pg. 175,  239)

The processes listed below are utilized primarily for disinfection.
However, they will also remove odor producing compounds in many cases.
In all cases where these processes are being used for dual purposes,
care must be taken to insure that the odor removal does not interfere
with the disinfection capability of the process.


     (3)  Ozonation        (Pg. 168,239)

            Ozone is highly effective for odor reduction.  However, the
            presence of some organic compounds may result in undesirable
            tastes accompanying its use.   Therefore,  a two-stage treatment
            with activated carbon to remove the organics,  followed by the
            ozonation may be necessary for total odor removal.
 I/ See Vol. II, KWIK Index, Reference Section, No.  00005.
                               -7-

-------
     (4)  Superchlorination        (Pg. 161, 239)

           Superchlorination followed by excess chlorine removal has
           been  found  effective  for odor removal.  The presence of
           phenols  and subsequent formation of chlorophenols may
           necessitate the use of activated carbon to remove the un-
           desired  organics.  The efficiency of this operation is
           variable and requires  preliminary testing to determine its
           effectiveness.

     (5)  Chlorine dioxide*   (Ref.  No. 105)  (Pg.  180, Table MT-1)

           Chlorine dioxide has been used  sucessfully in destroying
           chlorophenols and other odorous substances.  Its use in water
           treatment has arisen  largely from the  fact that offensive
           chlorophenols are formed when phenol-bearing waters are
           treated  with chlorine. Chlorine dioxide is more chemically
           active than chlorine  and oxidizes odorous substances at a
           higher rate. Little  is known on the potential long term
           physiological effects  of chlorinated organic compounds
           present  in  waters treated with  chlorine and chlorine dioxide.
           For precisely this reason it is suggested that chlorine
           dioxide  treatment be  followed by adsorption on carbon  to
           remove chlorinated organic compounds.  Usually, however,
           chlorine dioxide  is applied  to  the  finished water, where no
           subsequent  removal of organics  is necessary.  The efficiency
           of this  operation is  variable and requires preliminary
           testing  to  determine  its effectiveness.

     (6)  Potassium  permanganate   (Ref. No. 45)   (Pg. 180, Table MT1)

           Potassium permanganate has been found  to be an effective
           and economical means  of solving taste  and odor problems.
           It has been used  successfully  for odor control in many
            treatment plants  throughout  the United States and  in
           approximately  fourteen foreign  countries with excellent
           results  reported  often with  dosages as low as 0.3 mg/liter.
           The efficiency  of this operation  is variable and requires
           preliminary testing  to determine  its effectiveness.
*Note:
  Regardless of the process used, sufficient amounts of chlorine must
  be available to ensure complete oxidation, otherwise, intermediate
  chlorinated compounds may intensify existing tastes and odors.
                               -8-

-------
COLOR

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Esthetic)-
15 color units

Color in water may be of natural mineral or vegetable origin, as well
as a result of industrial or domestic wastes.  Natural iron and manga-
nese compounds are examples of minerals which can impart undesirable
colors to water.  Organic materials such as humus, tannins, peat, algae,
weeds and protozoa are examples of natural organics which contribute
color to water in the form of complex organic compounds.  Irrigation
return flows are a major source of color from natural sources in some
parts of the United States.

Industries generating colored effluents are too numerous to list fully,
however, some of the important color producing processes are mining,
refining, explosives production, pulp and paper manufacture, and
chemical production.

Treatment Methods

Treatment methods for the removal of color are listed below.  Due to
the varied nature of color in water, removal efficiencies must be
determined by pilot studies for individual cases.

     (1)  Coagulation (Ref. No. 138)    (Pg. 82, 193, 232)

            Coagulation is highly successful and widely used for color
            removal and, in general, the optimum removal increases with
            increased coagulant dosage.  The best removal is usually
            achieved within a pH range of 4-6.  However, since this range
            is not the optimum pH for minimum solubility of the coagulant,
            the pH should be adjusted to greater than 6 prior to fil-
            tration.  Removal efficiency is 95%.  Maximum concentration in
            feed-water = 300 color units.

     (2)  Slow Sand Filtration  (Pg. 96, 227, 234) with Diatomite
          Filtration (Pg. 96, 227, 234).  Removal efficiency is
          50-95%.  Maximum concentration in feed-water is 30-300
          color units,depending on  source.


     (3)  Reverse Osmosis                (Pg. 119, 227, 235)

            R.O. provides 99% removal for all color producing materials
            with molecular weights greater than 200.  Maximum
            concentration in feed-water must not exceed 1500 color units.
                                  -9-

-------
(4)   Ion Exchange           (Pg. 150, 228, 238)

        Resins have been developed which will remove organic dye
        wastes, humates and ligates.  Removal efficiency is 100%.

(5)   Activated Carbon       (Pg. 175)

        Activated Carbon is highly efficient for removing non-
        colloidal, soluble, aromatic structured color sources.
        Removal efficiency is 100%.
                            -10-

-------
TURBIDITY

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health) -
1 unit
Turbidity in water is a result of suspended and colloidal matter from
a variety of possible sources.  It may be caused by micro-organisms
or organic detritus; mineral substances including zinc, iron and man-
ganese compounds; clay or silt and other products of natural erosion;
domestic sewage or wastes from various industries, e.g., mining, dredging,
logging, pulp and paper manufacturing; and others.

Treatment Methods

The treatment methods listed below have been found effective for tur-
bidity reduction.  Efficiencies will vary with the amount of solids
present in the raw water source.  In many cases, maximum removal ef-
ficiency is obtained by utilizing various combinations of the methods
listed below, e.g., plain sedimentation, coagulation with sedimenta-
tion, rapid sand filtration.

     (1)  Plain Sedimentation               (Pg. 75, 226, 231)
          Removal efficiency is 50 - 95%.  Maximum concentration in
          feed-water is 20 JTU (Jackson Turbidity Unit).
     (2)  Coagulation with Sedimentation
          Removal efficiency is 80 - 99%.
          feed-water is 100 JTU.
 (Pg. 89, 226, 233)
Maximum concentration in
The following treatment methods are efficient for water containing
turbidity of 10 JTU or less.

     (3)  Coagulation without Sedimentation (Pg. 82, 192, 232)
          Removal efficiency is 80 - 99%.  Maximum concentration in
          feed-water 5 - 100 JTU.

     (4)  Rapid Sand Filtration (Ref. No. 18)   (Pg. 95, 226, 227, 234)
          Removal efficiency is 80 - 99%.  Maximum concentration in
          feed water is 5 - 100 JTU.
     (5)  Slow Sand Filtration
          Removal efficiency is 80 - 99%.
          feedr-water is 5 - 100 JTU.

     (6)  Diatomite Filtration
          Removal efficiency is 80 - 99%.
          feed-water is 5 - 100 JTU.

     (7)  Microscreening (Ref. No. 132)
          Removal efficiency is 50 -
          feed-water is 2 - 5 JTU.
 (Pg. 96, 227, 234)
Maximum concentration in
 (Pg. 96, 227, 234)
Maximum concentration in
 (Pg. 114, 227, 235)
Maximum concentration in
                                -11-

-------
ARSENIC (As)

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health)
0.1 mg/1.

Possible Sources of Contamination

Arsenic or its compounds is used in many manufacturing processes,
including pyrotechny, tanning, dye manufacture and lead shot manufacture.
The major use of arsenic has been in pesticides and as a wood preservative.
The related compounds are Paris green 3 Cu (As02 • Cu (0211302)2*
calcium arsenate and lead arsenate.

High concentrations of arsenic compounds have been found to occur
naturally in some waters of the Western United States.
Treatment Methods
     (1)  Coagulation
(Pg.  82,  193,  232)
          (a)  Ferric Chloride (FeCl-j) as coagulant
               Removal efficiency is 90-99% and maximum concentration
               in feed-water is 1 mg/1 with preoxidation, followed by
               coagulation with FeCl3 and filtration.  Removal efficiency
               is 99% and maximum concentration in feed-water is 10 mg/1
               with FeCl^ coagulation, chlorination, and filtration.

If water containing arsenic is oxidized, coagulated with ferric chloride,
and then filtered, removal efficiencies of more than 99% can be achieved.

Table AS-1.  Efficiency for Arsenic removal in a 150 nrVday treatment plant
             using FeCl3 - Chlorine - Filtration methods.-1-
Quantity
o o
Filter rate-in /m /day
Dosage of FeCl3-mg/l
Dosage of Cl2-mg/l
Residual Cl in
finished water-mg/1
jE of finished water
Fe-mg/1
In raw water
In finished water
ks-mg/1
In raw water
In finished water
tlemoved-%
Day 1

56.5
37.2

2.0
8.0

2.0
0

0.56
0
100
Day 44
8.7
55.8
25.2

2.1
8.0

0.5
0

0.45
0
100
Day 61
4.5
30
13.5

1.7
8.1

0.7


0.56
trace
100
Day 88
4.3
35.3
12.9

0.5
7.8

0.4
0

0.43
0
100
Day 105
11.0
32.8
9.7

0.1
7.9

0.5
0

0.36
trace
100
Day 120
8.4
30
11.3

0.2
8.3

0.5
0

0.42
trace
100
  Reference - Y.S.  Shen "Study  of Arsenic  Removal  From Drinking Water,"
  Jour.  AWWA 65:8;  543 (August  1973).
                                 -12-

-------
The  filter media used at  the test plant was sand which can be re-
generated with NaOH solution and arsenic free water rinse.

b.   Ferric Oxide Fe2(SO<)3 as a coagulant

Table AS-3.  Removal of Arsenic (V) Adsorption on Hydrous Ferric Oxide1
Initial
pH
5.0




6.0




7.5




8.0




Dosage of
Fe2(S04>3 . 31^0
mg/1
10
20
30
40
50
10
20
30
40
50
10
20
30
40
50
10
20
30
40
50
Arsenic Removal-per cent
Lost to
Glassware
(Control)
5.39
0.125
7.25
0.119
3.86
0.145
0.73
0.32
0.394
3.02
0.544
0
1.13
4.54
0.408
0.147
0.427
3.82
0.62
4.35
Lost to
Glassware
and Filter
8.68
4.86
9.4
3.02
10.6
'4.64
5.88
1.48
3.58
6.3
4.16
4.41
2.98
8.6
2.78
1.93
3.66
4.42
7.46
7.56
Coagulation
and
Sedimentation
66
87.7
90.5
91
96.8
66.2
81.8
91.3
95
9*
74.6
78.5
94.5
91.5
96.5
63
65
93
93
95.4
Coagulation
Sedimentation ,
and Filtration
96.5
96.9
96.4
95.2
99
87.1
97.5
98.3
99.6
98.4
94
97
96.5
99.9
97.5
88.6
89.5
96.5
96.3
96.5
1Gulledge, J. & O'Connor, J. "Removal of Arsenic (V) from Water on
 Aluminum and Ferric Hydroxides", Jour AWWA 65:8; 551 (August 1973),

Note:  Extensive research data is provided here because of current
       concern with arsenic contamination.
                                -13-

-------
  (c)  Alton Al2(80^)3 • 18 H20 as a  coagulant

  Laboratory tests indicate high arsenic  (As+5)  removal efficiencies as
  indicated below.
Table AS-4. Removal of Arsenic (V) by Adsorption on Hydrous Aluminum Oxide
Initial
PH
5.0




6.0




7.0




8.0




Dosage of Alum.
Al2(S04)3 . 18H20
ng/1
10
20
30
40
50
10
20
30
40
50
10
7.0
30
40
50
10
20 '
30
40
50
Arsenic Removal -per cent
lost to
Glassware
(Control)
1.45
1.83
2.34
3.72
0.37
1.38
4.75
0.21
0.20
1.35
6.50
0.73
8.3
2.25
10.9
2.59
8.83
3.33
0.53
2.64
Lost to
Glassware
and Filter
8.74
3.82
6.41
15.9
1.28
8.15
16.2
1.22
0.75
6.20
10.3
4.45
12.6
4.6
15.2
7.14
2.06
5.85
4.24
6.85
Coagulation
and
Sedimentation
13.6
59.5
77.3
83.7
85.3
69.3
74 5
81.0
74.1
85.8
37.4
72.0
74.5
87.1
82.4
6.45
31.2
45.0
64.0
62.1
Coagulation,
Sedimentation,
and Filtration
59.0
81.6
90.5
93.0
91.7
74.5
88.5
90.5
88.9
93.6 .
64.5
82.3
84.0
91.0
92.0
18.5
39.0
47.0
67.0
65.5
     Gulledge  J.  &  O'Connor J.  "Removal of Arsenic (V) From Water by Adsorption  on
     Aluminum  and Ferric  Hydroxides' ,  Jour AWWA 65:8; 551 (August 1973)
                                       -14-

-------
     (2)  Ion Exchange      (Pg. 150,  228, 238)
          Removal efficiency approximates 95%+
          Maximum concentration in feed-water =  2.0 mg/1

     (3)  Distillation      (Pg. 139,  228, 237)
          Removal efficiency approximates 99.9%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water =  100 mg/1

     (4)  Electrodialysis   (Pg. 128,  228, 236)
          Removal efficiency approximates 80%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = .5 mg/1

     (5)  Reverse Osmosis   (Pg.  119,  227,   235)
          Removal efficiency ranges from 90-95%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water ranges from  1  mg/1 to
          0.33 mg/1*

     (6)  Lime Soda Softening   (Pg. 196, 240)
          Effectiveness of lime soda softening in removing arsenic is
          dependent on arsenic concentration and pH level in water being
          treated.  Lime soda softening will remove 90% of the arsenic
          from the water being treated provided the pH level is 9.5 to
          10 and the untreated water arsenic levels do not exceed 1.0
          mg/1.  If the arsenic levels do exceed 1.0 mg/1, then the
          treatment efficiency drops as low as 60% under these pH con-
          ditions, and several passes through the process or additional
          treatment will be necessary.  If the raw water arsenic concen-
          tration exceeds 1.0 mg/1, and the pH level is increased to 10.6
          to 11, then 90% efficiencies can be maintained.  Additional
          treatments will, of course, still be necessary.
*Exact removal efficiency in this range, for a particular water supply
 must be determined by pilot test.
                               -15-

-------
BARIUM (Ba)

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health) -
1.0 mg/1

Possible Sources of Contamination

Barium is found in many waters in the United States with concentrations
ranging from 2-340 Mg/1.  Considerable levels may be found in some
groundwaters and in effluents from areas where barytes and witherite
are mined.

Barium and its salts are used in many industrial applications including
metallurgy, paint manufacture, ceramic and glass manufacture and
several other processes.  As a result, wastes from these plants may
contain significant levels of barium contamination.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Distillation    (Pg. 139,  228, 237)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99.9%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 1000 mg/1

     (2)  Reverse Osmosis (Pg.119,  227,235)

          Removal efficiency ranges from 90 - 97%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water ranges from 10 mg/1 - 33.3 mg/1*

     (3)  Ion Exchange     (Pg. 150,  228, 238)

          Removal efficiency approximates 95%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water - 20 mg/1

     (4)  Electrodialysis   (Pg.  128,  228, 236)

          Removal efficiency approximates 80%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water - 5 mg/1
 *  Exact removal efficiency,  in this range,  for  a  particular water  supply
   must be determined by pilot  tests.
                                -16-

-------
 CADMIUM (Cd)

 1974  Drinking Water  Standards  and Guidelines - Approval Limit  (Health) -
 0.010 mg/1

 The chloride, nitrate and sulfate of  cadmium, are  highly soluble  in
 water, but the  carbonate and hydroxide  are  insoluble.

 Possible Sources of  Contamination

 Only  minute traces of cadmium  are found in  natural waters  in the United
 States.   If abnormally high concentrations  are found,  industrial pollu-
 tion is the most likely cause. Electroplating wastes  have been  found
 to be a major source of cadmium in  the  environment.  Other industrial
 uses  of cadmium which may contribute  to water pollution include  use  in
 insecticides, photography, metallurgy and ceramic manufacture.   If
 galvanized pipes or  fixtures are used anywhere throughout  a water supply
 system,  cadmium  may leach from these pipes and cause  contamination, pH
 control can help to  alleviate  this  problem.

 Treatment Methods for Soluble  Forms of  Cadmium

      (1)  Distillation      (Pg. 139, 228,  237)

           Removal efficiency approximates 99.9%
           Maximum concentration in  feed-water - 10 mg/1

      (2)  Reverse Osmosis   (Pg.  119,  227,  235)

           Removal efficiency ranges from 90 - 98%
           Maximum concentration in  feed-water ranges from 0.1  mg/1 -
           0.5 mg/1*

      (3)  Ion Exchange      (Pg.  150,228,238)

           Removal efficiency approximates 95%
           Maximum concentration in  feed-water = 0.2  mg/1

      (4)  Electrodialysis     (Pg.128,  228,236)
           Removal efficiency
           Maximum concentration in feed-water = 0.05 mg/1

 Treatment Methods for Insoluble Forms of Cadmium

      (1)  Coagulation and Sedimentation     (Pg. 89, 192, 226, 233) followed
           by Filtration  (Pg. 95, 226, 227, 234)
           Removal efficiency is 50-90% .  Maximum concentration in feed-water
           is 0.02 - 0.1 mg/1
*Exact removal efficiency, in this range, for a particular water supply
must be determined by pilot test.
                                 -17-

-------
CHROMIUM (Cr)

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health) -
0.05 mg/1.

The trivalent chloride, nitrate and sulfate salts are readily soluble;
however, the hydroxide and carbonate are insoluble.  Of the hexavalent
salts only sodium, potassium, and ammonium chromates are soluble.  The
corresponding dichromates are also quite soluble.

Possible Sources of Contamination
Chromium salts are used extensively in the metal finishing industry,
in the tanning industry and in the manufacture of paints, dyes, explo-
sives, ceramics, paper and many other substances.  Chromium compounds
may also be present in the discharge of chromium treated cooling
waters where chromium is used as a corrosion inhibitor.

Treatment Methods for Soluble Forms of Chromium

      (1)  Reverse Osmosis   (Pg. 119, 227, 235)

          Removal efficiency approximates 90 - 97%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water ranges from 0.5 mg  -
           1.67 mg/1*

      (2)  Electrodialysis   (Pg.128, 228, 236)
          Removal efficiency approximates
          Maximum concentration in feed-water 0.25 mg/1

     (3)  Distillation      (Pg.139,  228,237)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99.9%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water * 50 mg/1

     (4)  Ion Exchange      (Pg.  150,  228, 238)

          Removal efficiency approximates 95%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 1 mg/1

          Hexavalent Cr may be removed directly with a strong base
          anion exchange process or it may be converted by sulfonation
          to trivalent Cr.

          Trivalent Cr may be removed by absorption on a cation ex-
          change resin to levels approximating 0.05 mg/1.
 *  Exact removal efficiency,  in this  range,  for  a particular water  supply
   must be determined by pilot  tests.
                                -18-

-------
Treatment Methods for Insoluble Forms of Chromium

     (1)  Coagulation and Sedimentation (Pg. 89, 192, 226, 233) with
          Filtration   (Pg. 95, 226, 227, 234). Removal efficiency
          is 50-90%. Maximum concentration in feed-water is 0.1-0.5 mg/1.
                                -19-

-------
FLUORIDES (F)

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limits (Health) -

            Annual average of maximum daily
            air temperatures (C°) based on temp.
            data obtained for a minimum of
            5 years.

               10.0 - 12.1       1.8 mg/1
               12.2 - 14.6       1.7 mg/1
               14.7 - 17.7       1.5 mg/1
               17.8 - 21.4       1.4 mg/1
               21.5 - 26.2       1.2 mg/1
               26.3 - 32.5       1.1 mg/1

Possible Sources of Contamination

As only a few regions contain large deposits of fluoride bearing rock,
fluorides in high concentrations are not common in surface waters, but
they may occur in detrimental concentrations in gioundwater.

Fluorides are used as insecticides, disinfectants, as a flux in steel
manufacture, for preserving wood and as mucilages for the manufacture
of glass and enamels.  Fluorides are not normally found in industrial
wastes.  However, they may be present as a result of accidental spillage.

Treatment Methods'1-

     (1)  Reverse Osmosis         (Pg. 119, 227, 235)

          Removal efficiency approximates 90-97%.  Maximum concentration
          in feed-water ranges from 11 mg/1 to 60 mg/1*

     (2)  Electrodialysis         (Pg. 128, 228, 236)

          Removal efficiency approximates 80%.  Maximum concentration  in
          feed-water ranges from 5.5 mg/1 to 9 mg/1*

     (3)  Distillation            (Pg. 139, 228, 237)

          Removal efficiency approximate 99.9%.  Maximum concentration
          in feed-water is 1000 mg/1

     (4)  Ion Exchange            (Pg. 150, 228, 238)

          Removal efficiency approximates 95%.  Maximum concentration  in
          feed-water ranges from 22 mg/1 to 37 mg/1.*
*Exact  removal  efficiency  in  this range,  for a particular water  supply
must be determined by  pilot tests.

1  See  p. 183 for special  purpose defluoridation plant descriptions.
                                 -20-

-------
COPPER (Cu)

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limits (Esthetic)-
1.0 mg/1.

Possible Sources of Contamination

Copper occurs in natural surface waters, in solution, usually below
20 mg/1.  Higher concentrations are usually the result of pollution due
to the corrosive action of water in copper and brass tubing, industrial
effluents, and the use of copper compounds for algal control.  Copper
salts are used in textile manufacture, tanning, pnotography, electro-
plating, insecticides, fungicides and many other industrial processes.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Reverse Osmosis    (Pg. 119, 227, 235)

          Removal efficiency approximates 90 - 97%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water ranges from 10 mg/1 -
          33.3 mg/1*

     (2)  Electrodialysis    (Pg. 128, 228,236)

          Removal efficiency approximates 80%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water - 5 mg/1

     (3)  Distillation       (Pg. 139, 228, 237)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99.9%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 1000 mg/1

     (4)  Ion Exchange       (Pg. 150, 228, 238)

          Removal efficiency approximates 95%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 20  mg/1
 * Exact removal efficiency,  in this range, for a particular water supply
  must be  determined by pilot tests.
                                -21-

-------
CYANIDE (CN)

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limits (Health) -
0.2 rag/1

Possible Sources of Contamination

Cyanides occur in the effluents from gas works and coke ovens, from the
scrubbing of gases at steel plants, from metal cleaning and electroplating
processes and from chemical industries.

In natural streams, cyanides are decomposed by bacterial action so that
excessive concentrations may be expected to diminish with time.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Reverse Osmosis    (Pg. 119, 227, 235)

          Removal efficiency approximates 90 - 97%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water ranges from 2 mg/1 -
          6.67 mg/1*

     (2)  Electrodialysis     (Pg- 128, 228, 236)
          Removal efficiency approximates
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 1 mg/1

     (3)  Distillation       (Pg.  139,  228, 237)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99.9%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 200 mg/1

     (4)  Ion Exchange        (Pg.  150,  228, 238)

          Removal efficiency approximates 95%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water =  '> mg/1
* Exact  removal  efficiency  in  this  range,  for a particular water  supply
  must be  determined by pilot  tests.
                                 -22-

-------
FOAMING AGENTS

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Esthetic)
0.5 mg/1 as Methylene Blue Active Substances.

The presence of foaming is primarily a result of synthetic detergent
pollution.   The major class of substances causing the foaming is the
anionic surfactant.  Anionic surfactants, principally linear alkyl
benzene sulfonate, are measured by the methylene-blue method.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Activated Carbon    (Pg. 175, 239)

          Removal efficiency ranges from 90 - 100%
          Maximum concentration in feed water = from 5 mg/1 and up*
* Exact removal efficiency, for this range, for a particular water supply
  must be determined by pilot test.
                                 -23-

-------
ORGANICS - CARBON CHLOROFORM EXTRACT

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health) -
0.7 mg/1

Carbon Chloroform Extract (CCE)indicates the presence of stable oreanic
compounds in water sources.  The extract  has  an operational definition
and is  a mixture of organic compounds that can be adsorbed onto
activated carbon under specific controls and then adsorbed with organic
solvents under specific controls.  Examples of substances measured with
the-.se methods include substituted benzene compounds, kerosene, polycyclic
hydrocarbons, phenylether and insecticides.

Possible Sources of Contamination
Most surface waters receive a large, time varying, and often untraceable,
load of organic chemicals.  Possible sources of contamination
include natural organic decay materials, agricultural runoff, domestic
sewage, accidental chemical spills and various industrial wastes.

Treatment Methods
     (1)  Reverse Osmosis         (Pg.119, 227, 235)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99%, if molecular weight of
          contaminant is greater than 200.
          Maximum concentration in feed-water » 70 mg/1

     (2)  Activated Carbon  (Ref. No. 108, 180)  (Pg.175, 239)

          Removal efficiency depends on several factors including water
          temperature, initial amount of contaminant and size of con-
          taminant.  As a result, percentage removals must be determined
          by laboratory testing.
                                -24-

-------
LEAD (Pb)

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health) -
0.05 mg/1
Various lead salts (e.g., Pb C^) are highly soluble in water.  However,
the carbonate and hydroxide are insoluble and the sulfate is only
slightly soluble.

Possible Sources of Contamination

In areas where limestone galena are found, natural waters have  been
known to contain as much as 0.4-0.8 mg/1 of lead.  As this situation
is rare, the most likely sources of lead pollution are industrial and
mining effluents and even more commonly if lead piping is used for water
supply or distribution systems where raw and finished water may be allowed
to stand for several hours.  If contamination is due to lead pipes, it
can best be controlled by pipe removal.  Where this action is not
feasible, pH control and stabilization is the alternative. (See Page 189 ).
The extensive use of lead compounds in gasoline has significantly
increased the availability of lead for solution in surface waters.
In such cases and when contamination is not due to lead piping the
following treatment methods will apply.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Reverse Osmosis      (Pg. 119,  227,235)

          Removal efficiency ranges from 90 - 99%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water ranges from 0.5 mg/1 -
           5.0 mg/1*

     (2)  Electrodialysis      (Pg. 128,  228, 236)
          Removal efficiency approximates
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 0.25 mg/1

      (3)  Distillation          (Pg.  139,  228, 237)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99.9%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 50 mg/1

      (4)  Ion Exchange         (Pg.  150,  228, 238)

          Removal efficiency approximates 95%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water =1.0 mg/1
* Exact removal efficiency, in this range, for a particular water supply
  must be determined by pilot tests.
                                -25-

-------
IRON (Fe) and KANGANESE (Mn)

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Esthetic)
Iron - 0.3 mg/1 Manganese - 0.05 mg/1

Ferric (Fe"1"4") and ferrous (Fe"f++) iron are highly soluble in water.
However, when oxidation occurs, as in surface waters, both forms become
insoluble hydroxides.  These precipitates are removed from the water and,
as a result, the concentrations of iron in well-aerated surface water is
usually low.

Manganese metal is not found pure in nature, but its ores are very common
and widely distributed.  Like iron, it occurs in the divalent and triv-
alent forms.  The chlorides, nitrates, and sulfates of manganese are
highly soluble in water.  The oxides, carbonates and sulfates are only
slightly soluble; as a result, manganese concentrations in well-aerated
surface waters are rarely over 1.0 mg/1.  In groundwater under reducing
conditions manganese concentrations may be high.  Manganese frequently
accompanies iron in such ground waters.

Possible Sources of Iron Contamination

Natural water may be contaminated by iron-bearing  industrial wastes and
by the leaching of soluble iron salts from soil and mineral deposits,
e.g., acid mine drainage and iron-bearing groundwater.  In addition, iron
and its alloys are corroded by water in the presence of oxygen.  The
products of corrosion become pollutants.

Possible Sources of Manganese Contamination

High concentrations of manganese may be leached from mineral deposits,
resulting in the high manganese levels found in groundwater.  In ad-
dition, manganese and its salts  (e.g. MnCl2) are used in the manufac-
ture of paints, steel, glass and various other materials.  Manganese
is utilized in agriculture  to enrich manganese deficient soils and may
enter water sources with runoff.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Aeration 1   (Pg. 71,  225,  231)

            Since iron and  manganese are generally held in water supplies
            as the bicarbonate by dissolved CO., aeration will release
            the  C02> and the increase in dissolved oxygen will partially
            precipitate the iron and manganese as hydrous oxides.  The
            process also removes other volatile gases such as hydrogen
            sulfide.  Aeration is usually followed by sedimentation and
            sand  filtration.  High concentrations of iron can be reduced
            to less than 0.1 mg/1 by this method.  When removal of all
            C02 is required, the solution must be neutralized with lime or
            other alkali before  filtration  through sand or anthracite beds.
                                 -26-

-------
            Hale (I.E.G. ji, 632 August 1914)  reported that 0.24 mg/1 of
            oxygen will precipitate I mg/1 of iron;  0.29 mg/1 is required
            for 1 mg/1 of manganese.  Organic bound  iron such as ferric
            humates will not be removed by aeration, and chemical
            precipitation is required for this type  of material.

     (2)   Slow Sand Filtration     (Pg. 96, 227, 232, 234)

            Removal efficiency approximates 90%
            Maximum concentration of iron in feed-water = 3 mg/1
            Maximum concentration of manganese in feed-water =0.5 mg/1      s

     (3)   Coagulation     (Pg. 82,192,  232)                                l
-------
       Maximum concentration of iron in feed-water = 6 mg/1
       Maximum concentration of manganese in feed-water * 1 mg/1

   (8)  Diatomite Filtration1    (Pg.  96, 227, 234)

          (a)  Iron removals to 0.1 mg/1 are possible with preaeration
              and alkalinity adjustment to precipitate oxide particles.
              Recent work done by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts has
              shown iron may also be removed from solution by the use
              of magnesite (MgO) with 5-10 minutes reaction time and
              final diatomite filtration.

          (b)  Manganese Removal - Manganese removal with preoxidation
              to 0.05 mg/1 is possible with diatomite filtration.
              Potassium permanganate is normally used as the
              oxidizing agent.
Reference - Erickson, D.L. & Veatch, Jr., N.T.  - Iron and Manganese
Removal.  JAWWA. 29:12:1896 (December,  1937).
                             -28-

-------
MERCURY  (Hg)

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit  (Health)
0.002 mg/1

Possible Sources of Contamination

Organic  mercury compounds  (e.g., pyridylmercuric acetate) are  used in
herbicides and fungicides.  Many of the highly soluble mercury salts,
e.g., mercuric nitrate,  are used as explosives, antiseptics, in printing,
in  electroplating  and  in numerous other processes which may produce
mercury  bearing effluents.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Reverse  Osmosis     (Pg.  119, 227, 235)

          Removal  efficiency ranges from 90  - 97%.
          Maximum  concentration in feed-water ranges  from 0.02 -  0.067 mg/1*


     (2)  Electrodialysis     (Pg. 128, 228,  236)
           Removal  efficiency  approximates
           Maximum  concentration  in  feed-water =  0.01 mg/1

      (3)   Distillation        (Pg.  139, 228, 237)

           Removal  efficiency  approximates  99%.
           Maximum  concentration  in  feed-water -  0.2 mg/1

      (4)   Ion Exchange      (Pg. 150, 228, 238)

           Removal  efficiency  approximates  95%.
           Maximum  concentration  in  feed-water =0.04 mg/1

      (5)   Diatomite Filtration     (Pg. 96,  227, 234).

             Chemicals such as sodium sulfide and sodium borohydride
             are used to reduce mercuric compounds which are then pre-
             cipitated out.  Removals  down  to 0.004 - 0.006  mg/1 have
             been achieved.

             The following data was  obtained from laboratory studies by
             G.S. Logsdon and  J.M. Symons,  both  of  the  Standards
             Attainment Branch, Water Supply Research Laboratory,  National
             Environmental Research  Center, United  States Environmental
 * Exact removal efficiency,  in this range,  for a particular water supply
   must be determined by pilot tests.
 1 Extensive research data is presented  here because  of the  topical nature
   of mercury contamination.


                                -29-

-------
          Protection Agency.  Since the work was done as bench scale
          laboratory research, the results can be extrapolated only to
          a limited extent with regard to full scale continuously
          operated treatment plants.  However, the results indicate
          general trends and suggest possible treatment methods.
   (6)   Coagulation
(Pg.  82,193, 232)
100
_ 80
1
' 60
?
3
* 40
i
5 20
0
20 30 mq/l Alum A



0


o
1 1 1 I I 1
20-30 mg/l Alum B





f 95 100 Jtu ^
*

          Figure Hg 1.  Effect of Initial Mercury Concentration
                        on Removal Percentage Using Alum Coagulation.

          A - inorganic mercury coagulated with alum
          B - methyl mercury coagulated with alum
                20 30ftKi/l Iron

                     A
                                          20-30 mq/l Iron
                                                                 D
                                                            95-IOOJtu
                                                        —I	1	L_
                           Hq-(ig/l
          Figure Hg  2.  Effect  of  Initial Mercury Concentration on
          Removal Percentage Using Iron Coagulation

          C - inorganic mercury coagulated  with iron
          D - methyl mercury coagulated with iron
Reference - Logsdon G & Symons, J - Mercury  removal by Conventional
water - Treatment Techniques - JAWWA  65:8:554   (August 1973)
                              -30-

-------
         t  40
         5
               > Inimi.imr Mriuirv ?0 10 n«t ( Alt

               » M.'lhyl Mercury 20 30 m«j I Alum
            030  1 0   30    10   30    100
                   Turbidity of Untroatetl Water
Figure Hg  3.  Turbidity vs.
                Mercury Removal by
                Alum Coagulation
                                              030   10   30   10    30   100
                                                     TurbKlity ol Umii'aied Wrtler Jn
                           Figure Hg 4.   Turbidity vs.
                                           Mercury Removal by
                                           Iron Coagulation
      (7)   Softening      (Pg.  196, 240)
            100
             80
             60
             40
             20
                 O Inorganic   Hg    pH 10-11 1
1 Methyl    Hg     pH 11.2
             oj. • •
                                 10
                                          15
                                                   20
                                                             25
                                                                      30
                      Original   Mercury    Concentration       «g/l
       Figure Hg  5.  Effect  of Mercury Concentration on Removal  by
                       Lime Softening
                                    -31-

-------
   I  i  n Inorfj.tnH. H>) 1? m<|/l Iron
£  UK) j-  \ '' Inorqanic H'l 25 mi) I turn     f
"   I  \ * Methyl H(| 4? mi»/l Iron      .
?•  liOr   I                 f
i   I   *          . .     - «
                           250

                           200
1 • Inorganic Meruiry
' • Methyl Mercury /
V H.,,,In^ ^^' j
~~~'~~?*-^_S'
\ °
Melhvl Mercury
8 9 10 11
250
200
150
100
50
0
|jM 0* Tri'.ucd Wjtur
o"
3
E
o
i'


Figure  Hg 6.  Mercury Removal by
Lime  Softening with Supplementary
Coagulation

(8)   Activated Carbon
                                        Figure Hg 7.  Mercury Removal  by
                                        Lime Softening.   'So Supplementary
                                        Coagulation.
                                                              Contact Time— mtn
           10,000    20.000    30.000

            Bed Volume* Treated in Columns
   Figure Hg  8.   Mercury Removal by
   Granular Activated Carbon Columns

   A - inorganic
   B - methyl mercury
                                           Figure Hg 9.   Effect on Contact
                                           Time on Capacity of Granular
                                           Activated Carbon for Mercury.
                                     -32-

-------
NITRATES  (N03)

1974 Drinking Water  Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health) -
10 mg/1

Water with nitrite - nitrogen concentrations over 1 mg/1 should not
be used for infant feeding.


Possible  Sources of  Contamination

Nitrates  occur  in polluted waters that have undergone self-purification
or aerobic  treatment processes.  Ground waters may acquire nitrates by
percolation in  areas using nitrates  for fertilizers and by leachings
from cesspools.  In  addition, nitrates may be added to a stream or
groundwater that receives  inorganic  industrial wastes, particularly
wastes from chemical fertilizer-producing plants.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Reverse Osmosis  (Ref. Nos. 10, 53)   (Pg.  119,  227, 235)

          Removal efficiency ranges  from 90 - 97%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water ranges from 100 - 333.3 mg/1*

     (2)  Electrodialysis  (Ref. Nos. 10, 53)  (Pg. 128,  228,236)

          Removal efficiency approximates 80%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water =  50 mg/1

     (3)  Distillation  (Pg.  139,  228,237)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99.9%
          Maximum concentration in feed-^ater =  10,000 mg/1

     (4)  Ion Exchange  (Ref. Nos. 10, 53, 161)    (Pg. 150,  228,238)

          Removal efficiency approximates 96%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water =  250 mg/1
 * Exact removal efficiency,  in this range,  for a particular water  supply
   must be determined by pilot tests.
                                -33-

-------
SELENIUM  (Se)

1974 Drinking Water Standard and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health) -
0.01 mg/1.

Possible  Sources of Contamination

Some areas of South Dakota and Wyoming have soils containing up to
.003% by weight of selenium.   Irrigation return flows from selenium bearing
soils may contain undesirably high levels of contamination.  In
addition, selenium has a wide variety of industrial uses where waste
problems  may occur.  These uses include paint manufacture, dye manu-
facture,  insecticide production and rubber manufacture.

Treatment Methods

      (1)  Coagulation with Sedimentation      (Pg. 89, 192, 226,233)

          Removal efficiencies are:

             Se+4:  60 - 90% removal
             Se+6:   0 - 30% removal

          Maximum concentrations in feed-water  are:

             Se+4:    .1 mg/1
             Se+6:    0.015 mg/1

      (2)  Reverse Osmosis     (Pg. 119, 227,235)

          Removal efficiency ranges from 90 - 97%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water range  from
             0.1 mg/1 -  0.3 mg/1*

      (3)  Electrodialysis      (Pg. 128, 228,236)

          Removal efficiency approximates 80%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water =0.05 mg/1

      (4)  Distillation      (Pg. 139, 228,237)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99.9%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water • 10 mg/1

      (5)  Ion Exchange      (Pg. 150, 228, 238)

          Removal efficiency approximates 95%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water • 0.2 mg/1
  Exact  removal  efficiency,  in these ranges,  for a particular water
  supply,  must be determined by pilot tests.
                                -34-

-------
     (6)  Softening     (Pg.  196, 240)

          At pH of 10.6 - 11, removal efficiencies are:

             Se+4 - 60 - 90% removal
             Se+6 .  o - 30% removal

          Maximum concentrations in feed-water are:

             Be"1"4 - .025 mg/1 - 0.1 mg/1*
             Se+6 -    0 mg/1 - .015 mg/1
*Exact removal efficiency, in these ranges, for a particular water
 supply, must be determined by pilot tests*
                                 -35-

-------
SILVER  (Ag)

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health) -
0.05 mg/1.

Many of the silver salts such as the chloride, sulfide, phosphate and
artenate  are insoluble.

Possible  Sources of Contamination

Silver  ions may be leached from the naturally occurring silver ores;
however,  due to insolubility of the salts, the ion concentration should
be low.   Silver and its related compounds are used in numerous indus-
trial processes from which silver may be introduced into the environ-
ment in wastes.  These processes include photography, ink manufacture,
electroplating and food and beverage processing.  About 30% of the U.S.
industrial consumption of silver is used in photography, with silver
nitrate AgNC>3 the primary compound.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Reverse Osmosis      (Pg.  H9, 227, 235)

          Removal efficiency ranges from 90 - 97%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water range from
             0.5 mg/1 - 1.5 mg/1*

     (2)  Electrodialysis     (Pg.  128, 228, 236)

          Removal efficiency approximates 80%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water =  0.25 mg/1

     (3)  Distillation      (Pg. 139, 228, 237)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99.9%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water •  50 mg/1

     (4)  Ion Exchange     (pg.150, 228, 238)

          Removal efficiency approximates 95%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water « 1.0 mg/1
*Exact  removal  efficiency,  in  this  range,  for  a particular water
  supply, must be determined by pilot  tests.
                                 -36-

-------
SODIUM (Na)

The 1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines provide for no
specific limits on Sodium - See Appendix B page 305 for discussion.

Possible Sources of Contamination

Due to the abundance of sodium bearing compounds and their extreme
solubility, high sodium ion concentrations are not uncommon in natural
waters.  Another major source of sodium ion contamination is sea
water intrusion in coastal areas.  In addition to natural sources,
sodium is the cation of many industrial salts and as such is one of
the most common ions in process wastes.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Reverse Osmosis (Ref. No. 10)  (Pg.  119, 227, 235)

          Removal efficiency ranges from 90 - 99%.

     (2)  Electrodialysis (Ref. No. 10)  (Pg.  128, 228, 236)

          Removal efficiency approximates 80%.

     (3)  Distillation  (Pg. 139, 228,237)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99%.

     (4)  Ion Exchange  (Pg. 150, 228, 238)

          Removal efficiency approximates 95%.
                                 -37-

-------
SULFATES (804)

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Esthetics)-
250 mg/1.

The sulfates of lead, barium, strontium and calcium are relatively
insoluble; however, sodium, potassium, and ammonium sulfates are
highly soluble.

Possible Sources of Contamination

Natural waters may contain sulfates as a result of leachings from
gypsum and other common minerals.  In addition, the final oxidation
of sulfides, sulfites, and thiosulfates in surface waters yield
sulfates.  Sulfates may also enter water sources in numerous indus-
trial wastes such as those from tanneries, sulfate-pulp mills, textile
mills and other plants that use sulfates or sulfuric acid.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Reverse Osmosis (Ref. No. 10)   (Pg-  H9.  227» 235)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water » 25,000 mg/1.

     (2)  Electrodialysis (Ref. No. 10)   (Pg-  128,  228, 236)

          Removal efficiency approximates 80%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 1,250 mg/1.

     (3)  Distillation      (Pg.  139,  228, 237)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99.9%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water ™ 250,000 mg/1.

     (4)  Ion Exchange (Ref. No. 10)  (Pg- 150, 228, 238)

          Removal efficiency approximates 957,
          Maximum concentration in feed-water » 5,000 mg/1.
                                  -38-

-------
ZINC  (Zn)

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Esthetics)-
5 mg/1.

Some zinc salts (e.g. chloride, zinc sulfate) are highly soluble while
other salts (e.g. zinc carbonate, zinc sulfide) are insoluble in water.

Possible Sources of Contamination

Zinc occurs abundantly in rocks and ores and has been found in high
concentrations in waters draining zinc mining areas.  However, since
zinc is absorbed to a large extent in hydrolyzate sediments and in
soils, it is rarely found above the trace level in natural waters.
Industrial uses of zinc salts which may contribute wastes to water
sources include the manufacture of dyes, pigments, insecticides, and
the galvanizing process.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Reverse  Osmosis       (Pg.  119,  227,  235)

          Removal efficiency ranges from 90 - 97%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water ranges from
             50 mg/1 - 166.67 mg/1*

     (2)  Electrodialysis       (Pg.   128,  228,  236)

          Removal efficiency approximates 80%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 25 mg/1.

     (3)  Distillation          (Pg.  139,  228,  237)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 500 mg/1.

     (4)  Ion Exchange          (Pg.  150,  228,  238)

          Removal efficiency approximates 95%
          Maximum concentration in feed-water - 100 mg/1.
*Exact removal efficiency, in this range, for a particular water
 supply, must be determined by pilot tests.
                                -39-

-------
ALDRIN

1974 Prinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approved Limit (Health) -
0.00000014 mg/1.
Classification:

Trade names
& Code #s:
A chlorinated hydrocarbon
Compound 118 (Shell), HHDN, Octalene
Technical product:   The technical product is a tan to dark brown solid
                     with a melting point range of 49-60°C.  It
                     contains not less than 95% of the pure product.
Comments:


Use:


Companies:

Treatment Methods
Aldrin undergoes biological oxidation to yield
dieldrin.

Insecticide showing contact and stomach poison
action with particular effect against soil insects.

Shell Development Co., Universal Oil Products.
      (1)  Activated Carbon  (Ref. No. 108)    (Pg. 175, 239)

          Removal efficiency approximates 997o +
          Maximum concentration in  feed-water =  0.000014 mg/1
      (2)  Reverse Osmosis
                      (Pg.  119,  227, 235)
          Removal  efficiency  approximates  99% +
          Maximum  concentration  in  feed-water = 0.00014 mg/1
                                  -40-

-------
Classification:

Trade names
& Code #s:
CHLORDANE

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health)
3
A chlorinated hydrocarbon.
CD-68, Octachlor, Octa-Klor. M-410, Toxichlor,
Velsicol 1068.  The name Chlordane is registered
with U.S. Patent Office as a common name for
public use.

The commercial product, as an insecticide, is a
mixture of 60-75% isomeric forms of chlordane and
20-40% related compounds such as heptachlor and
chlordane.

Insecticide showing contact, stomach poison and
fumigant action with residual effects.  Used
against earthworms, fleas, lice, ticks and mange.

Velsicol Corp.
Comments:
Use:



Companies:

Treatment Methods
     (1)  Activated Carbon (Ref. No. 108)   (Pg.  175, 239)

          Removal efficiency approximates 997o +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 300  fig/1

     (2)  Reverse Osmosis  (Pg.  119,  227,235)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 300  Mg/1
                                 -41-

-------
DDT

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health) -
50 /*g/l

                     A chlorinated hydrocarbon.
Classification:

Trade names
& Code #s:
Technical product:
Use:
                     Accotox, Anofex, Chlorophenothene, Dinocide, DND,
                     Gesapon, Gesarex, Gesarol, Guesapon, Guesarol,
                     Gyron, GNB, GNB-A, Ixodex, Necocid, Neocidol
                     (Geigy), Pentachlorin, Sillortox, Zerdane.

                     The technical product is a waxy solid of indefinite
                     mp and of similar solubility to the pure compound.
                     It is a mixture of p,p' DDT and two isomers o,p'
                     DDT and 0,0' DDT.  The isomers are less toxic than
                     the pure compound.

                     Insecticide showing contact and stomach poison
                     action with long residual effects.  Used against
                     Anopheles.  Use of DDT is prohibited in the United
                     States except in cases of extreme emergency due to
                     its extreme residual effects.
Companies:           Geigy Chemicals.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Activated Carbon (Ref. No. 108, 139)  (Pg.  175, 239)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 5,000  /*g/l
      (2)  Reverse Osmosis
                               (Pg. 119, 227, 235)
          Removal efficiency approximates 99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 5,000
                                -42-

-------
DIELDRIN

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health)
0.00014
A chlorinated hydrocarbon.


Compound 497 (Shell), HEOD, Octalox.
Classification:

Trade names
& Code #s:
Technical product:   The technical product is buff to light brown
                     flakes of setting point1 not below 95°C.
Use:


Companies:

Treatment Methods
Insecticide showing contact and stomach poison
activity.

Shell Development Co.
     (1)  Activated Carbon (Ref. No. 139)  (Pg.  175, 239)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 0.014 /*g/l
     (2)  Reverse Osmosis
           (Pg. 119, 227, 235)
          Removal efficiency approximates 99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water « 0.014
  Setting point is  the temperature  at which the pure  compound  starts  to
  solidify from the liquid form under laboratory  conditions.
                                 -43-

-------
ENDRIN

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health)
0.2 Mg/1
Classification:

Trade names
& Code #s:

Comment s:

Use:


Companies:

Treatment Methods
A chlorinated hydrocarbon.


Compound 269, Exptl. Insecticide #269 (Velsicol).

Endrin is an isomer of dieldrin.

Insecticide showing contact and stomach poison
activity.

Shell Development Co., Velsicol Chemical Co.
      (1)  Activated Carbon  (Ref. No. 139)   (Pg. 175,  239)

          Removal efficiency approximates 997o +
          Maximum concentration  in  feed-water » 20  /*-g/l
      (2)  Reverse Osmosis
             (Pg. 119, 227,  235)
          Removal efficiency approximates  997o +
          Maximum concentration  in  feed-water •  20  Mg/1
                                  -44-

-------
HEPTACHLOR EPOXIDE

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health)
0.1 /ig/1

Classification:      A chlorinated hydrocarbon.

Trade names
& Code #s:           Velsicol 53-cs-17.

Use:                 Pesticide.

Companies:           Velsicol Chemical Corp.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Activated Carbon  (Pg.  175, 239)

          Removal efficiency approximates 997<, +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 10 Mg/1

     (2)  Reverse Osmosis  (Pg.  119,  227, 235)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 10
                                 -45-

-------
LINDANE

1974 Drinking Water Standard and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health)
5.0 Mg/1
Classification:

Trade names
& Code #s:
Comments:
Use:



Companies:

Treatment Methods
A chlorinated hydrocarbon.
Aparasin, Aphtiria, Benesan, Ben-Hex, BHC,
Gamexane, Gamma BHC, gamma benzene hexachloride,
Gammexene, Gexane, HCCH, HCH, Isotox, Jacutin,
Kwell, Lorexane, Oko, Streunex, Tri-6, Vitron,
666.

There are 8 stereoisomers of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6-hexachlorocyclohexane.  The gamma isomer is the
most effective insecticide and is the one dis-
cussed in this report.

Insecticide showing contact, stomach poison and
fumigant action with long residual effects.
Parasiticide for ectoparasite.

Chevron Chemical Co., Imperial Chemical Ind., Ltd.
      (1)  Activated Carbon  (Ref. No. 139)  (Pg.  175, 239)

          Removal efficiency approximates  99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water « 500 Mg/1

      (2)  Reverse Osmosis   (Pg. 119, 227,  235)

          Removal efficiency approximates  99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water « 500 /*S/1
                                 -46-

-------
METHOXYCHLOR

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health)
100
A chlorinated hydrocarbon.
Dimethoxy DT, DMDT, Marlate, Methoxcide, Methoxo,
Methoxy~DDT.
Classification:

Trade names
& Code #s:
Technical product:   The technical product is a mixture of 88% p,p"
                     isomer and 12% related compounds, such as the
                     o_,p_' isomer.  It has a setting point of 77°C.
                     and is practically insoluble in water, moderately
                     soluble in ethanol, petroleum oils and soluble
                     in most aromatic solvents.
Use:
Companies:


Treatment Methods
Insecticide showing contact and stomach poison
action with long residual effects.  Parasiticide
for control of certain ectoparasites of cattle,
sheep and goats.

E. I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Geigy Agriculture
Chemicals.
     (1)  Activated Carbon  (Pg. 175, 239)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 10,000 MS/1
      (2)  Reverse Osmosis
          (Pg. 119, 227, 235)
          Removal efficiency approximates 99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 10,000  /* 8/1
                                -47-

-------
TOXAPHENE

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health)
5.0
A chlorinated hydrocarbon.

Toxaphene is a mixture of polychlorobicyclic
terpenes with chlorinated camphene predominating.
The total chlorine content is 67-69%.

Insecticide showing contact and stomach poison
action.  Used against army worms, boll weevil,
bollworm, cotton aphid, cotton fleahopper, cotton
leafworm, grasshopper, rapid plant bug, southern
green stink bug, tarnish plant bug, thrips.

Hercules Powder Co.
Clas s i £ ication:

Comments:



Use:
Companies:

Treatment Methods
     (1)  Activated Carbon  (Ref . No. 108)  (Pg. 175 , 239)
          Removal efficiency approximates 99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 500

      (2)  Reverse Osmosis   (Pg. 119, 227, 235)
          Removal efficiency approximates 99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed -water - 500  Mg/1
                                  -48-

-------
2,4 - 5 - TP (Silvex)

1974 Drinking Water  Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit  (Health)
0.03 mg/1.

Trade names:         Kuron:  mixed propylene glycol ether esters.
                     Kurosal:  the potassium salt.  Fenoprop.

Use:                 Hormone type week killer for bush control,  for
                     control of submergent and emergent aquatic  weeds
                     and for weed control on certain crops.

Companies:           Dow Chemical Company.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Activated  Carbon  (Page 175, 239)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 3 mg/1.

     (2)  Reverse Osmosis (Page 119,  227, 235)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water = 3 mg/1.
                                -49-

-------
2,4 - D

 1974 Drinking Water  Standard  and Guidelines  - Approval Limit  (Health)
 0.1  mg/1.

 Trade names:          2  4 D.

 Use:                  Weed killer for  cereals and other crops.

 Treatment Methods

      (1)  Activated  Carbon  (Ref. No.  108,  174)  (Page 175, 239)

          Removal  efficiency  approximates  99% +
          Maximum  concentration in feed-water « 10 mg/1

      (2)  Reverse  Osmosis  (Page  119,  227, 235)

          Removal  efficiency  approximates  99% +
          Maximum  concentration in feed-water a 10 mg/1
                                 -50-

-------
COMMON ORGANOPHOSPHATES

1974 Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit (Health)  -

                     0.1 mg of parathion per liter, or the equivalent
                     concentration of organophosfhate insecticides
                     based on total organic phosphorus, as determined
                     by suitable chemical or physicochemical method(s).

                     Provided the total concentration of organophosphate
                     insecticides exceeds 0.1 mg/1 as parathion then an
                     analytical gas liquid chromatographic procedure
                     should be employed to determine specific organo-
                     phosphate insecticides that are likely to occur in
                     water supplies, examples of which follow:

                        Coumaphos, Dimethoate, Dichlorvos, Diazion,
                        Disulfoton, EPN, Ethion, Azinphos Methyl,
                        Malathion, Methyl parathion, Mevinphos,
                        Parathion, Phorate, Ronnel, Demeton,
                        Carbonphenothion.
Trade names
& Code #s:
Companies:

Treatment Methods
Co-Ral, DDVP, Di-Syston, Guthion, Phosdrin, Systox,
Trithion.

The ever-increasing use of biodegradable organo-
phosphate insecticides with subsequent intrusion
into ground and subsurface waters necessitates the
establishment of appropriate limits to protect
public health.  These insecticides have a high
acute mammalian toxicity mediated principally
through the dysfunction of neurotransmitter
mechanisms.

Chemagro Corp., Chevron Chemical Corp.,  and others.
     (1)  Activated Carbon  (Page 175 » 239)

          Removal efficiency approximates 50% - 9970 +
          Maximum concentration in feed-water ranges from
             0.2 mg/1 - 10 mg/1*

     (2)  Reverse Osmosis  (Page 119, 227, 235)

          Removal efficiency approximates 99% +
          Maximum concentration in feed -water = 10 mg/1.
*Exact removal efficiency, in this range, for a particular water
supply must be determined by pilot tests.
                                 -51-

-------
RADIOACTIVE CONTAMINANTS

1974 Federal Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines - Approval Limit
(Health) -
                                                   Approval Limit
     Constituent                                      (Health)

     Radioactivity

        Radium  226,  Radium  228 and other
           Alpha particle emittersV

           Gross Alpha particle activity
              (including  Radium  226)                 15 pCi/1
            Radium 226  and/or Radium  228               5 pCi/1

                                                   Approval Limit
     Constituent                                      (Health)

        Beta particle and Photon activity
           from artificial radionuclides^/

           Tritium                                   8 x 104 pCi/1
           Strontium 90                              8 pCi/1
            Iodine 129" and/or Iodine  131              2 pCi/1

Damage to human tissue from radioactive contamination occurs both on
the short term and long term.  No body injury may be discernible with
a symptom free period of a few months to many years.  Tissue may not
recover from damage, even if exposure is slight, since there may be
chromosomatic or genetic changes.  Radium ingestion is cumulative with
effects similar to those of lead.

Total or gross Alpha particle activity, including Radium 226, has an
Approval Limit of 15 pCi/1.  In addition, any combination of Radium
226 or Radium 228 should not exceed 5 pCi/1.  In the same manner, the
Beta particle and Photon activity from any combination of Iodine 129
or Iodine 131 should not exceed 2 pCi/1.  Aggregate dose limits for
water supply systems are set for both Alpha and Beta emitters and these
must be considered in addition to individual contaminant limits.  It
must be kept in mind that once radioactive contaminants are removed
from the water supply, the sludge or waste material will be radioactive
and special disposal methods may be required.


_/  Aggregate dose limit for any water supply system shall not exceed
    3000 organ-rem/yr.

2/  Aggregate dose limit for any water supply system shall not exceed
    1500 man-rem/yr.  In no case, however, shall concentration produce
    in any individual a yearly dose to the total body or any internal
    organ greater than 0.015 rem/yr.
                                 -52-

-------
 (a)   Alpha Emitters

      GROSS ALPHA

 Alpha emitters radiate relatively large,  highly damaging,  positively
 charged nuclei of the helium atom.   Examples  of this type  of emitter
 include the radio-isotopes of plutonium,  curium and uranium.   Alpha
 activity is produced by all nuclear chain reactions.  Modes of
 entrance to the aqueous environment include fallout from nuclear
 weapons testing,  nuclear fuel processing  wastes,  use of radionuclides
 for  industrial purposes and the natural decay of radioactive minerals.

 Treatment Methods

      (1)  Coagulation (Ref. No. 122)  (pg. 82, 89, 95, 232)

           Coagulation combined with sedimentation and filtration will
           result  in  20 - 807., removal.   Maximum concentration that can
           be treated in feed-water ranges from 18.75 pCi/1 to 75 pCi/1.
           Specific removals will have  to  be determined by  pilot studies.

      RADIUM 226 and  RADIUM 228

 Virtually all water  sources contain radium, a radioactive  daughter
 product of uranium,  in trace amounts.   Groundwaters tend to be higher
 in radium content with certain Midwest water  supplies containing from
 0.03 - 37.0 pCi/1.  From the time of its  discovery radium  was widely
 used for commercial  and medical purposes  and  careless disposal led to
 local contamination.  Recently, however,  the  discovery of  less expensive
 radionuclides and more stringent controls have virtually eliminated
 pollution from this  source.  The half-life of Radium 226 is approxi-
mately 1,620. years.

 Treatment Methods

      (1)  Ion Exchange      (Pg. 150,  228, 238)

           Removal efficiencies for zeolite ion exchange approximates
              96.8%.
           Maximum concentration in feed-water » 156.25 pCi/1.

      (2)  Coagulation (Ref. No. 122) (Pg.  82, 192,  232)

           Coagulation combined with sedimentation and filtration
              provide up to 25% removal.
           Maximum concentration in feed-water = 6.67 pCi/1.

      (3)  Softening  (Ref. No. 128)        (Pg.  196, 240)

           Removal efficiencies up to 75%  are  possible.
           Maximum concentration in feed-water " 20 pCi/1.
                                 -53-

-------
(b)  Beta Emitters

     GROSS BETA

Before the advent of nuclear testing, all Beta activity was produced
by naturally occurring Beta emitting nuclides such as potassium 40.
Nuclear testing, particularly in the atmosphere, has substantially
increased Beta radiation levels in surface waters.  Examples of
long-lived Beta emitting nuclides are cesium 137, cerium 144 and
ruthenium 106.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Coagulation (Ref. No. 122)   (pg. 82,192, 232)

          Coagulation followed by sedimentation and filtration will
          provide 20 - 80% removal.  Maximum concentration in
          feed-water shall not exceed a range of 1875 man-rem/yr. to
          7500 man-rem/yr.  For more exact removals and applicable
          treatment processes it will be necessary to determine
          exactly which radionuclides are present in the water source.

     STRONTIUM 90 (Sr-90)

The primary source of strontium 90 entering the aqueous environment
is fallout from nuclear testing; however, significant amounts may be
contributed to the environment by wastes from nuclear fuel processing.
The half-life of Sr-90 is approximately 29 years.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Coagulation (Ref. No. 122, 125, 128) (Pg. 82, 192, 232)

          Alum-floe water treatment provides an average of 80% removal.
          Maximum concentration in feed-water « 40 pCi/1.

     (2)  Softening (Ref. No. 124, 126, 128)  (Pg. 196, 240)

          The lime-soda process employed by Oak Ridge National Laboratory
             where  calcium and  strontium are co-precipitated produces
             Sr-90  removals  of  96%.  However, it must be realized  that
             the water undergoing  this process was of high purity  before
             its radioactive contamination.
          Maximum concentration in feed-water « 200 pCi/1.

     (3)  Ion Exchange    (pg. 150, 228, 238)

          Ion exchange resins used at various nuclear installations
          have been extremely successful at providing Decontamination
          Factors (DF) greater than 1000 (DF » F°ed Concentration   ).
                                               Product Concentration
                                 -54-

-------
          However, the water passing through the exchange columns was
          of high purity prior to radioactive contamination enhancing
          the ion exchange capabilities of the exchange resin.

     IODINE 129 (1-129) and IODINE 131 (1-131)

The two major sources of Iodine 129 in water are fallout from nuclear
weapons testing and the discharge of wastes from nuclear fuel re-
processing plants.  The extremely long half-life of 17 million years
makes Iodine 129 buildup a potentially serious problem.

The short half-life of Iodine 131 (8 days) makes it a transient member
of the aqueous environment.  The most constant sources of contamination
are disposal after medical diagnostic use and the liquid waste from
nuclear power plants.  Nuclear weapons testing may temporarily raise
the Iodine 131 levels in water supplies; however, this contribution has
been infrequent in the past few years.

Treatment Methods

     (1)  Coagulation (Ref. No. 122, 128)  (Pg. 82, 192, 232)

          Coagulation followed by sedimentation and filtration provides
             20% removal.  (Pg. 89, 226, 231)
          Maximum concentration in feed-water « 2.5 pCi/1.

     TRITIUM (H-3)

The half-life of tritium is approximately 12 years.  Since it closely
follows the reactions of ordinary hydrogen it is readily assimilated
into water.  The three major sources of tritium are cosmic ray inter-
actions with nitrogen and oxygen in the atmosphere, nuclear testing,
and releases from nuclear fuel processing plants.  At present, nuclear
power industry production of tritium is small compared with natural
production and fallout.  It is estimated that this will be the case
until 1995 at which time reactor production will become the prominent
source.

There are no known methods for removing tritium from water.
Note:  Treatment efficiencies for which no references have been
       provided were obtained by personal liaison with various
       chemical and equipment manufacturers and dealers.  A number
       of recognized authorities in the field of water treatment
       were also consulted.
                                -55-

-------
CO
cd

•d
CU
B
•H
CU
Q
*® disintegrations
nd
0 0
i-l CJ
cu
X co

o"> ex
integrations per
CO
•H
•a -o
B
P^ O
co o
O 
rad X relative
al effectiveness)
B U
•H «rl
00
cu o
CO r-l
O O
•O -rl
N.'.a
CO
H
^
O
M
H
2
o
4-1
•rl
B

ntegration rate
i-i
CO
•rl
•d

ntegration rate
•H
CO
•rl
*d

r-l
1
4J
*rt
•d

rl

CU
CO
O
•d
cu
o
CO
r\
CO

cu
CO
o
•d
cu
.0 01
rl 9
O CO
CO CO
& ft
Cd 4J

ctive biological
(radiation
ge in human
ue)
CU CU I
M-l CO |
<4-l O
cu -d n

d «
§ CO
3 -H
3 4->

•s
EH
                        U
                         o,
                                                     a,
                                                     cu
                cu
                •rl
                M

                B
 rl


 U

 O
 u

•H
s
t>0
4J
B
cu
o
•O
 CO
                                               -56-

-------
                               SECTION III

                   METHODS OF WATER SOURCE PROTECTION


                            GROUNDWATER SOURCE

Protection of the water quality in aquifers which are being used or may
be used in the future as a municipal water source is of primary importance.
Once an aquifer has been contaminated, it is virtually impossible to
remove the contaminant except by expensive water treatment processes
after the water has been pumped from the ground.  In many types of
aquifers, particularly limestone, the development of fissures and solution
cavities enable pollutants to travel long distances if they enter the
aquifer.

Ground waters generally do not contain bacteria.  However, in some in-
stances shallow groundwaters have become contaminated with pathogenic
bacteria.  Sources of this contamination include the underground disposal
of inadequately treated human sewage and the percolation of animal wastes
from farm yards and feeding lots.  Should these wastes come into contact
with water supplying a well field, the transmission of such diseases as
typhoid fever, cholera, dysentery, diarrhea, salmonella and infectious
hepatitis could occur.  In addition to bacteria, these waters contain
undesirably high levels of nutrients (i.e., nitrates and phosphates) and
in some cases heavy metals (i.e., Zn, As) which can enter a shallow well
field with normal groundwater flow and cause serious health problems.

Underground industrial waste disposal is another potential pollution source
for groundwaters in the United States.  Metal plating and paper manufac-
turing wastes are examples of pollutants disposed of in this manner.
Dissolved materials such as hexavalent chromium, cyanide, copper, zinc and
other toxic materials from industrial sources may contaminate ground
waters which otherwise would be potable.  Less dangerous industrial wastes
disposed of in this manner may cause color, taste and odor problems.

The return to aquifers of waters warmed in industrial cooling processes
and the recharging of groundwaters with contaminated surface runoff can
result in further groundwater pollution.  This problem is extremely im-
portant in agricultural areas where herbicides, pesticides and fertilizers
may be dissolved by storm runoff and percolate into the water table.

The subsurface emplacement of fluids by well injection is viewed negatively
by the Environmental Protection Agency and the Agency "encourages de-
velopment of alternate means of disposal which afford greater environ-
mental protection".!
     United States Environmental Protection Agency Administrator's
 Dicision Statement No. 5 in Appendix D  page No. 321.
                                   —57—

-------
The most obvious solution to prevent the pollution of groundwaters by
underground waste disposal is to place.the waste material in nonwater-
bearing ground formations.  Since this situation is never completely
possible, it is necessary to locate disposal sites a safe distance from
well fields.  A safe distance depends on the nature of the surrounding
rock and sdil formation (i.e., their thickness and permeability) and
the direction of the water flow in nearby aquifers.  For -maTH-nnm protection,
waste disposal sites should be located so that any contamination of
groundwaters that occurs will move away from existing or planned well
fields.  The AWWA Ground Water Manual states that "Experience has shown
that the average safe distance between wells in sand or gravel or sandstone
and sources of bacterial pollution such as sewers, septic tanks, etc., is
61 meters.  Where bacterial pollution is introduced directly into a saturated
aquifer the safe distance may be much greater."  This distance would not
apply to pollution from dissolved contaminants.  Dissolved materials, e.g.,
pesticides, would travel unobstructed for much greater distances, as
natural filtration would have no effect on them.

A sanitary survey should be made of any proposed or existing well site,
nearby sewage disposal facilities, caves, sinkholes, abandoned borings, or
any other possible sources of contamination.  Improperly sealed wells
should be evaluated to determine their effect on the groundwater quality.
Geolggic studies _should be conducted to locate any fissures or faults
overlying the aquifer which also might affect the water quality.

It is of primary importance that contaminated surface water be prevented
from entering a well before it has undergone natural purification by
ground filtration to the greatest extent possible.  The well site should
be graded so that surface discharge is diverted away from it.  A well
casing should be installed to prevent contamination of the well from
any strata containing pollution.  In addition, a cement grout seal
extending from the surface to a depth of at least 3 meters should be
constructed around the well casing in stable soil formations, e.g.,
clay, to prevent surface water from using the construction disturbed
space around the casing as a channel.  In caving formations such as sand,
the construction opening around the casing would tend to be selfsealing,
reducing this problem.

Ideally, water supply wells should be  developed in formations sufficiently
deep to minimize the effects of surface  contamination.  The minimum depth
sufficient  for this purpose depends on the soil formations surrounding
the well field.  The AWWA states that  "Experience has indicated  that  in
unconsolidated materials, water obtained from depths of 8 to 9 meters or
more is reasonably well protected".  In  situations such as these, the well
casing should extend  to at least that  depth with  the screen being below
it.  If it  is necessary to construct a well at less than the recommended
depth in pervious ground, some protection from bacterial contamination of
the water supply could be achieved  through  the application of an impervious
layer of material at  the ground surface.  Such a  layer of impervious  material
(e.g., clay) should be at least 0.61 meters thick and extend for a  radius of
15.24 meters from the center  of the well.
                                  -58-

-------
In drilling a well,  it may  be  necessary to pass through one aquifer to
reach a lower one of superior  water quality.   When this is done, it may
be necessary to install  a seal between the bore hole and the well casing
at a point below the unused aquifer.   This will prevent unwanted water
from traveling downward  and contaminating the desired supply.  Various
methods are used for sealing off  aquifers in  this situation:  however, the
basic principles are the same.  The area to be sealed is bored or drilled
out to a diameter larger than  the final well  casing.  Cement grout is
installed in the annular space between the wall of the bore hole through
the unused aquifer,  and  the final well casing.  After the cement has
hardened, drilling may continue deeper with additional casing and screen
being telescoped through the upper casing, as required.

During well construction, some bacterial contamination by the well will
probably occur from  the  equipment and drilling techniques used.  Lengthy
pumping will probably eliminate the problem.   However, disinfection of
the well will provide more  rapid  results.   Chlorine concentration of
50 mg/1 in the well  casing  will be necessary.   To achieve maximum de-i-
contamination, this  solution must come into contact with all components
of the well, pumping apparatus  and discharge  piping.
      Ground Surface Sloped
    to Drain Away from Weil
                                             Connection to
                                             Source of Power
                Dynamic (Pumping)
                Water Level
                                    iZ—i Screen •';•"•••'' '
              Figure  GW-1 - Drilled Well Showing Sanitary
                          Protective Features
                                                 ';'.;V *A minimum depth of 3

                                     ,.'..v\v::'.:..r:'witer-Bearir^Sand •'/•'; meters of cement grout  seal
                                 -59-

-------
                               RESERVOIRS

Thermal Stratification


A major chemical-physical activity which can occur in reservoirs is
thermal stratification.  This action occurs during the Spring and summer
months when warm air heats the surface waters of the reservoir reducing
their density.  The layer of water at the surface (epilimnion), usually
from 1-8 meters in depth, maintains a high DO content and uniform
temperature due to wind action.  Below this lies a layer (thermocline)
from 2-7 meters in depth in which the temperature rapidly drops.  The
bottom layer (hypolimnion) contains the coldest, most dense water with
extremely low or nonexistent DO levels.  In the fall, cooler air temper-
atures result in a mixing of the layers resulting in relatively iso-
thermal temperatures throughout the reservoir, (See RES-1).

The high DO levels occurring in the epilimnion will result in the ox-
idation and subsequent precipitation of dissolved iron and manganese.
This situation is often amplified by the fact that the warm waters of
the epilimnion are favorable to the growth of algae and microscopic
plants which produce carbon dioxide by photosynthesis in addition to
taste, odor, and color problems.  The carbon dioxide going into solution
lowers the pH of the surface waters, creating a condition still more
favorable to the formation of iron and manganese precipitates.  In the
hypolimnion, a stagnation zone develops as the BOD greatly reduces the
DO concentration.  This anaerobic condition combined with organic matter
which has settled to the bottom of the reservoir will result in by-
products which will lower the water quality.  These by-products include
hydrogen sulfide and other organic decomposition products which generate
undesirable tastes, odors, and in some cases toxic compounds.  In ad-
dition, any iron and manganese which has precipitated to the bottom of
the reservoir will tend to go back into solution due to the higher pH,
further lowering the water quality in the hypolimnion. (See RES-2).

To ensure a constant high level of water quality in a reservoir, the
prevention of stratification or the utilization of destratification
methods may be necessary.  Various researchers have shown that destrati—
fication prevents the low quality waters normally found in the hypo-
limnion from forming as well as preventing normal fall algal blooms.
Therefore, the prevention of stratification may reduce taste, odor,
color, iron and manganese problems formerly present in reservoir water.

Destratification, or the prevention of stratification, may be accomplished
by two basic methods.  One method, mechanical pumping, involves the pump-
ing of hypolimnion water to the epilimnion where it becomes reaerated by
wind action.  The second method uses a land based blower connected to an
underwater air diffusion system, usually located in the hypolimnion to
provide DO and turbulence.  Both systems will destroy the density layers
of the reservoir.
                                 -60-

-------
        Uniform Temperature
        ~-z^z-—-C^z—c^^-—-^z:
        ~-^_——-~—•——--_—	.—
        Wind  Induced Mixing:
        —--__	-—
        High  DO
        Rapid  Decrease  in Temperature
                            '""1
-Lr::r-_—_-—Low JJniJojrmjrempera^ur^—
               Content - ^
Epilimnion

l-8m



Thermocline

2-7m
                                                  Hypolimnion
             Figure RES-1  - Thermal Stratification
                             (Ref.  86)
                       MANGANIC
                         OR
                       FERRIC
                        OXIDE
                       PARTICLE
     INTO SOLUTION
                                                   SOLUBLE
        OESORPTION BECAUSE
          OF PH CHANGE
      Figure RES-2  -  Iron and Manganese in a Thermally
                       Stratified Reservoir
                       (Ref.  86)
                                -61-

-------
                                  lY-WINCH  FOR RAISING PUMP
                     DRIVE PULLEY  /' y  \vBELT DRIVE

                     "A" FRAME
                      GASOLINE ENGINE
                         DECK
                                    -12-inch MIXED-FLOW PUMP
                                     .SUCTION LINE TO NEAR BOTTOM
                       Mechanical Pump System
            ABOUT
            40 ft
 TO ELECTRICAL 22.4 KW
,AIR COMPRESSOR ON SHORE
      	AIR LINE


      ,1 0-ft DISTRIBUTOR AIR  LINES - 4 TOTAL
        10-inch LONG DIFFUSER STONES  -
        .mmm- 16 TOTAL
         10-ft ANGLE IRON - 4 TOTAL
                                . NOT TO SCALE; PLAN VIEW
                      Diffused-Air System        , --"""


                 Figure RES-3 - Two Examples of Artificial
                                 Destratification Devices
Ideally,  a reservoir should be destratified in the spring to prevent
the formation of poor  quality water,  rather that in midsummer to improve
poor water quality.  This is the case despite the fact of the hydraulic
inefficiency of raising cold water at this time of the year and the
necessity of occasional remixing during the summer season.  Some of the
poor hydraulic performance could be  overcome by pumping the warm surface
water  layer down into  main water body in the spring.   Exact rates  of
                                     -62-

-------
change in the reservoir from the isothermal to the stratified states
will have to be determined for each individual reservoir, as reservoir
shape, size, and amount of protection will vary.  In addition, climatic
conditions averaged over previous years will be a major factor in the
rate and extent of stratification.

One method of calculating the energy required to destratify a reservoir
is to determine its stability.  Stability is defined as the amount of
energy required to lift the weight of an entire body of water the ver-
tical distance between the centers of gravity of the body of water in
a stratified and in an isothermal condition.  This measure may also be
used to indicate the efficiency of destratification techniques while
they are in progress.

Table RES-1 provides data from various destratification studies.
The "change in stability" column indicates whether or not the stability
index was corrected for natural changes in stability due to climatic
effects.  The destratification efficiency (DE) is a measure used by
researchers to indicate the mechanical performance of artificial
destratification devices.
        DE
                                                   " X 100
(Net Change in "Stability from t^ to t2\

Total Energy Input from t^ to t£     I
Exact engineering analysis and cost data for thermal destratification
is not available.  A questionnaire sent to approximately 40 reservoir
maintenance facilities indicated an extremely wide variety of equip-
ment sizes used and no correlation to effectiveness.- The equipment
described in this report is the result of initial experimentation only,
not engineering analysis.
                                 -63-

-------
 CO
  60
u C) O C
ctt I *H B*S
O r*>"O X -
•HO CU i-l /-«
'4-1 C U B TJ
4J -rl r-4 0) i-l
CO O 3 Vl rl
ij -H o i-i a)
U M-l t-l 4-1 D.
co M-i ctf c
(U 0) O O

r-l >v «
CO 60 4J M
4-1 rl 3 JC
o a) a. i
H a c s
4> 1-1 42

A
/-^ x^
^-j ^- ^
N— ^ rj
N— •
C r*v "^3
•H 4J 0) T3
 CO




*rt
f*^
j-

d)






00
C
•H

1
M-l
O
CO
0)
4->
CO


fl)
O
c
cu
cu
U-l
cu
cu
•i
co






^Q
vo vo J"- *""* r^
O O O r-l O












in *d~ in vo CM m
r-l i-l r-l O r-l O




o o o o
vo OO O vo
r^ \o CM co
r-T r-T Cs? oT







ssss
1^- CO CO vo








o
o


CM



1
0.

Jj
f ,
_J
1


r- vo oo oo m i—
o o o o o o












CM O^ ON OO CO vO CM
o o o o o o o




m o o o o
oo  s^
i-i CM in - «
^ --^ i-l "CO CO
in in "~- oo •^ r-i vo
1 1 vo \ CO ^^ VD
i-H CM O 1 VD 1 r-l
^ --. rH i-l CM OO
in m ^~^~^ •«»
v— s vo r^ t^ ov


CM
cu
M
rJ
4J
CO

H

^
"
bO
!>
(0
IO O\ r-l O rH OO >-/
r-4 OO TJ CO
^, - i-l rl ON r5
cfl r-l cu H O ri
rJ CU 60-rl M-l -rl 3
X * O r-l O O
COCO O K* .£ r!rf r* 1— 1
•rl O CU 2 CO CU O
> N CO .0 CO PS
3 4J oo cu eu c cu

CU O *rl CO Ct) O
> W ** ^ S °


^^
4-1
• i-l
J3 r-4
4J 1-1
.0 •§
i [ •[ | 4_)
itf en
0) O
^ CO £
M-l T)
0 C 0)
CO 60
§d
** id
•H to ji
4-1 -U O
. S r-4
cu g td
•rt ri 3
r-l -rl 4J
3 CO
m cr c
O \ t<4
rO -rj «
3 cd
T3 IT r*
cu cu
O H p\
r> ij
3 4J r-l
r-l -H T<
M-l *— 1 *O
C to co
•H 3 4-1
CJ* CO
"* r-
CO TJ «rl •
C Cl
TJ -rl 4) O
3 I fS

r-l J= O 4)
C oo a
O -rl 41 O
r-l X
cu c 4-1 oo
•o 3 d
•rl CO CO 1-1
3 to X
60 « -H
41 rl B
J3 rl O
60 3 ri eu
34-1 • rl X
O Ct) vO CU 4-1
rl rl VO
41 Ov C 60
td Q, r-l 1-1 C
B i^
SO) Q v
ri o nl g 4)
rt B >
0 rl CO
CO -H O CO J2
4J 60 M-l 4J
cd o co >,
•c> r-i cu *O S
01 rl Ct? 41
CO CU rl CO 4-1
cu 4-1 cu o) co

t^ Q ^C r^ *J
q) jO O
                                                                                               -64-

-------
Control of Algae and Other Microscopic Organisms

The control of algae and other microscopic organisms in reservoirs is
often necessary to reduce taste, odor, and turbidity problems.  The
characteristics of the tastes and odors associated with different
organisms may vary widely (Table RES-2).  Usually, consumer complaints
are registered when the concentrations of odor-producing organisms is
above 500 to 1000 in a given plate area of 400 square microns.  However,
some algae, e0go Synura, are objectionable at the lowest detectable
level.

The use of copper sulfate for the destruction of algae and other micro-
scopic organisms was suggested by More and Kellerman in 1904.  Since
then, the chemical has become more widely used than any other algicide.
The use of chlorine as a supplemental agent has also occured.  Chlorine
destroys organisms more susceptible to it than to copper; chlorine
oxidizes and thus keeps the DO content at more acceptable levels.
The method and kinetics of the destruction of micro-organisms with
copper sulfate and chlorine are similar to those of disinfection.  How-
ever, in the case of copper sulfate the process may require several
days for completion.  Undesirable side effects following algal control
in reservoirs include:  a temporary increase in odor, and a rise in the
number of saprophytic bacteria which feed on the remains of the dead
organisms.  This may result in a DO depletion in the reservoir with
subsequent fish kills.  In addition, the destruction of one algal
genus may result in the rapid rise of another.  Remedial treatment
of the reservoir with chlorine or activated carbon may be necessary.
The amounts of copper sulfate and chlorine necessary for algal control
are shown in  Table RES-2.

The tolerance of fish to copper sulfate lies within the range of con-
centrations necessary for algal destruction.  However, since algae
usually thrive in the uppermost layer of reservoir waters, the lethal
dose need only be applied to this layer.  This will allow the fish to
survive in the lower waters o£ the reservoir.  The destruction of algal
blooms should not be necessary.  Limnologic and microscopic evidence
of impending blooms should allow adequate time for prevention.

Small reservoirs can be protected by adding algicides to their intakes.
Dry-feed or solution-feed apparatus suited to the chemical to be applied
can be used for this purpose.  In large reservoirs, a boat may be
necessary for application.  Copper sulfate crystals are dragged in burlap
sacks behind the boat.  The solution rate of the crystals is sufficiently
slow to make this method effective,,  Dry-feed, solution-feed, and dusters
of the orchard spraying variety have also been employed successfully.

Powdered activated carbon has been applied with some success to the surface
of small reservoirs.  This action blocks out the sunlight necessary for
                                -65-

-------
the growth of some algae.  The carbon also acts to eliminate taste and
odor from algal sources.  It can be added to the reservoir influent,
dispersed from bags or ejected onto the surface as a slurry.
                                -66-

-------
CU
d
•H
S-l
O
rH
0
A
M O
CU Ctf

O •-!
Of*
•J
CO






















































^
a*


y,_ |

60
e





CU
rH
ft
3
0
H















8
CO
•H
S3
60

O















CU
Ct)
60
rH

O
Ct)
rH
ct)
rH
CU
rO
to
E— 1

A
It}

"O
CU
d
CO

*,
cfl
rH
rH

d
o
•rH
>
•H i-l
rfj rQ
•rH *H
rW rH
EH EH










c«
(— {
3
0
^
ct)
p>\

•«
ct)
•H
M ct)
ca (-1
rH -rH
•H CO
60 O
Ct) rH
[j, j£j











• O
« rH
. 1
« CO
• O

o in
rH CM
1 •
CM O









r**l ^
CO CO


3 o
w >





r*
cu
CU

o

• m
• rH
. 1
• O
• rH

in co
O 0
i i
rH rH
O O




£3 fi
£3 3
O O
CO CO

£ £
il -H
*"O *"d

H I-l
EH EH









cfl
VH
r^
6(
CO O
H H
O *»"J
•C ex
d. co
O

cfl 3
rH 9
U H
4-1
•> CO
ct) ct)
M rH
Cfl CU
J3 O
C_J C_>











O 0
rH rH rH
1 1 •
in in r-t
o o

in co in
000
i i i
rH rH CM
0 O O
|

CO CU
CO rH
Cfl -rt
t-t >
60
A
rt ^
>-. CO
^ CO
i — 1 Cfl p>>
g 60 -H
T3
rJ rJ ,D
OOP
*"O ^3 S3
0 O H


g
•I-l
4J
CU
cfl
d J3
O CU
d w
0) 0
S f-1
O 0)
N 0
•H O
£j
Cfl «>
_ c*j {ft
CX *H Cfl
i O
Cfl CJ 4J
d o rt
Cfl M rH
W
O
4-1

o y
•H -H
4-> 4J
Cfl Cfl
O 0
cfl cfl

5-1 M
0 0
T3 -d
0 0



















CO
d cfl
o d

r*l S
O i-H
d rH
•r-l Cfl
Q g
|
^4
ft
i
d
cu

rH
0
o

0
rH
1
CO
0

CO
0
1
rH
O




r4

r>
^
P
U

••
4J
CO
Ct)
H























cfl
3
d
s*.











0 O
i— 1 rH
1 1
CO CO
0 0

CM CO
0 0
1 1
rH CM
O O
rH
•H
O
CU
4-1 CU
CO rH
Cfl *r-l
H >

• *
r**i r*">
CO CO
14-1 M-l

t-l J-l
O O
•O 13
O 0

















CO
•H
ca
a,
o 6
d 3
a -H
rH 4J
00 cfl
0 rJ
t-i cu
P O




ca
^i
CU
r*.
4J
O

•
.
'.
•

in
o
i
CM
o








r^t
CO
<4-l

h
O
•a
0


















6
3
•H
d
•i-i
•a
o
CU
rH
0











• •
. .
1 '•
• *

o m
CM O
i i
m CM
O 0





y
•i-i
4J
r*°> $
ra o ,
M-l Cfl

rJ rJ
0 O
0 0


















ca
8 
-------
                             SECTION IV

           WATER TREATMENT PROCESSES AND ASSOCIATED COSTS
This section is primarily concerned with the development of technical and
cost data for each of the treatment processes covered in this monograph.
The cost data are presented in sufficient detail that comparative
planning estimates of alternative treatment schemes can be made; but it
should be noted that the data have been developed from several sources
of information, including published data, private files, actual cons-
tructed facilities, and from information gleaned from equipment
manufacturers and suppliers.  Consequently, the data that is contained
herein, while current and of sufficient accuracy for planning purposes,
should not be used as the basis for preparing bid documents for cons-
truction.  More detailed investigation is mandatory prior to final
system design.

When using the cost data care must be exercised in identifying the
specific components included in a single cost curve.  For example, in
some instances, building costs are given as a single item, since they
constitute a relatively large portion of the overall  cost.  On the
other hand, building costs are included with capital cost for treatment
processes where the building cost is rather insignificant.

It is also important for the planner to remember that when several
treatment processes are combined, the resultant plant costs will be
somewhat less than the sum of the costs for each process.  This cost
reduction is the result of savings which accrue from reduced land re-
quirements, common housing of process equipment and other economies of
scale.  It is difficult however, to estimate what the cost reduction for
combined processes will be and judgment  must be used in each specific
case.  As a general rule, the greater the number of treatment processes
the larger the cost reduction; and the cost reduction will be more sig-
nificant in very large capacity treatment plants.

Local information available to the planner can be utilized in cost
estimates.  This includes costs of  land, electric power, chemicals, and
other information.  For example, some chemical cost  curves are based on
a sulfuric acid cost of $40 per U.S. Ton.  If the local price is $30 per
U.S. Ton, then the cost determined from the curve can be multiplied by 3/4
or 0.75 to obtain a reasonable local cost.  In addition, cost indices are
used to provide a baseline for projecting costs, and for estimating
escalation due to inflation.  The indices used in this report are
national indices.  They are, however, frequently available for major U.S.
cities or on a regional basis.  These city or regional indices may be
substituted, if desired.
                                -69-

-------
The cost indexes used In this report are:

     i.  Engineering News-Record-Building  Cost Index.   (ENR BCI)   This
         index was introduced in 1938 in order to measure the effects
         of wage and materials price trends.  The Building Cost Index
         has skilled labor and materials components and is used for cost
         estimates for buildings, site development, utilities, and general
         civil construction.  The national average ENR BCI appears weekly
         in the "Scoreboard" section of Engineering News-Record Magazine.
         City-by-city Building Cost Indexes for 22 U.S. cities appear
         monthly in the second ENR issue of the month.  The ENR BCI used
         in this report for all appropriate curves is  1154 for October
         1973.  ENR occasionally forecasts the BCI in  articles.

    ii.  Handy-Whitman Index.  This index  pertains specifically to large
         water treatment plants.  The index used in this report is an
         average for the six geographical  regions shown in the Handy-
         Whitman Manual - 290.4 for July 1973.  The Handy-Whitman Index
         is published every six months, January and July, and the index
         value for July 1973 is applicable to the October 1973 curves.

   iii   Bureau of Labor Statistics - Labor Costs Index.  The index used
         in this report is for personnel in Standard Industrial Category
         (SIC) 494.7, or Water, Steam and  Sanitary Systems   Non-Supervisory
         workers.  The base BLS Labor Cost Index for July 1973 is 4.18,
         the index has been modified to 6.25 to include overhead and
         payroll expense (30% overhead, 15% payroll Expense).  This in-
         formation can be obtained from Employment and Earnings Statistics
         on the Labor Force, published monthly by the  U.S. Department of
         Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.

    iv.  U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics - Chemical Index.  The index used
         in this report to indicate chemical price trends is 104.3, which
         is the September 1973 Industrial  Chemicals Index, (Code 061).
         This information can be obtained from the Wholesale Prices and
         Price Indexes Data, published monthly by the U.S. Department of
         Labor,.Bureau of Labor Statistics.

         This section is organized into three parts.  The first part,
         immediately following the introduction, contains brief tech-
         nical descriptions of the treatment method followed by the
         cost data.  The second part deals with miscellaneous treat-
         ments and with chemicals used in water treatment, giving
         representative costs and physical and chemical descriptions.
         Unit Cost curves for each process have been developed and
         presented in Section VII.
                                 -70-

-------
                              AERATION

Aeration is a technique used in water treatment which has not had a
particularly widespread application.  Of the many municipal treatment
plants in the United States, only about ten percent use aeration.

Aeration is used to produce two opposing end results in the treated water:

     i.  The removal of volatile organic materials and fairly soluble
         gases, such as carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide.  Also,
         the air or oxygen stream effectively strips miscellaneous
         entrained but insoluble materials such as methane.

    ii.  The addition of oxygen to the water for the oxidation of iron
         and manganese, hydrogen sulfide, and some organic materials.

Carbon dioxide is used in lieu of an air stream when recarbonation is
required for the neutralization of excess alkalinity.  Although the
device used is a form of aeration column, aeration more generally applies
to the treatment of water with an air and/or oxygen stream.

Aeration is efficient in removing odor and taste causing substances except
for some organics.  The material(s) causing the problems must have a
high volatility, a situation which does not generally occur.  Several
days storage after aggresive aeration may oxidize some odor-causing
organics to non-odorous forms, but the treatment is unpredictable and
therefore rarely used.

Aeration is most sucessfully used in the removal of carbon dioxide, the
oxidation of iron and manganese, and the removal of the odors caused
by hydrogen sulfide.  Aeration will usually cause the co-precipitation
of iron and manganese without additional treatment.  However, if colloidal
organic material is present, complexes may be formed which do not
flocculate sufficiently for satisfactory settlement.  In such cases,
additional treatment may be necessary.

There are two principle types of aerating equipment, the cascade type,
and the diffused-air type.  For either type, power is necessary and is
required in approximately equal amounts.

The mass-transfer of oxygen from gas (air stream) to liquid (water) occurs
at the gas-liquid interface.  Because these mass transfer rates are
generally low, the residence time necessary for oxygen absorption or
the area of the interface of absorption, must be increased.  Obviously,
increasing the residence time affects the physical size of the equipment
and thus the cost.  Increasing the surface area available for absorption
and constantly changing the absorbing surface by creating turbulent
conditions does not increase the size of the equipment, but merely
makes the design of the internals 1 of great importance.

1.  Refers to internal construction of equipment.
                                -71-

-------
Cascade aerators, rely on the movement of the water under the force of
gravity over a series, of obstacles, to create the required turbulence.
The water i8 usually pumped to create the head, and this is a measurable
cost.  The devices used to promote the necessary turbulence may be any
one of a number of designs.  Weir trays, slat packings, Raschig rings,
Berl saddles and sieve or slotted trays are all used.  When sieve or
slotted trays are employed, they are frequently packed with a coarse
media such as coke or crushed stone.  This technique is most successful
and ensures a high degree of turbulence.

Diffused air equipment provides a longer aeration time than cascade
types because the upward motion of an air bubble is slower than a
falling water drop.  However, the turbulence is less, and this reduces
the mass-transfer capability.  Power requirements for air compression
are approximately the same as the power requirement necessary to produce
the head for cascade types, but initial cost may be higher.  Selection
of diffused-air over cascade becomes a matter of personal preference.

The  results  of removal of odor through aeration have been reported in
the literature as being unpredictable.  The upper limit has been reported
in actual water works practice as 51 percent removal of threshold odor
caused by algae.  Almost complete removal of odor caused by hydrogen
sulfide is possible with properly designed equipment and sufficient
air flow.  Similar high values of removal can be expected for iron
and manganese, but provision must be made for collecting and removing
the precipitant.
                                -72-

-------
       ENR BCI 1154
    100
 M
 9)
 &
 O
 •U
 O
 O
 O
 O
 O
 C
 o
 •H
 CO
 d
 8
     It.
                                            50
         100
200 300
                  Plant Capacity m3/day x 1000
Cost Includes


Column with internals
Blower
Foundations
Piping and Controls
Enclosure
Design engineering
Construction overhead
Cost Does Not Include


Land (negligible)
Owner's General Expanse
Interest during construction
Source -  Environmental Planning & Engineering Division,
          of David Volkert & Associates


         Figure A-l - Aeration Equipment Construction Cost
                               -73-

-------
0>
CO
r-
•s
jj
o
o
 o
 01
 o
 o
 I
     100
                                     20  30 40 50     100     200  300
                    Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000
 Costs Include

 O&M labor
 Payroll expenses
 Overhead
 Regular Maintenance  Supplies
   and Materials
 Curve uses Modified  Index 6.25

 Source  -  Environmental Planning & Engineering Division,
           of  David Volkert & Associates

                    Figure A-2 - Aerator O&M Costs
                                -74-

-------
                             SEDIMENTATION
 Sedimentation Is  the settling  under gravity of particles suspended in
 a body of water.  While an excellent method of removing suspended
 solids of fairly  large size, the  time required for  the smaller particles
 to settle is  extremely long.   Table S-l shows the relative settling times
 for particles of  decreasing size.

                               Table S-l

          Relative  Settling Times of Various Sized  Spheres
Typical
Material
Gravel
Coarse Sand
Fine Sand
Silt
Bacteria
Colloidal
Colloidal
Particle
Diameter
10 mm
1 mm
0.1 mm
0.01 mm
1 X 10- 1 mm
1 X 10~5 mm
1 X 10~6 mm
Cross-sectional
Area
78.55 sq. mm
0.786 sq. mm
7.855 X 10~3 sq. mm
7.855 X 10~5 sq. mm
7.855 X 10-7 sq. nm
7.855 X 10"11 sq. mm
7.855 X 10~13 sq. mm
Time to Settle
1 ft.
0.3 sec
3 sec
38 sec
33 min
55 hr
6.3 yrs
63 yrs
 From this data,  it is obvious that the removal  of  suspended  solids with
 a diameter of less than 0.01 millimeters would  take  an  excessively
 long period of time to settle.   Because of  this fact, sedimentation  is
 not a method of  suspended solids removal which  is  in general use, except
 as pre-treatment for the protection of pumps  and piping and  to prevent
 overloading in subsequent operations.

 The settling velocity of a particle in water  can be  calculated from
 Newton's formula:

      V2~n = 4d1+n  g (Ps-Pe)
                 3 CPe

 where V = terminal velocity in cm/sec
       d = particle diameter in cm
       g = acceleration due to gravity  = 981 cm/sec
       Ps and Pe  = specific gravity of  the particle and  the
                     water respectively
       C = drag coefficient related to  Reynolds  No.
             by the expression C = a Re~n
a and n  = coefficients
                               -75-

-------
The following table gives values of a,n,  and C  for various ranges of
Reynolds no.

                 Table S-2 Values of a, n, and C
Re
10-4
-------
 N
•rl
CO
 O
•rl
4J
 CO

 o
•rl
 rl
 O
 o
 o
r-l
 CU


 bO
 C
 cu
CO
CO
 I
•3
H
o
o
1
r-l
O

o
o
co
o
o

1
o
o
I-l
1
o
o
in
o
1
0

^^


o
o
CO
o

o
0
CM
o
1
0
o
r-l
o
1
0
m
o
o
1
o

0
o

•o
•sf m o
h- \o ON

t--. co m o
•st" CO " m
1 1
o o o o
CM

CM
1
o o o m
r-l

CO CO CO CO
§^~" s "if s
o o o
i-l CM CO O
> > >






















A
•H
O
O
r-l

>
•-I
CO
4J
e
o
N
•H

O


CU
r-l
,0
•H
o
o
4-1

I-l
CO

0*
0)
!>»
4J
•rl
O
O
i— |
cu
^

r-l
CO
4J
a
o
N
O
4J

i-l
CO
3

cu
i.^
4J
•H
0
O
r-l
cu
^

r-l
CO

a
o
N
60-rl -rl
	 1 1 1 1 .

~n
i-i
r*
o
M
o
00 JS JS


„
01
r-l
O
•H

CO
O.

fi
CO
CO

cu

4->

M-l
O
M
CU
4->
CU

CO
•rl
TJ
II
„
CU T3
rl
cu
C
j-
4J
•rl
^

- t
•rt
3
r4
M-l
jj
O
M-l

A
T3
cu
cu
cu
CO
00

•rl
I-l
4J
JJ
cu
CO
H
r™
>


CO
J-
4J
•rl
[J

-o
3
r-l
M-l
^,
O
M-l

A
TJ
CU
cu
cu
CO
00
c
•H
I-l
4J
4-1
CU
CO
II
1 CM
>


cO
j-
4J
•H
[5

-O
•rH
3
r-i
U-4
J-4
O


A
•O
cu
0)
D.
CO
M
c
1-1
r-l
4J
4-1
CU
CO
n
C"
^>

cu
r-i
o
•H
4J
rl
CO
CU

-a
§
w
CO

•a
cu
4J
•H
CO
0
a,
cu
-a

Jw
0
•rl
X!
*

4->
CO

CU
0)
o,
CO

,.J
3
r-l
U-l
r-l
CO
4-1
a
o

•H
)»|
O
•£
CO r-l
~> CO
3 u
•H
O 4J
CO -H
1 rl
O 0
II
o
>











































•
•a
CU
a
-i
•rt
CO

4-1

CU

CO
•rl




                                                    -77-

-------
CO
r^
o\
,0
 o
AJ
8
X
•co-
 O
o
 a
 o
•H
JJ
 O
 CO
 C
 O
 O
   1000
                HANDY-WHITMAN INDEX 290,4
                                     20  304050    100    200 300
                     Plant  Capacity - m3/day x 1000
    Cost  includes:

    Piping and  sludge removal
       equipment
    Controls
    Concrete  Construction
    Design &  Specifications
    Construction overhead
Cost does not include:

Interes*" during construction
Owner General expense
Land Costs
Sludge disposal costs.
   (must be determined  on
   individual  profit basis)
     Source - Environmental Planning & Engineering Division,
              of David Volkert & Associates

       Figure S-l - Sedimentation Plant Construction Cost
                             -78-

-------
CO


-------
    CO
    a)
    o
    •H
    H
    a.
      1000
    o
    o
    o
    o
    o
    r-t
    4-1
    CD
    O
    u

    o
    1-1
    4-1
    O
    M

    §
    u
       100
                                                             200  300
                     ..   Plant Size - m3/day x 1000
Includes

Grubbing, clearing and grading
Roads
Fences and gates
Utilities
Service Buildings
Design and Specifications
Construction Supervision
Excludes

Owner's general expense
Interest during construction
Land cost
 Source - Environmental Planning & Engineering Division,
          of David Volkert & Associates
       Figure S-3 - Site Development Costs-Sedimentation Plant

                                -80-

-------
        1000
r-
i~4
^
O
o
O
S-l
(0
(1)
QJ
a
0)
4J
CO
O
U
(fl

I
                      LABOR INDEX:   4.18 :
                  t  (SIC 494-7)           i
                                          H OTHER O&M COSTS :
                                         20 30 4050    100    200 300
                       Plant  Capacity  - m3/day  x 1000
    Cost Include

    Labor Payroll
    Payroll overhead  and  extras
    Regular maintenance  items
    Consumable supplies
Does Not Include

Major repair items
Labor from major repair
     Source  -  Environmental  Planning & Engineering Division,
              of David  Volkert & Associates
      Figure  S-4  -  Operating and Maintenance Cost Sedimentation Plant
                                  -81-

-------
                             COAGULATION


As has already been stated, because of the potentially long time periods
involved and the corresponding large land areas required for sedimenta-
tion basins to accomplish the unaided settling of smaller particles,
the process is usually accelerated in practice by the use of the tech-
nique known as coagulation.

Coagulation consists of introducing into the water a substance which:

     i.  will discharge the generally electro-negative colloids present,

    ii.  give rise to a precipitate which has a rapid rate of settlement.

The primary substances or coagulants used in this treatment are describ-
ed below:

     1.  Aluminum sulfate + calcium carbonate

         A12(S04)3 + 3 Ca(HC03)2 = 3 CaS04 + 2 A1(OH)3 + 6 C02

         Dose:  15 to 100 g/m3 of A12(S04)3 • 18 H20 (commercial)
         according to the turbidity of the water.

     2.  Aluminum sulfate + sodium aluminate:

         6NaA102 + A14(S04)3 • 18 H20 - 8A1(OH)3 + 3Na2S04 + 6H20
         Dose:  The weight of commercial sodium aluminate required is 75%
         of the weight of aluminum sulfate (commercial) for an equimolecular
         reaction.  The dose of sodium aluminate may, however, be much
         less, in which case the reagent serves only to initiate the
         coagulation of the aluminum sulfate.

     3.  Aluminum chloride (used under exceptional circumstances only):

         2 A1C13 + 3 Ca(HC03)2 = 2 A1(OH)3 + 3 CaCl2 + 6 C02
         Dose:  12 to 40 g/m3 of A1C13 • 6H20 (commercial) according to
         the turbidity of the water.

     4.  Aluminum sulfate + hydrated lime:

         A12(S04)3 + 3 Ca(OH)2 = 3 CaS04 + 2 A1(OH)3

         Dose:  One part of Ca(OH)2  (lime) to three parts of  A12(S04)3-18 H20
         (commercial)
                                -82-

-------
     5.  Ferric sulfate:

         Fe2(S04)3 + 3 Ca(HC03)2 = 2 Fe(OH)3 + 3 CaS04 + 6 C02

         Dose:  10 to 50 g/m3 of Fe2(S04)3 • 9 H20 (commercial) according
         to the turbidity of the water.

     6.  Ferric sulfate + hydrated lime:

         Fe2(SO)3 + 3 Ca(OH)2 = 2 Fe(OH)3 + 3 CaS04

         Dose:  The requirement of hydrated lime as Ca(OH)2  is 40% of the
         quantity of iron sulfate Fe2(SO(t)3 • 9 H20.


     7.  Ferrous sulfate:

         FeS04 + Ca(HC03)2 =  Fe(OH)2 +  CaS04 + 2 C02

         Dose:  5 to 25 g/m3 of FeS04 -7 H20  (commercial) according to
         the turbidity of the water.

     In aerated waters,  the  ferrous  hydroxide oxidizes  and becomes  ferric
     hydroxide:

     4 Fe(OH)2 + 02 + 2H20 = 4 Fe(OH)3.

     8.  Ferrous sulfate + hydrated lime:

         FeS04 + Ca(OH)2 = Fe(OH)2 + CaS04

         Dose:  The requirement of Ca(OH)2 (hydrated lime) is 26% of the
         quantity of FeS04 • 7 H20.


     9. Ferrous sulfate + chlorine

        2 FeS04 + 3 Ca(HC03)2  + C12 = 2 Fe(OH)3 + 2 CaS04 + CaCl2 + 6 C02
        Dose:  The requirement of chlorine is 12% of the quantity of
        FeS04-7 H20.

The most commonly used coagulant is A12(S04)3 • 18 H20, which is known
as filter alum.  The amount of hydrolysis which occurs when filter alum
is introduced to the water is a function of the pH of the water.  This
is demonstrated by Figure C-l which shows the variation in alum dosage
required for changing pH values.
                               -83-

-------
                     2.00-
                 I*  1.50-t
                 oo
                 <  fj.OO-


                 i  •*
                  0)
                 oc
                     0.50
                               I
                             567
                                    pH
9   10
 Figure C-l - The effect of pH on alum dosage for optimum coagulation
Since aluminum and iron sulfates are acidic, they are often used in con-
junction with a base such as hydrated lime.  Caustic soda can also be
used, but is more expensive.

For the most effective use of iron salts as coagulants, the pH range is
either 3.5 to 5.5 or above 9.0, either very acidic or very alkaline
conditions.-'-  Since these pH ranges are not particularly common in the
United States as far as municipal water supplies are concerned, iron
salts are not generally used for coagulation.  Minor pH adjustments
can be made to enable filter alum to be used.

The optimum pH and dose of coagulant to be used for a specific water to
be treated is determined by the use of one of the two most common methods,
the zeta potential method and the jar test method.  Althought the jar
test method is the established technique, measurement of zeta potential
is rapidly gaining wide acceptance.
1.  If pH cannot be adjusted, iron salts must be used.
                                -84-

-------
     ENR BCI 1154

-------
ctf
•u
o
v
K
4J,

§   4
•H
3

8*
PU
                            100
200
                                                                            300
                        Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000
       If plant capacity less than 5,000 m3/day use 0.1 hectare.
       Source EPA.
      Source  - Environmental  Planning & Engineering Division,

               of David  Volkert & Associates
                Figure C-3  - Land  Requirement  for  Coagulation
                                    -86-

-------
   w
   co
   o
   •rl
   n
  CO
1000
   O
   o
  o.
  o
  o
  4J
  w
  o
  O

  d

  .2
  4.)
  O
  4J
  CO
  d
  o
 100
                                         hi  ENR BCI = 1154
               345
10
20  30 40 50    100    200 300
                       Plant Size - v?/day x 1000
Includes


Grubbing, clearing and grading

Roads

Fences and gates

Utilities

Service Buildings

Design and Specifications

Construction Supervision
                                           Excludes


                                           Owner's general  expense

                                           Interest during construction

                                           Land cost
Source - Environmental Planning & Engineering Division,

         of David Volkert & Associates


         Figure C-4  - Site Development Costs for Coagulation
                                 -87-

-------
   1000
5
,3   loo
0)
43
o
•u
CO
4J
CO
O
O
to
I
                                         BLS LABOR INDEX:  4.18
                                         {SIC 494-7)
               2    345      10     20   30 40 50    100    200  300

                       Plant Capacity - m^/day x 1000
     Cost include
Does not include
     Labor payroll
     Payroll overheads and extras
     Regular maintenance items
     Consumable supplies
Major repair items
Labor for major repair
     Source  - Environmental Planning & Engineering Division,
              of David Volkert & Associates

        Figure C-5  - Operating and Maintenance Costs Coagulation Plant
                                     -88-

-------
                    COAGULATION AND SEDIMENTATION
The basic coagulation technique in conjunction with sedimentation is
used primarily for the removal of turbidity and the partial removal of
color from surface water supplies.  Coagulation may also be used, however,
for the partial or complete removal of other contaminants under consider-
ation in this document.  The chemical requirements and effectiveness of
the method in a variety of situations are delineated in the following
paragraphs.

a.  Color

    The removal or reduction of color in the coagulation process is
    generally accomplished with the use of aluminum sulfate as the
    coagulant.  Clay or activated silica is added as a coagulant aid,
    clay being used when the natural turbidity of the water is low.

b.  Turbidity

    Turbidity in water is  almost totally removed by coagulation and
    settling followed by filtration.  The dosage of coagulant and coagulant
    aid or polyelectrolyte to be used must be determined by the jar test or
    zeta potential method, as well as the determination of the optimum pH
    for coagulation.  Of extreme importance in the removal of turbidity
    is the formation of a strong, heavy floe, which settles easily and
    does not disintegrate.  If the colloidal turbidity does not flocculate
    correctly, it passes through the settling stage, and through the
    filters.

c.  Radioactivity

    The use of coagulation and settling techiques have been experimented
    with extensively over the past twenty years.  In general, it can be
    said that the operation is not particularly successful for the radio-
    active contaminants under consideration in this monograph.  EPA spon-
    sored literature searches have accumulated a large amount of data on
    the decontamination of highly active wastes, primarily from research
    and power plant operations.  There is a paucity of information con-
    cerning low level wastes, as are being considered here.  Most infor-
    mation shows removal in the order of 30% to 60%, except for some very
    complex custom-designed systems.

Coagulation and sedimentation can be accomplished by means of flash mixer
and sedimentation basins, or by means of solids-contact equipment (also
known as clarifiers).  In both cases, it is generally required that
filtration follow sedimentation.  ,
                               -89-

-------
            Cost of Coagulation and Sedimentation System
Cost data for this treatment method are shown in Figures CS-1 through
CS-4.  There is a difference in cost between "combined" coagulation
and sedimentation, and the sum of the cost for the individual processes.
This is due primarily to savings in piping,  concrete work,  site devel-
opment, engineering and construction overhead.  On each curve for solids
contact plants below 20,000 nrVday use 5 hectares, and for sedimentation
basins below 10,000 m /day use 5 hectares.
                                 -90-

-------
CO
O
4J
O
O
O
O
O
•u
CO
o
O


§
•H
4-1
O
4J
V)
a
O
U
MIXER AND

SEDIMENTATION BASIN
                                           SOLIDS  CONTACT

                                           CLARIFIER
                       HANDY-WHITMAN INDEX - 290.4
                 2   345
         10
                       20  30 40 50    100    200 300
                  Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000
Cost include


Piping and controls
Civil construction
Mechanical Equipment
Design and Specifications

Construction overhead.
                                      does not include


                                      Land cost
                                      Site development
                                      Owner's general expense
                                      Interest during Construction
Source  - Environmental Planning & Engineering Division,
         of David Volkert & Associates
Figure CS-1  - Construction Cost  for Coagulation and  Sedimentation  Systems
                                 -91-

-------
       30 F: T
 01
 
-------
  o
 •H
  0,
 on
 
-------
 V
r-l
co

-------
                             FILTRATION
a.  Rapid Sand Filter

The rapid sand filter is the most widely used method of  filtration
presently used for drinking water preparation.  The filter medium has
traditionally been sand of approximately 0.5 mm effective size, but
recently, crushed anthracite has been employed either in conjunction
with sand or by itself.  With either filtet medium the filtration rate
is approximately 4 to 10 m^/
 Rapid filters cannot reduce the turbidity to the level of 5 units with
 raw water feed whose turbidity is greater than 15 units (Figure RF-1)
 unless the water is coagulated or filter aids are used.  In water that
 has been coagulated, particle sizes range from 2 mm to less than o.l mm.
                  __                       j-n a ked of sand of 0.5 mm
                                           particle size, pore openings
                                           are between 0.1 mm and 0.2 mm.
                                           In angular media such as coarser
                                           anthracite, the pore openings
                                           are 0.3 mm to 0.6 mm.  It fol-
                                           lows then that the larger floe
                                           particles will be surface
                                           strained while the smaller
                                           particles will penetrate the
                                           bed.  These internally - col-
                                           lected particles will tend to
                                           shear and break as the hy-
                                           draulic gradient through the
                                           bed increases.  Thus it is
                                           important for efficient fil-
                                           tration that a strong floe be
                                           promoted during the coagulation
                                           process.
          ontreal, 1962- 1963
          Maximum allowable
  0 10 20 30 40 50 6Q 70 80 90 100 110
       Row- water turbidity, j. u.  *
 Figure RF-1 - Removal of
 Turbidity by Rapid-Sand
 Filtration Without Floc-
 culation, 0.5 mm sand,
                                           Currently,  a number of treatment
                                           plants  in the United States are
                                           routinely producing filtered
                                           water,  with coagulation and sedi-
                                           mentation ahead of  filtration,
                                           with  final turbidity less than
                                           0.1 units.

When turbidity of the raw water is low,  a  coagulant together  with a coaulant
aid and the necessary pH adjustment may  be used prior to direct filtration.
For example, this coagulant dose should  be a maximum of 15 grams/m^ of
aluminum sulfate.  Larger doses would produce rapid clogging  of the filter.
If zeta potential tests show that this is  sufficient coagulant for the raw
water, a product water will result with  turbidity averaging less  than 1
unit.  It should be noted that tests should be  made to  determine  the com-
plete range of raw water turbidity likely  to be encountered,  otherwise peaks
could occur which might precipitate total  blocking  of  the  filter  and tur-
bidity breakthrough.
                                   -95-

-------
b.  Slow Filters

Slow filters were the original filters used in municipal treatment and
have largely given way to rapid filters in the United States, although
they are still used in Europe.  Filtration rates are 0.125 m3/m2/hr to
1.25 m3/m2/hr, compared to the minimum rate of 4 m3/m2/hr for rapid
filters.

The efficient operation of a slow filter depends on the establishment
of a biological growth layer on the surface of the filtering media.  The
coagulation of the colloidal turbidity is accomplished by enzymes secreted
by this growth, which is commonly known as a "biological membrane" or
"schmutzdecke".

The filtration is generally accomplished at three separate rates.

      Coarse filtration     0.83 to 1.25 m3/m2/hr
      Prefiltration         0.42 to 0.83 m3/m2/hr
      Final filters         0.125 to 0.29 m3/m2/hr

Good filtration is obtainable provided the raw water does not contain
large concentrations of suspended solids, and the final filters are kept
at a low rate.  Additionally, the possibility of using the biological
characteristics for the removal of organic contaminants such as foaming
agents and pesticides could exist.  However, maximum possible removal is
only about 50%, and this, coupled with the relative size and limited
turbidity effectiveness of the slow filter makes it a generally im-
practical application.

c.  Diatomaceous Earth Filters

Diatomaceous earth filters are a recent development in water treatment
not yet very widely used in the United States, except in specific
applications such as for swimming pools.

The diatomite filter is a pressure or vacuum process which uses a porous
support called a septum, precoated with diatomaceous material as the filter
medium.  The water to be treated also contains the diatomite as a body
feed to assist in the filtration process, together with proprietary
products known as filter aids.  A limitation for applying this technique
to water is that the turbidity must be low, otherwise excessive clogging
of the septum occurs, resulting in short runs and excessive backwashing.

Limited data on diatomaceous earth filtration exists for actual field
applications.
                                   -96-

-------
A water treatment facility constructed at Lompoc, California incorp-
orates a precoat filter using diatomaceous earth as part of a complete
municipal system.  Since the Lompoc area is the site of large deposits
of diatomaceous materials, certain cost advantages were obvious.
Several plants are also in existence in Canada, where a number of
installations have been specified for iron removal, an operation very
suited to the precoat filter characteristics.  Much work has been done
on the filtration of secondary treated sewage.  Data for some of this
work is shown in Table DF-1.

Professor Baumann and his colleagues at Iowa State University have done
substantial research into filtration operations and economics, in-
cluding diatomaceous earth filtration.  They have concluded that diato-
mite filters are competitive with sand filters under certain conditions
of raw water quality, and that vacuum filters are preferable to pressure
filters from the operational standpoint.

Technical data from the Celite Division of Johns Manville indicates that
diatomite filtration plant costs are well below those of conventional
plants up to about 40,000 m-Vday.  For recommended filtration rates of
2.5 m3/m2/day to 5 m3/m2/day, this is a filtration area of 8,000 m2 to
16,000 m2.

From an AWWA committee paper on the subject, the following advantages may
accrue under favorable conditions:

        "a.  When filtration only is required, a substantial savings in
             space and first cost can be realized.  As additional pre-
             treatment or post-treatment is required, the margin
             becomes less.

        b.   For a low concentration of filterable solids, treatment
             costs are significantly less than conventional coagulation -
             sand filtration.

        c.   Generally the process is purely mechanical and not dependent
             on chemical reactions which require greater operator expertise.

        d.   The amount of backwash liquid is significantly less and the
             solids, although generally larger in bulk, are easily dewatered
             and may have the economic feasibility of some recycling."

In any event, careful preliminary testing of the feed-water must be con-
cluded in conjunction with cost comparision with conventional filtration
prior to a process being selected.

Diatomite filters have also been demonstrated successfully as supple-
mentary treatment for the following:

        i.   Iron removal, either by pre-oxidation, or by the introduction
             of magnesite, MgO, into the water with 5 to 10 minutes reaction
             time.
                                   -97-

-------
    ii.  Manganese removal, by pre'-oxidation with potassium permanganate
         and a 10-15 minute reaction time,

   iii.  Taste and odor removal,by installing diatomite equipment ahead
         of activated carbon filters, the organic loading on the carbon
         is reduced, extending its life and making the process cost
         competitive with the use of powdered carbon pre-treatment.

    iv.  Mercury removal; by conversion of the soluble mercury salts to
         the insoluble form, followed by diatomite filtration, mercury
         levels can be reduced to .005 mg/1 from a feed concentration of
         5 mg/1.

Cost data for diatomite filters are in Figures DF-1 through DF-5.  Typical
properties of some diatomite materials are shown in Table DF-2.  Cost
for annual maintenance supplies can be computed as 2% of the construction
cost per year.
                                 -98-

-------
                                 TABLE DF-1

      VACUUM DIATOMACEOUS EARTH  FILTRATION OF SECONDARY SEWAGE EFFLUENT1

Flow Rate
Liter /sec io~
.36
.51
.68
.35
.51
.68
.37
.51


Filter Aid
Celite 545


Celite 503


Hyflo
Super-Cel
Body -feed
Cone.
(mg/1)
42
33
19
36
29
21
35
21

No. of
Runs
5
3
1
2
1
1
6
2

Run-length
(hrs)
19.5
10.7
5.4
8.0
3.0
1.2
12.7
4.4
Turbidities
(JTU)
Feed Product
5.5
5.2
4.4
10.5
9.2
8.0
4.6
5.8
0.8
0.8
0.4
3.3
0.7
0.75
0.85
0.8

%
Reduction
85.5%
84.7%
91%
68.6%
92.4%
90 . 7%
81.6%
86.2%
Precoat -  .49 Kg/m2
Headless at end of run - 457.2 mm  Hg
       PRESSURE DIATOMACEOUS EARTH FILTRATION OF SECONDARY SEWAGE EFFLUENT1
Flow Rate
(Rpm/ft2)
.34
.51
.55
.68
.68
.52
.53
.81
Filter Aid
Celite 545
Celite 503
Hyglo
Super-Cel
Body- feed
Cone.
(fflg/D
50
19
42
20
45
18
21
29
No. of
Runs
1
2
2
2
3
1
1
1
Run- length
(hrs)
50.0
28.4
24.2
7.3
31
14.5
22.3
9.7
Turbidities
(JTU)
Feed Product
8.2
5.7
5.7
6.4
7.5
7.0
8.1
6.5
3.1
2.5
2.5
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.9
3.8
%
Reduction
62.2
56.2
56.2
67.2
60.0
42.9
39.6
41.6
Precoat -  .49  Kg/m2
Head loss at end of run -
1808.48 mm  Hg.
1 Process Design Manual for Suspended  Solids Removal for E.P.A., Technology
  Transfer,  p.  8-20,  October,  1971.
                                       -99-

-------
                               TABLE DF-2
                  TYPICAL PROPERTIES DIATOMITE FILTERS1
(!)
Cu
>>
H
Natural
Calcined
1 Flux Calcined
Grade
Filter-Gel
505
Standard
Super-Cel
512
Hyflo
Super-Cel
501
503
535
545
550
560
Color
Gray
Pink
Pink
Pink
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
kg/m3
Density
Dry
112.
128.
128.
128.
144.
152.
152.
192.
192.
290.
312.
Wet
255
336
276
287
276
271
276
282
288
366
320
Screen
Analysis
7<> Undissolved
Retained
by 150 Mesh
1.0
..
3.0
4.0
5.0
8.0
9.0
9.0
12.0
20.0
50.0
Relative*
Flow
Rate
100
135
200
300
500
750
900
1350
2160
2380
7500
PH
7
7
7
7
10
10 '
10
10
10
8
10
* as particles of suspended matter which must Be removed decrease in size, flow
  rate decreases.  Grade selected is dependent on size of particles to be removed.
  Flow rate varies with time, being 0 at start up and leveling off at operating
  flow rate 1 to 20 hours after start up depending on grade selected.
1 Johns Manville Celite Division, Greenwood Plaza,
  Denver, Colorado, May, 1972.
                                    -100-

-------
 0)

 0)
CO
.0
O
4-1
O
O
O
O
O
X
•CO-
4-J
CO
O
O

c
O
•H
4-1
O
C!
O
O
  Handy-Whitraan
 |Average Index = 290.4',
Source:  Process Design
Manual for Suspended
Solids Removal - 1971
U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency
          10
                                         20  30 40 50    100    200 300
                   Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000
 Cost includes

 Concrete structures
 Foundat ions
 Piping and underdrains
 Controls
 Designs and Specifications
 Construction Overhead
        Cost  does  not  include

        Land
        Site  development
        Owner's  general expense
        Interest during construction
 Source  -  Environmental  Planning & Engineering Division,
          of David Volkert  & Associates
          Figure  RF-2  -  Construction Cost  for Rapid Filter
                                 -101-

-------
CO
0)
!-J
0)
4J
O
I  *

1
                             100
200
300
                          Plant Capacity  - ra3/day x  1000
           Minimum land requirements  -  .1 hectare


      Source - Environmental Planning & Engineering Division,
               of David Volkert & Associates
              Figure RF-3 - Land Requirement for Rapid Sand Filters
                                        -102-

-------
  W
  
-------

-------
  tt)

  
-------
(0
0)
O
0)
 I
4J

 0)
0"
0)
1
    20
    16
    12
                              100
                                                       20D
300
                            Plant Capacity - mj/day x 1000
       Minimum Land Requirement = .1 hectare
       Source  - Environmental  Planning & Engineering Division,
                of David Volkert  & Associates
              Figure  SF-2  - Land Requirement for Slow Sand Filters
                                        -106-

-------
                                  10
20  30 40 50
100
200 300
                       Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000
Includes

Grubbing, clearing and grading
Roads
Fences and gates
Utilities
Service Buildings
Design and Specifications
Construction Supervision
     Excludes

     Owner's general expense
     Interest during construction
     Land cost
Source - Environmental Planning & Engineering Division,
         of David Volkert & Associates
        Figure SF-3 - Site Development Costs for Slow Filters
                                 -107-

-------
01
a)
CO
i~-
CTi
1-1
a
O
O
o
o
o
 CO
 •u
 co
 o
 o
 cd
     1000
                  LABOR INDEX:  4.18'*
              (SIC 494-7)
      100
                                                     100    200 300
                        Plant Capacity - m^/day x 1000
Costs  include

Labor  payroll
Payroll overheads  and extras
Regular maintenance
Consumable  supplies
Does not include

Major repair items
Labor for major repair
 Source  -  Environmental  Planning & Engineering Division,
          of  David Volkert & Associates
   Figure  SF-4 - Operating and Maintenance Costs Slow Filters
                               -108-

-------
    •8
    iJ
    o
    o
    o
    o
    o
    X
    •CO-
    CO
    o
    o
    ti
    o
    •r-l
    4J
    o
    CO
    a
    o
    o
        1000
                                             HANDY WHITMAN INDEX
                                                   290.4
         100
                                         20  30 4050
                                                        100
200 300
Costs Include
                   Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000

                                       Costs Do Not Include
                                       Owner's general expense
                                       Interest during construction
                                       Land cost
Filtration Equipment
Pumps, piping and valves
Instrumentation and controls
Civil works
Site Development
Service buildings
Engineering fees
Construction 0/H
Source - Environmental Planning and Engineering Division,
         of David Volkert & Associates

    Figure DF-1 - Construction Cost Diatomaceous Earth Filters
                                 -109-

-------
                      100
200
                                                                      300
                      Plant  Capacity  - m  /day x  1000
Minimum Land Requirement is .1 hectare.
Source - Environmental Planning & Engineering Division,
         of David Volkert & Associates
      Figure DF-2 - Land Requirement for Diatomite Filtration
                                 -110-

-------
n
0)
.a
o
u
o
o
o
o
o
to
o
M
o
•a
    100
                                              BLS LABOR INDEX-

                                              4.18  (SIC 494-1)
                                                    100    200  300
                                     •5

                   Plant Capacity - nr/day x 1000
 Cost Includes


 Labor Salaries

 Overhead and Payroll Extras

 Administrative Expense
Cost Does Not Include


Labor Cost for Major
Repairs or Replacement
 Source - Environmental Planning & Engineering Division,

          of David Volkert & Associates
         Figure DF-3 - O&M Labor Cost, Diatomite Filtration
                               -111-

-------
         100
                                         20  30 40 50     100   200 300
                  Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000
Source - Environmental Planning & Engineering Division,
         of David Volkert & Associates
        Figure DF-4 - Power Requirement, Diatomite Filtration
                               -112-

-------
   10,000
T)
•-^
oo
g.
a)
 CO

 §
 0)
 o
4-)
rt
•H
Q
     1000
                          Capacity - m°/day
      100
                                                      100    200  300
Plant
- 1000
Note:  Costs  for  diatomaceous earth are 10<:/kg for Midwest,
       12(?/kg for FOB Eastern U.S.  and 9$/kg FOB West Coast.
Source - Environmental Planning & Engineering Division,
         of David Volkert & Associates
            Figure DF-5 - Diatomaceous Earth Requirement
                                  -113-

-------
                           MICROSCREENING
This technique for suspended solids separation has been used for some
twenty years, primarily in Europe, as a tertiary treatment for sewage
effluent.  The equipment consists essentially of a rotating drum frame
with a fine mesh screen covering having a pore size of down to 23 microns.
The screen can either be metallic or plastic material, and is woven in
such a way that it allows penetration of the  backwash water for the
removal of the solids mat which forms on the inside.  It has been noted
in studies that only half of the backwash water penetrates the screen,
the rest flowing down the outside of the drum.

The removal performance of the microscreen is largely dependant upon the
mat of solids which builds up on the inside of the drum, since the size
of the opening, although small, cannot account for the filtration efficiency
alone.  It has been demonstrated (Lynam, et. al, Journal WPCF Volume 41,
p 247, February 1969) that the filtration efficiency of the microscreen
is heavily dependent upon the  speed of rotation, and the physical charac-
teristics of the suspended solids.

In the United States, microscreens have been used only for treatment of
tertiary sewage and not for the preparation of potable water.  Some
representative data obtained from this use are shown in Table MS-1.
                              -114-

-------
a
i-
§|
CO
CO
J ^

pa
O " •
o e
M CU
• •
w e
. CO
CO Pi
a) /-«
N >
W Tj
4JCO
C 6
CO — '
i— I
PM

CM
*l
en
T-l






to
co





T)
§
iH
00

W
«s
§
4-1


cu
e
2
o


<
g


CM
CO
vO



CM
m
CM
n
CM






m
CO

•o
c
CO
I-l
00
w
I-l
r-l
cu
ti
0
2
CQ


a
CO
o


<
ig

.
,
2;
o
00


VO
CO
n
1-1






in
CO

t)
e
CO
r-4
00
£
c
o
T3
e
0)
CL
i


8
2
o


<
2


^w.
m

m


CO








CO
CM


o
•rl
U
CO
4J
8
It
a
0
4-1

CO
(-1
PO


s
2
U


o
CO


^^
"""
r-l
^


O
m
A
^






CO
CN


CO
•r4
0
a
•H
I— 1
1— 1
H

fl
0
00
CO
U
•H
6


cu
c
CO
U


CO
m


r-i
00

00


4-1
o
r-l

PM






CO
CN






O
•i-l
€

a
o
c
CO
3


cu
d
2


o
m


r-l

CO



4-1
O
f-H
•i-l
PM






in
CO












                          H '"-I
                       o
                       oo
-115-

-------
     1000 ti;;
  O
  •U
  u
  O
  O
  O
  O
  CO
  O
  a
  o
  •H
   CO
   d
   o
  o
                 HANDY WHITMAN INDEX
                        290.4
      100  iri
                                                     100
                        300
                  Plant Capacity - nrVday x 1000
Cost Includes

Microscreening Equipment
Pumps, piping and controls
Foundation and Civil Works
Design and Specification
Construction Supervision
Cost Does Not Include

Interest during construction
Land cost
Owner's General Expense
Source  - Process Design Manual for Suspended Solids Removal for E.P.A.,
         Technology Transfer, p. 11-9, October 1971.  Calculations by
         Environmental Planning & Engineering Division, of David Volkert
         & Associates
          Figure MS-1  - Microscreening Construction Cost
                               -116-

-------
 0)
 ,0
 0
 j-i
 u
 o
 o
 o
 o
 to
 o
 o
 Cu

 O
 
-------
                                                                    1000
n
a)

•§
4J
O
o
O
o
o
•en-
o
•a
 e
 0)
 4-1
 a
 •rl

 I
 d
 n)

 60
 S
 •H
 4J
 cd
 ^
 0)
 o,
 o
 nt

 §
1000
 100
       10
             BLS LABOR INDEX = 4.18
                                                                 300
                        Plant  Capacity - m3/day x 1COO
  Note:   Costs  include O&M labor,  overhead expense and payroll extras,

          and assume that labor is  70% of total O&M cost.
   Source - Process Design for Suspended Solids Removal for E.P.A.,
            Technology Transfer, October 1971.  Calculations by
            Environmental Planning & Engineering Division, of David

            Volkert & Associates
               Figure MS-3 - Annual Microscreening O&M Costs
                                 -118-

-------
                           REVERSE OSMOSIS
The reverse osmosis process uses hydraulic pressure to counteract the
osmotic pressure created by dissolved minerals in the water, thus re-
versing the normal osmotic migration through a membrane.  The pumping
pressure required to.provide the driving force is directly proportional
to the concentration of dissolved solids in the feed, and can be
computed approximately by the equation:
                         J + KP
                  P
                   T        K


     where,  P_  =    system pressure in atmospheres
                                             2
             J   =    membrane flux, liters/m /day

             K   =    constant 0.4 liters/m^/day per atmosphere

             PQS =    solution osmotic pressure in atmospheres


Two other relationships useful in the design of reverse osmosis systems
are:

             J   =    A (AP - PNQ)

             WS  =    B (CB - Cp)

     where,  J   =    Membrane flux

             Wg  =    Salt permeation rate

             A   =    Membrane constant

             B   =    Salt permeation constant

             AP  =    Effective equipment pressure

             PjjO =    Net osmotic pressure

          CB, Cp =    Concentration of brine and product  streams.

Generally the critical design parameters for the lowest product water
cost with the desired quality are:

     i.  Selection of the correct membrane
                                -119-

-------
    ii.  Selection of the optimum recovery ratio

   iii.  Selection of the optimum system pressure

Most membrane systems in use today use cellulose acetate as the membrane
material.  The hollow-fiber concept manufactured by Dupont uses a poly-
amide for the fiber spinning.  Other membrane materials and variations
of treatment for cellulose acetate have been used with varying degrees
of success.

For cellulose acetate, current performance parameters are:

     i.  Flux (at 2000 to 3000 cm of Hg) = 34 to 56 Iiters/m2/day.

    ii.  Salt rejection - monovalent ions - 30% to 99%
                          divalent   ions - 80% to 99%

In addition, soluble organic compounds with a molecular weight in excess
of 200 can sometimes be removed in reverse osmosis systems. (Source:
manufacturer's data)

There are three types of membrane configurations currently on the market.
These are tubular, spiral-wound, and hollow-fiber types.

As the name implies, the tubular type incorporates a porous wall tube
with the membrane cast on the inner surface, or inserted.  The concen-
trate or brine flow is axial with the tube, while the product flow is
radial through the porous support and is collected in a shell.  Several
tubes are connected in series in a bundle with a single feed point, and
single brine and product outlets.

The spiral-wound concept employs a sheet of membrane backing sandwiched
between two sheets of membrane material.  The membranes are glued to-
gether on three sides, the fourth side being glued to a perforated collector
pipe.  The sandwich is then wrapped around the pipe, and  the whole
assembly is inserted in a plastic pressure shell , equipped with
appropriate connections.

The third and most unusual concept is the hollow-fiber system.  In this
design, millions of hollow fibers made of the membrane material are
potted into a special epoxy resin tubesheet, and then inserted in a
shell.  The fibers  themselves are 25 to 250 microns in diameter, with
a wall thickness of 5 to 50 microns, thus providing a large surface
area per unit volume.

Comparable packing  densities for the three concepts are:

     i.  Tubular       150 to 300 m2/m3

    ii.  Spiral Wound  300 to 1000 m2/m3

    iii.  Hollow Fiber  Approx.  30,000 m2/m3
                                 -120-

-------
The tubular concept has one major advantage over the two competitive
concepts in that it has a rather large flow channal (approx. 1.5 cm^
in diameter) and thus is less susceptible to clogging, and is easier to
chemically clean.  Both the hollow-fiber and spiral wound systems require
extensive pre-treatment of the feed-water, including turbidity removal
to less than 1 JTU.

During operation, membrane flux tends to decline with time.  This
relationship tends to be logarithmic in nature, and periodic cleaning
will partially restore the flux.  However, some decline in flux is ex-
perienced because of compaction of the membrane material when the
pressure is applied.  Plant designers should include a design factor
to allow for flux decline.
                                 -121-

-------
               REVERSE OSMOSIS PLANT COST CALCULATIONS


The annual cost of water produced by a reverse osmosis plant is sep-
arated into the following components:

     i.  Fixed annual charges - based on amortization of land and
         capital improvements

    ii.  Operating and maintenance labor cost

   iii.  Operating and maintenance supplies

    iv.  Power cost

     v.  Chemicals

    vi.  Membrane replacement

   vii.  Pretreatment - if required

The land requirement for a plant of particular capacity is shown in
Figure RO-1.  General site development costs are shown in Figure RO-2.
Constructed cost for the reverse osmosis system are shown in Figure RO-3.
Other cost data is obtained as follows:

     i.  O&M labor cost          - Figure RO-4

    ii.  O&M supplies            - computed as 1% of cost from Figure RO-3
                                                              •5
   iii.  Power cost              - computed as 2640 kwh/1000 m  of product

    iv.  Chemical cost           - computed as $13.00/1000 m  of product
                                   (BLS index for chemicals = 104.3)

     v.  Pre-treatment cost      - computed from cost curves relating to
                                   treatment desired.
                                                            o
    vi.  Membrane replacement    - computed as $26.40/1000 mj at feedwater
                                   temperature of 25°C.

For feedwater at temperatures other  than 25°C, a correction factor must
be applied to both the plant construction cost and membrane replacement
cost.

For example, assume  the  temperature  to be 30°C, and the required plant
size is  10,000 m /day.   The cost of  the plant would be found by entering
the curve of Figure  RO-3 with a plant capacity computed from:
                                 -122-

-------
      In this case;

         10000 m3/day x 100 + [s/9(25-30)xl.£}
                              " 100
       = 10000 x 100-4.7
                   100

       = 10000 x .953 = 9,500 m3/day

          Cost Calculation     Planned      Correction
                            ss            2£
            Capacity           Capacity     Factor

                            - P.C. x  100+L5/9(25-T)xl.7]

                                         100

                 where   T   = temperature of Feed-water in °C.

 The membrane replacement cost must also be adjusted by multiplying the
 base cost (at 25°C) by the  ratio of  the two capacities

      at  TI = 30°C  membrane  cost is 26 x 9,500 =24.7 dollars/1000 m3
                                     10,000
 The volumes  of  feed-water  required, and wastewater produced can be computed
 by the following equations:

      a.   Brine  to product  ratio/(BPR)*  = 1  -
                                            (900/Ca^  -1

          where TDSp  - TDS  concentration  in product - mg/1

                      = TDS  concentration  in feed-water
                Ca^   = Calcium concentration in  feed - mg/1

                900   = maximum permissible  calcium  concentration in brine mg/1

                0.11  = limiting factor  for  system operation

      b.   V,  = B  x BPR where V,  = waste brine volume
           b    p               b

                               Vp = product  volume

      c.   V. = V,  + V   where Vj = feed volume
           i    b    p          1
* BPR must be greater than or equal to 0.11
                                -123-

-------
CO
0)
4J
O
0)
K
4J
i
cr
TJ

§
    0
     0    20   40   60   80   100  120  140  160  180  200  220  240  260  280  300
                     Plant Size - Cubic Meters/Day x 1000
  Minimum land requirement  =  .1  hectare
  Source  - Desalting  Handbook for Planners,  Office of Saline Water
           & the Bureau  of  Reclamation,  Department of the Interior,
           May, 1972,  p.  7-53.
           Figure  RO-1  - Land Requirements for R.O. Installations
                                        -124-

-------
(0
0)
a
ex
co
(U
•8
4J
O
O
o
O
o
4J
co
o
o
•H
4J
O
s
en
g
         3.64;    ^'J-T  '
                                        20  30 4050    100    200 300
                                             K-';
                              Plant Size - M3/day x 1000
                                         Excludes

                                          Owner/s general expense
                                         Interest during construction
                                         Land cost
Includes

Grubbing, clearing and grading
Roads
Fences and gates
Utilities
Service Buildings
Design and Specifications
Construction Supervision
Source:  Desalting Handbook for Planners, Office of Saline Water and
         the Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior, May 1972,
         p.  7-57.

              Figure RO-2 - Site Development Costs for R.O. Plants
                                  -125-

-------
 100
                  HANDY-WHITMAN INDEX - LARGE PLANTS
                      290.4 - NATIONAL AVERAGE
                            SOURCE:  DESALTING HANDBOOK  i
                                    FOR PLANNERS1
 OJL
                          10     20  30 40 50   100

              Plant Size - cubic meters/day x 1000
                     200 300
Construction costs include:

Membrane modules
Pressure vessels
Pumps and drives
Electrical controls
Foundations
Designs and specifications
Construction engineering
Construction supervision
Construction costs do not include;

Interest during construction
Owner's general expense
Land costs
Feed water facilities
Discharge facilities
General site improvements
Product water delivery and storage
Special pretreatment facilities
Note:  Plant capacity is based on feed water temperature of 25°C.  Other
       feed water temperatures require the use of a correction factor.
       Refer to text. R.O.  Plants  generally  ineffective  if TDS  <4000  ppm.
       Costs do not apply when feed-water TDS exceeds 4,000 ppm.

 1 Desalting Handbook for Planners, Office of Saline Water and the Bureau
   of Reclamation, Department of the Interior, May 1972,  p.  7-47.

            Figure RO-3 - R.O. Plant Construction Costs
                                 - 126 -

-------
          BLS  Labor Cost Index
             (SIC 494-7)  - 4.18 July 1973
   1000
 
-------
                           ELECTRODIALYSIS
Electrodialysis  (ED) is a method used for the reduction of dissolved
solids in feed water which can contain as high as 5000 mg/lTDS.   Several
municipal installations are already operating in the United States,
using brackish well water as feed.

ED uses D.C. electric current to transfer the ionized salts through ion
selective membranes.  Thus, like reverse osmosis, the energy requirement
depends on the concentration of dissolved solids in the feed-water and
is proportional  to the electrical equivalents of the salts removed from
the  feed water.

ED units are made up of "cell-pairs," a cell-pair being an anion selec-
tive membrane and a cation selective membrane sandwiched between
spacers.  Several of these cells are assembled in a "stack", between a
pair of electrodes.

Thirty to 50% of the dissolved solids in the feed-water will be removed
in a single pass through a stack, which has a known maximum flow rate.
Therefore  stacks must be assembled in parallel to provide increasing
flow rates.  One set of stacks arranged thus is known as a "stage".
Greater percentage removals of dissolved solids can only be accomplished
by increasing the number of stages.

Electrodialytic  efficiency is severly impaired by the presence of part-
iculate matter,  soluble and insoluble organics,  iron and manganese and
hydrogen sulfide.   If these contaminants are present,  they must be re-
moved  in a suitable pre-treatment train.  Electrodialysis membranes can
also suffer from mild bacterial attacks, although this  is rare.  Chlor-
ination in the stack is sufficient to prevent this occurrence.

Given a suitably designed system, electrodialysis is capable of reject-
ing  70% to 80% of dissolved mineral solids.
                                 -128-

-------
               ELECTRODIALYSIS PLANT COST CALCULATIONS
In order to determine the capital cost for the ED plant, certain
calculations must be made to determine the number of stacks and stages
required, since the plant cost is proportional to the extent of these
components.

Step 1.  Determine the rating factor from Figure ED-1.

Step 2.  Determine the minimum number of stages required from
         Figure ED-2.

Step 3.  Verify the number of stages obtained from the above procedure
         in the following manner:

           Compute the fraction of solids remaining after each stage
           using the formula:
           FSR   =
         where:

          FSR    = Fraction of solids remaining after  each stage.

          n      = Number of stages obtained from Figure ED-2 minus 1

          FDSp   = Desired mg/1 of total dissolved solids in product
                   water.

          TDS.^   = mg/1 of total dissolved solids in feed-water.

Using the fraction obtained, determine from Figure ED-2 if the product
water output is within the operating range of 545 to 954 m^/day.  If
the product water output is in this range, use this number of stacks
per stage to compute the total number of stacks required in the desalt-
ing plant.  If the product water output is not in the operating range,
use the number of stacks per stage obtained from Figure ED-2 to compute
the total number of stacks required in the desalting plant.

Step 4.  Using the number of stacks per stage from Figure ED-2, and the
         concomitant stack flow rate, compute the number of parallel
         stages required for the given flow rate.  If the required plant
         capacity is 15,000 m /day, number of stages is 4, and stack
         flow rate is 954 nrVday, the number of parallel stages
         = 15.000    ._ ..    .,
                   = 15.7 or 16
                                -129-

-------
         Therefore total number of stacks = 4 x 16 = 64

Once the required number of stacks has been computed, construction cost,
land requirements and site development costs can be taken from Figure
ED-3, 4 and 5.

In addition to the three components of capital cost, annual costs for
ED plants include:

     i.  Membrane Replacement

    ii.  Power Requirement

   iii.  O&M labor

    iv.  O&M supplies

     v.  Chemicals

Figure ED-6 gives membrane replacement costs.  This data is based on
actual experience in plants operating in the United States.  Power
requirements are given in Figure ED-7.

Operating and maintenance labor costs are shown in Figure ED-8.

Operating and maintenance supplies are computed at 1% of construction
cost per year.

Chemicals are computed at $13.21 per 1000 m^.

The volumes of feed"water and brine for a required product volume may
be computed from the following equations:

     Brine to product ratio  =  1  -  (TDSp/TDSj_)   greater than or
                                 (900/cai) -1	   equal t0 °'15

     where TDSp + TDS^ are the total dissolved solid concentrations of
                       product water and feed respectively.

           Ca^ is the calcium ion  concentration in the feed

           0.15 is a limitation imposed by chemical and electrical
                considerations.

To compute the volume of brine

  where Vfe      = V  x BPR                   and V±      = V   + Vfe

     and V,      = brine volume             where  7^      = feed-water volume

     and V      = product volume
                                -130-

-------
                   10       20        30       40

                  TEMPERATURE OF FEED WATER °C
Procedure:
Determine percent of TDS
represented by Na, K, and Cl in
feed water

7oTDS = (Na + K + Cl) 100
where:
       = ppm TDS of feed- water
    Na = ppm sodium in feed- water
     K = ppm potassium in feed-
         water
    Cl = ppm chloride in feed-
         water
Enter chart at temperature of
feed-water and read rating
factor opposite percent
computed above.
Example:

Determine rating factor for a feed
water with the following charac-
teristics:
Temperature
TDSi
Na
K
Cl

Compute:
25°C
3,800 ppm
1,100 ppm
  300 ppm
  900 ppm
7oTDS = (1.100 + 300 + 900) x 100  = 61?
                  3,800

Enter chart at 25°C and read 0.90
as rating factor opposite 61%.
Source - Desalting Handbook for Planners, Office of Saline Water and the
         Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior, May 1972. p. 7-43.

            Figure ED-1 - Rating Factor for ED Stacks
                                 -131-

-------
  W D.
O
  60
a c
O t-l
•r) C
4J -i-l
o g
t8 6
M cu
u. r
0.6
0.5
0.4
0












•




























»




























«

















w
^









—



















s








w

















X


v







q


















s


V






»

















s

s


V





U


















s

s


s






















\

S

s


V



•


















S

s

S





•



















s



V


1

1




















*
\




\

4




















y

s



y

••





















\

V

k

s
»






















v>

N

V

\























S


s

•1
V
























w


m
























\

^
^


k^























V
S

•^


^























*

•
V


V






















s

"S
%
'


'






















y
Si
\


^






















^
5

s


s





















s

s


























g

\

S,


x,





















c
*
^


s


"X


















II
SOURCE:
"



t

^

.


L













/
S



S,


\













^

S,


*


s












P

V

^


^













r

Si


V


^>












si

s


















h4
'








^

s
1
s


s




s















Si
*










k

X
x


s


















LESALTING
PLANNERS1











(t
%

*

s


s















s

s


V


s















%
,
*

s

^














s

N.

*s
5^
s















^
1

s















X

6
r

















, -

N
e
k
















9<
g
f


J-4-

1






! 1
i i i i
HANDBOOK FOR















^
»
S?


^

















K

x


V

















^

1,





















^

X




















Si

fc























X




















•s

V




















,


X




















X






















^























X






















•v
























i
r
•-





















w
4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.
                                        RATING FACTOR
      Procedure:

      Using the rating factor
      obtained from Figure ED-1
      and the maximum stack flow
      (954 m^/day), determine the
      fraction of solids remaining
      per stage.

      Use this fraction of solids
      (decimal form) remaining per
      stage to determine the
      number of stages required to
      obtain the desired product
      water TDS by iteration.  The
      number of iterations required
      equals the number of stages
      required.
                                       Example:
                                        Use  rating  factor determined in
                                        previous  example  (0.9)  and read
                                        0.565  as  fraction of solids re-
                                        maining per stage.

                                        If feed-water contains  3,800-ppm
                                        TDS  and desired product water ±s
                                        500-ppm TDS,  computation of
                                        number of stages  is:

                                            0.565  x 3,800 = 2,147
                                            0.565  y. 2,147 = 1,213
                                            0.565  K 1,213 -   685
                                            0.565  x   685 -   387

                                        The  number  of stages (or stacks
                                        in series)  is 4 since 4 iterations
                                        are  required to obtain  the desired
                                        500-ppm TDS in the product water.

^Desalting Handbook for Planners, Office of Saline Water and the Bureau of
 Reclamation, Department of the Interior, May 1972. p. 7-44
        Figure ED-2 - Fraction of Solids Remaining Per Stage ED Plants
                                       - 132 -

-------
       20,
  (0
  0)
  u
  •1-1
  t-l
  ro
  0)
  ,0
  o
  O
  O
  o
  o
  o
   n
  o
  o
  o
  I
  
-------
     in
     ai
     JJ
     u
     0)
     re
     c


     
-------
 CO
 CU
 o
 •l-l
 n
 a,

 CO
 t^
 CTi
 H
 0)
 o
 o
o
o
o
4-)
CO
o
 a
 o
 CO
 c
 o
1000
                                     '  ENR BCI   = 1154
       10
                2345      10     20  30 4050     100    200  300



                      Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000
Includes                                 Excludes


Grubbing, clearing and grading           Owner's  general expense

Roads                                    Interest  during construction

Fences and gates                         Land  cost

Utilities

Service Buildings

Design and Specifications

Construction Supervision


Source:  Desalting Handbook for Planners, Office of Saline Water and  the

         Bureau of Reclamation, Department of  the  Interior, May 1972,

         p. 7-57.


             Figure ED-5  - Site Development  Costs  forE.D. Plants


                                 -  135 -

-------
  '•000EHnHEE!3!E3!i333i
o
•1-1
o
o
   800
   60O
   400
   300
   200
    IOO
o
u
05
r-t
a.
(1)
eel
c
                                   20   30  40    60  80 100

                                  Number of Stacks
200  300 4,00 500
  Replacement costs are based on a membrane cost of $32.3 per square meter
  and an average membrane life of 5 years.  It is assumed that 20 percent of
  the membranes are replaced annually.  It is also assumed that Improvements
  in membranes will offset price increases and therefore cost indexing is not
  required.  There is no easy way to project charges on cost and prices,
  should be treated on individual project basis.

  Source - Desalting Handbook for Planners, Office of Saline.Water and the
           Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior, May 1972, p.7-46.

            Figure ED-6 - Annual Membrane  Replacement Cost
                                    - 136 -

-------
   •a

   I
    c
    
-------
   1,000
;r, ;i'| ,  • !•,
                               -MirT ;V ^'Tr,.
                        5      10              50     100   200  300


                        Plant  Capacity m3/'day x 1000
 Includes

 O&M salaries and wages
 Payroll  extras
 General  and administrative expenses
Excludes

Major repair labor costs
Component replacement  labor  costs
Source:   Desalting Handbook for Planners,-Office of Saline Water and the
          Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior, May 1972,
          p.  7-76.
        Figure  ED-8 - Operation and Maintenance Labor Cost
                       Electrodialysis
                                 -138-

-------
                             DISTILLATION
When water is distilled, dissolved or suspended materials which are not
volatilized will remain in the liquid phase.

There are two basic distillation methods in current use.  The first and
most traditional method is the multiple-effect technique.  The evaporators
are operated in series, with each evaporator at slightly lower pressure
than the previous one.  Because of the resultant reduction in boiling
point, in the subsequent effects, the steam produced in one effect can be
used as the heating medium in the next effect, and so on.  This results in
good steam economy.  A commercial application of this technique is known as
the vertical tube evaporator.

A more recent technique known as flash evaporation increases the amount
of product per unit of energy input.  In this method, the water is
heated under sufficiently high pressure to suppress boiling.  When the
pressure is released, the hot water "flashes" into steam.  By controlling
the pressure release in stages, internal heat recovery is possible, thus
providing good thermal efficiency.

Distillation processes operate at a fixed maximum temperature, although
it has been shown that it is economically desirable to operate at higher
temperatures.  However, in the majority of present day applications, the
upper temperature limit is dictated by the scaling tendencies of calcium
and magnesium salts found in seawater.

The very fact that hot seawater is used produces an extremely virulent
atmosphere for corrosion.  It is safe to say that all distillation plants
currently operating on seawater in the United States have undergone major
repair due to corrosion in a relatively short period of operation.

By and large, the product water from a distillation plant will be very
low in dissolved salts, generally 25 mg/1 or less, if seawater is used
as the raw water supply.  Because of the high corrosive action of pure
water, the product is passivated before it is introduced into a supply system.

The application of distillation to the removal of specific contaminants
must be regarded as an expensive solution to the problem.  In the
distillation technology, a large volume of water is removed from a small
amount of dissolved material.  Thus the energy requirement is fairly
constant, as it is based on the amount of water to be evaporated,
irrespective of the concentration of dissolved solids.  The electro-
dialysis process, by comparison, removes the dissolved solids from the
water, thus making the energy requirement proportional to the solids
concentration, rather than the volume of water to be treated„

Distillation operations are generally preceded by deaeration, since
dissolved gases in the feed-water are released and become part of the
vapor stream.  Since they are incondensible, they have an adverse effect
                                -139-

-------
on the condensation of the stream and reduce the thermal efficiency of
the system.  Where feed-water is heavily loaded with suspended organic
or inorganic solids, clarification is required.  This practice is not
generally employed, however, with seawater.

Calcium and magnesium may also be removed if the feed contains
concentrations which will provide for heavy scaling under normal
operating conditions.  Again, seawater distillation does not usually
incorporate such pre-treatment.

There are three common types of distillation processes now being
specified for desalting drinking water supplies.  These are multistage
flash (MSF), vertical tube evaporator (VTE), and a combination of
multistage flash and vertical tube evaporator (VTE-MSF).
                               - 140 -

-------
                 DISTILLATION SYSTEM COST CALCULATION


There are 5 basic cost centers included in computing the annual cost
of a distillation plant.  They are:

       i0  Capital Cost

      ii.  Heat Energy Cost

     iii.  Electric Energy Cost

      iv.  O&M Labor Cost

       v.  O&M Supplies

The capital cost center can be broken up into the following components:

       i.  Cost of distillation equipment

      ii.  Cost of land  "^

     iii.  Cost of general site development

      iv.  Cost of steam generators

The data required to develop these costs are shown on Figures D-l through
D-4.

     Figure D-l  -  Steam requirements

     Figure D-2  -  Land requirements

     Figure D-3  -  Construction Costs - Distillation Plant

     Figure D-4  -  General Site Improvement

Other annual costs can be obtained from Figures D-5 through D-7.

     Figure D-5  -  Annual cost for O&M labor, supplies and
                    maintenance materials

     Figure D-6  -  Electric Power Requirements for Distillation Plant

     Figure D-7  -  Fuel requirement for Distillation Plant System
                    Generator

The volumes of feed^water, waste, and product wafer can be calculated from
the following equations.
                                 -141-

-------
     For MSF» based on calcium concentration in brine

     Brine to product ratio  = l-(25/TDS.)
                               (900/Ca1 -1)

     where 25     = mg/1 assumed in product

         TDSi     = mg/1 in feed

         900      = mg/1 assumed as Tna-yjunnti allowable calcium
                    concentration in brine

         Ca.      = mg/1 calcium in feed


     For MSF, based on maximum dissolved solids in brine

     BPR   = TDS -25

             60,000-TDS..^
     where 60,000 = mg/1 assumed as maximum TDS in brine

     Select the larger BPR computed from above, and substitute in the
     following to obtain feed-water volume:

           V±  - V  (1.20 + BPR)

where      V^  = feed-water volume in m-Vday

           V   = product water or plant capacity in m^/day.

     For VIE and VTE-MSF

     Compute the BPR based on calcium concentrations, and the BPR
     based on TDS concentrations from the  following:

     BPR = TDS±- 25

           80,000-TDSi

     Using the larger BPR, the volume of feed-water can be  computed  using

           V. - V (1.15+BPR)
            1    P
Other recurring costs not shown are:

     (a)  Chemical  costs $0.005 per cubic  meter of product.   (BLS index
          = 104.3 for chemicals and allied products)
                               -142-

-------
    100
 o
 1-1

 X



 13

 03
 O
r-l

 (0

 O
 ta

 o
 a

 s
 (U

 c
 H
4-1
c
0)
 3
 cr1
 0)
 0)
 •U
 CO
                                     20  30   50     100
                     Plant Capacity - ra3/day x 1000



Source - Desalting Handbook  for Planners,  Office of Saline Water and the

         Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior, May 1972,

         p. 7-81.
   Figure D-l  -  Steam Requirements for Multistage Flash  (MSF),

                 Vertical Tube Evaporator (VTE) and VTE-MSF Plants
                                    -143-

-------
 CO
 01
 o
 0)
 •3   5
                                                  100     200 300
                   Plant  Capacity - m3/day x 1000
Source - Desalting Handbook for Planners, Office of Saline Water and the
         Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior, May 1972.
         p. 7-51.
 Figure D-2 - Land Requirements for MSF, VTE, and VTE-MSF Distillation
              Systems, Including Steam Generator Requirement
                                    -144-

-------
        0.
        r-l
        4J
        8
        4J
        CO
        o
        o
        c
        o
        •H
        4J
        U
        n
        4-1
        CO
        g
        O
             200
             100
                    HANDY-WHITMAN INDEX - LARGE PLANTS 
-------
to
O)
o
•^
Vt
a.

CO
t-»
cr>
a)

"§
4J
O
o
o
o
o
 ca
 O
u

 c
 o
JJ
(0
c
o
1000
                                      r r i i

                                       ENR  BCI  = H54
      100
                2345      10     20  30 4050     100    200  300



                      Plafct Capacity  - m3/day  x 1000
Includes                                  Excludes


Grubbing, clearing and grading            Owner'ii general expense

Roads                                     Interest during construction

Fences and gates                          Land cost

Utilities

Service Buildings

Design and Specifications

Construction Supervision


Source - Desalting Handbook  for Planners, Office of Saline Water and the

         the Bureau  of Reclamation,  Department of the Interior, May 1972,

         p. 7-57.


             Figure D-4   - Site Development Costs for Distillation Plants
                                 -146-

-------
    2000
    ieoo
  ro
  
-------
    1000
o
o
o
 CO
 4J
 c
cr
EM

O
•U
O

-------
oo
 o
 i-4

 X



 I
  to
  o
  I
  bO
  CO
  4-1
  a

  I
 CD
 4J
 C
 CO
 l-l
 PM
                  2   345
10
20  30 40 50    100    200 300
                      Plant  Capacity - nvVday x 1000
  Source -  Environmental Planning and Engineering Division
         Figure D-7 - Distillation Plant Fuel Requirement.(for  all  types)
                                     -149-

-------
                             ION EXCHANGE
This process uses natural or synthetic resins as carriers for the exchange
of harmful ions in the water for passive ions located in exchange sites
on the carrier.  The process has been in use for many years to provide
high quality water for steam generation and industrial uses.  Resin
technology has made many advances in recent years, developing resins which
may be regenerated almost stoichiometrically^ and also resins which are
specific to one particular application.

There are two basic types of resin, cation and anion.  Cation resins
exchange positively-charged ions, and anion resins exchange negatively-
charged ions.  Within two groups are many different formulations of
resin.  Some typical examples are shown in Table IX-1.

A good example of the mechanism of ion exchange is the common municipal
application of softeningo  With the cation resin RC in the hydrogen form
the following reaction takes place at the exchange sites on the resin, in
preparation for softening

                R  H + Na+—5»R  Na + H+
                 c             c
The hydrogen is exchanged for sodium.  In the exhaustion cycle, the
following occurs:

                2 Rc Na + Ca^-
and       2 R,, Na
                   c  a    g—c -^Mg + 2 Na+
The hardness ions of  calcium and magnesium remain on the resin, while  the
effluent from the bed is a dilute solution of primarily sodium salts.

If a  second bed  is  added which  contains  anion resin, in the hydroxyl form,
and first bed is in the original hydrogen form,  complete demineralization
is obtained.

                 Rc  H  +  (Na+ + Cl")

                 Ra  OH + H+ + Cl

                        H+ + OH

The technique can be  applied to any inorganic dissolved salts  with re-
movals  of 90 to  95% in  most cases,  with  the  regenerant chemicals  needed
depending upon the  situation and economics.

1.  Stoichiometric  means chemical equivalancy
                                   -150-

-------
v>
w
H

S
H
PM

§
PH
to
a
3
8
o
IH
O
CO


Remarks
0)
O)
,_. c
IcS
l!
X

u
u
-2 £-

o
c —
V Q>
0) >
« 
-1
CO
X
Z


Sr



00





ft
o
CO
o

1
1

8
^
-€
at
£
"5s?
1i


Can be regeneratec
with H2SO3
4%sol'n

2
•A
Lt_
CM


+
3
X

,
5^ o *LT
^ t» E
on
CM
X


—
*•
LL.
•Zn
O

c
o
<
<

CO
11
o
o


•«



CO
CN



"*
N
s?
5
(D
h.
I1
CD _
O ft
on i—
"5
'i
J
J

X
**
0 S
c _a
Can be used as orgc
scavenger w/strong

Ao

^
CM



?s

CO
* CO
CM r~
CO
X
Z


•*



o




10
8
s?
o
§

o
ll
-? 8
ll

1
00
1
£
"5 S
4i

£
Monovalent: Divall
Exceeds 3: I.

1 O
— ' 2
u_
S
CN



o
Z

Jc
cv X* 5
$
O4
I


•*


IT*
CM
J,





CO




3 B
ft
i/i X


TJ "o
§ 2
.2_g

Is
0
1



fl
or> -^

\ c
CO it
CO
o


CN Z



oo










0)
2!
lo

a
T
a.
^
u
<
<5






LL
1


-o
u
<

n
<> '*
0
D


-rt



CO*










j
e

o
u
~
^


1
on
                                               -151-

-------
Depending on the source of the feed-water, substantial amounts of
pre-treatment may be required,.  The main concern is preventing dissolved
organic materials from being absorbed on the resin.  If this occurs, the
resin will rapidly lose its exchange capacity and will have to be re-
placed.  The organics cannot be oxidized by chlorine to remove them,
since chlorine will oxidize the resin.  Activated carbon filters are
generally used as pre-treatment.  The feed-water must also be essentially
free of silt, sand and other suspended materials.

Treated water output from ion exchange systems is generally in the range
of 75% to 85% of the feed-water,,  The balance is used in the regeneration
process, being disposed of as waste brine.
                                  -152-

-------
Ion Exchange Plant Cost Calculations
Ion exchange (IX) plants must be carefully designed to meet the needs
of specific application.  Consequently, it is almost impossible to
provide cost data which will satisfy all requirements.  However, it
is possible to calculate IX costs on a general basis, and this data
will be sufficient for planning purposes.

There are three major factors to be considered prior to the cost
calculation for IX plant.  They are:

       i.  The dissolved solids content of the raw water.

      ii.  The required product water quality.

     iii.  The volume of product water required.

When the reduction in total dissolved solids has been computed, the
construction costs of the plant can be found from Figure IX-1.  Land
requirements are shown in Figure IX-2, and general site development
costs in Figure IX-3.  The data from these three sources comprise the
total capital cost for the treatment plant.

Other costs needed to compute the annual cost of ion exchange plant are:

       i.  Regenerant chemicals (generally sulfuric acid and caustic
           soda or ammonia).

      ii.  O&M labor.

     iii.  O&M supplies.

      iv.  Power cost.

Regenerant costs are shown in Figure IX-4.  The major portion of the
cost is for sulfuric acid, which is priced at $40/ton (U.S.).  Other
sulfuric acid prices will adjust the cost in approximately the ratio
of the respective costs.

Annual O&M labor cost is shown in Figure IX-5.
Electric power requirements are shown in Figure IX-6.
O&M supplies are estimated at 1% of construction cost.
Resin replacement cost can be assumed to be 3% of construction cost
per year.

The volumes of feed water, product water, product water, and waste can
be computed using the following formulas:
                                  -153-

-------
where
BPR



BPR
                 IDS   =
                    P

                 1000  =
   x -TPSp        CD

   1000

brine to product ratio


dissolved solids concentration in feed


dissolved solids concentration in product


conversion factor relating BPR to salinity
reduction
where
where
                         V  x BPR
                          P
                             (2)
          brine volume


          product volume or plant capacity


          vp + vb            O)

          feed volume
                             -154-

-------
   100.0
 CO
 r~
 en
 u
 a)
 •§
 4J
 o
 o
vo
 O
 X
 •en-
 4J
 CO
10.0
 d
 o
 o

 M
 4-1
 CO

 O
 U
             HANDY WHITMAN INDEX FOR LARGE PLANTS
                                     290.4 NATIONAL AVERAGE
         life HP
          ! 1 * T . '  1 ''
                             SOURCE:  1)  DESALTING HANDBOOK  FOR
                                          PLANNERS1
                                      2)  OSW R&D REPORT #6162
      0.1
                         5      10^           50     100    200  300

                         Plant Size - m3/day x 1000'
  Construction costs include:

  Ion exchange resin beds
  Pumps and drives
  Connecting piping and conduits
  Foundations
  Electrical controls
  Housing for all equipment
  Designs and specifications
  Construction engineering
  Construction supervision
                                 Construction coats do not  include:

                                 Interest during  construction
                                 Owner's general  expense
                                 Land costs
                                 Feed water  facilities
                                 Discharge facilities
                                 General site improvements
                                 Product water delivery and storage
  ^Desalting Handbook for Planners, Office of Saline.Water and the
   Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior, May 1972, p. 7-49.

  ^Survey of the Ion Exchange Process for Desalination Applications,
   April, 1970.

              Figure IX-1 - IX Plant Construction Cost
                                -155-

-------
CS
4-1
y
C
0)
E
§
                                  120 140  160  180  200  220  240  260  280 300
                            Plant Size - m3/day x 1000
    Source - Desalting Handbook for Planners, Office .of  Saline Water  and the
             Bureau of Reclamation^ Department  of  the  Interior,  May 1972,
             p.  7-51.
      Minimum land Requirement =  .1 hectare
               Figure IX-2 - Land Requirements for IX Installations
                                         -156-

-------
 CO
 a>
 u
1-1
CO
 0)
•8
 4J
 o
o
o
o
o
 CO
 o
 c
 o
•iH
 4J
 O
4J
CO
fi
O
U
     1000
      100
                2345     10     20  30 4050     100    200  300

                        Plant  Size  -  M3/day  x 1000
Includes                                 Excludes

Grubbing, clearing and grading           Owner's  general expense
Roads                                    Interest during construction
Fences and gates                         Land  cost
Utilities
Service Buildings
Design and Specifications
Construction Supervision

Source - Desalting Handbook for Planners, Office of Saline Water and  the
         the Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior, May 1972,
         p.  7-57.

             Figure  IX-3  -  Site Development  Costs  for IX Plants
                                 -157-

-------
                           1000                   2000

            mg/1  Reduction in Dissolved  Solids
Source. - Desalting Handbook for Planners, Office of Saline Water and
         the Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior,  May
         1972, p. 7-80.

  Figure IX-4 - Approximate Regenerant  Cost for IX System
                              -158-

-------
           BLS LABOR COST INDEX
           (SIC 494-7)  = 4.18  JULY 1973
      1000
   o
   o
   o
100
   en
   8
   O
   •s
                                                50     100    200 300
                        Plant Size - ra3/day x 1000
Includes

O&M salaries and wages
Payroll extras
General and administrative expense
                                Excludes

                                Major repair labor costs
                                Component replacement labor costs
Source - Desalting Handbook for Planners, Office of Saline Water and the
         Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior, May 1972,
         p. 7-76.
        Figure IX-5 - Operation and Maintenance Labor Cost
                      Ion Exchange
                                 -159-

-------
      100

O
•tH
)-l
4J
U
0)
     10.0
                               10
50    100    200 300
                  Plant Capacity in 1000 m3/day
 Source - Desalting Handbook for Planners, Office of Saline Water and the
          Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior, May 1972.
          p. 7-85.


         Figure IX-6 - Electric Power Requirement for IX System
                                  -160-

-------
                             DISINFECTION
Disinfection of potable water in the United States is accomplished
primarily through the use of chlorine, in either gaseous, solid or
liquid form.  Recently a limited application of ozonation has developed,
with excellent disinfection results, but with the drawback that no
residual disinfection is available unless post chlorination is used.

a.  Chlorination

Chlorination is used in the conditioning of water for potable uses
primarily for disinfection purposes.  However, chlorine is a powerful
oxidizing agent, capable of reacting with both organic and inorganic
materials that may be undesirable in a potable supply.

A common concern in municipal water supply operations is the elimina-
tion of unpleasant tastes and odors 0  Many of these are caused by
organic materials which are oxidized by chlorination and rendered in-
offensive.  Hydrogen sulfide gas, extremely soluble in water under
atmospheric pressure, occurs in some supplies, imparting the familiar
"rotten egg" odor, and causing black metal sulfides to precipitate
in some cases.  Chlorination provides very rapid oxidation at a pH of
about 9, according to the following equation:

        H2S  + 4C12 + 4H0 - ^HS0  + 8HC1
There is a reduction in pH, resulting in the reduction of total
alkalinity in the water by about 10 mg/1 as CaCO^.  Theoretically, 1 mg/1
H2S can be oxidized by about 8.5 mg/1 of chlorine.  If the concentration
of H£S is high, and fairly constant, the use of chlorine for its
destruction will result in a costly operation.  However, chlorination
will effectively control the H2S which occurs on a random basis.

Iron and manganese in limited concentrations can also be precipitated
as the trivalent hydroxides if the pH is high enough.  For manganese
the pH must be above 10, and free chlorine must be available.  For iron,
a pH of 7 or higher is satisfactory, and the reaction can occur with
either free or available combined chlorine.

Some dissolved organic materials react with chlorine to produce organic
chlorine complexes, most commonly the chlorophenol family.  These may
impart an unpleasant taste to the water, a situation which can be
corrected by activated carbon adsorption, and residual rechlorination.

The most common method in use today of introducing chlorine into the
water supply is as a   gas, the injection taking place under a vacuum
induced by an ejector system operating on the water supply, and mixing
the ejector water and chlorine prior to dispersal into the main.
                                 -161-

-------
 Chlorine gas can be injected directly, but because of its limited
 solubility, the feed rate is restricted.

 In smaller plants, chlorine is fed in the form of a solution of
 hypochlorite.  Two forms of hypochlorite are in common use, calcium
 and sodium.  The solutions are fed by means of chemical proportioning
 pumps through noncorrosive piping.  Generally, the calcium form is
 shipped as a solid and made up in solution at the use point in quantities
 small enough to minimize chlorine loss.  The solid will also lose
 chlorine over a period of time,' and supplies kept on hand should not
 be excessive.

 Calcium hypochlorite contains at least 70% available chlorine.  That
 is to say, 1.45 kg of hypochlorite in solution provides one kilogram
 of chlorine for use.  Sodium hypochlorite, on the other hand, has only
 12% to 15% available chlorine, and is supplied only in liquid form.
 It is also considerably less stable than the calcium salt, with a
 recommended shelf life of only 90 days.  The calcium form, on the other
 hand, will lose only 3% to 5% of its available chlorine in a year,
 under cool and dry storage conditions.  However, because of high price,
 and the necessity for mixing equipment on site, calcium hypochlorite
 is now used principally for applications where the solid form can be
 used, such as swimming pools, ornamental ponds, and the like.

 A disinfection technique very popular in the 1930's, the use of which
 has declined of late, included ammonia in the chlorination process.1
 The resulting chloramine complex had the facility of providing a more
 dependable residual chlorine availability than did chlorine alone,
 and for that reason achieved widespread popularity.

 From an economic viewpoint, chlorine gas is the cheapest method of
 chlorination.  Table DN—1 shows a comparison between the gas, and
 calcium and  sodium hypochlorites, for  current market prices.
1 Decline in use is largely due to the advent and development of "free resi-
 dual chlorination" processes and the realization of the superior bacteri-
 cidal efficiency of hypochlorous acid.   Currently the principal application
 is post ammoniation to provide long lasting chloramine residuals in potable
 water distribution systems.
                                   -162-

-------
Chlorination Cost - Gas Feed
Since the cost of gas feed equipment is fairly low, debt retirement
can be accomplished in a shorter time frame without undue strain on
the budget allocated for the water plant.  Operating and maintenance
labor requirements, and power costs are relatively insignificant.  A
temperature-controlled building is required, since the feed rate of
the chlorine controller is preset, and the gas volume varies with
temperature, thus giving under and over chlorination with decreases
or increases in temperature.

Figures DN-1 and DN-2 show equipment capital cost and building costs
respectively.  Land requirement is ignored, since it too is minimal.

Chlorine consumption costs may be computed from the values given in
Table DN-2, the applicable unit cost for chlorine gas and the follow-
ing equation:

Chlorine required in kilograms/day = Plant capacity (m^/day x mg/1)
(from Table DN-2) x (9o98 x 10~4).
                               -163-

-------
        Table DN-1




Comparative Chlorine Costs
Source
Chlorine Gas
(2,000 Ib container
or 1 carload)
(150-500 Lb cylinders)
Calcium Hypochlorite
(1 carload)
Sodium Hypochlorite
(5000 gal. tank trucks)
(55 gal. drums.)
i
Available
Chlorine

1 kg/1 kg
1 kg/1 kg
0.7 kg/kg

0.9 kg/1
0.9 kg/1
Cost

17o/kg
27o/kg
44o/kg

2.4C/1
3.80/1
Cost of
Kilogram
of Equivalent
Chlorine

170
270
630

26.50
42.50
                  -164-

-------
                              TABLE DN-2

            General Guidelines for Clo Dosage Requirements
   Chlorination Treatment for:

Algae
Bacteria
B.O.D. Reduction
Color

Cyanide:

     Reduction to cyanate
     Complete Destruction

Hydrogen Sulfide:

     Taste and Odor Control
     Destruction

Iron Bacteria:
Iron Precipitation
Manganese Precipitation
Odor
Sewage:
     Fresh Raw Sewage
     Septic Raw Sewage
     Trickling Filter Effluent
     Activated Sludge Effluent
     Sand Filter Effluent
     Slime
     Disinfection
     Sulfur Bacteria
     Swimming Pool
     Taste
Water:
     Cooling
     Chilling
     Washdown
     Well
     Surface
Typical Dosage Rates (mg/1)

            1-10
            1-10
            5-12
            1-10
2 times cyanide content  .
8.5 times cyanide content
2 times H2S content
8.4 times H2S content

            1-10
 64 times Fe content
1.3 times Mn content
            1-10
            6-12
           12-25
            3-10
            2-8
            1-5
            1-10
           25-50
            1-10
            1-10
            1-10
            1-10
            5-25
           25-50
            1-5
            1-10
                             -165-

-------
 8!
 
-------
    100

-------
Chlorination Costs - Hypochlorite


Hypochlorite systems are of two types.  The most common feeds & solution
of hypochlorite which is either made up at the pumphouse (calcium) or
bought In solution (sodium).  Recently, a hypochlorite generator has
been developed which operates on the principal of electrolysis.  Brine
solution or seawater is used as the source of chlorine, the current acting
to ionize the components which then react to give sodium hypochlorite.
The requirements for the production of one kilogram of hypochlorite are:

                    power  —  6.61 kwh

                    salt   —    3 kg @ 3
-------
Ozonation Costs
The primary costs for ozonation are capital costs and operation and
maintenance, which is almost all for electric power.  Other operating
and maintenance costs are inclined to be low, as evidenced at Whiting
where such costs averaged about $300 per year for 12 years.

Power requirements for ozone generation ranges from about 4.5 kwh per
kilogram to 7 kwh per kilogram of ozone produced depending on the size
of the unit, with dosages ranging from 0.5 mg/1 to 6 mg/1 depending on
the quality of the water to be treated.

Figures DN-5 and DN-6 give the construction costs, and power requirements
for an ozonation system.                 ;
                              -169-

-------
                       HANDY WHITMAN INDEX 290.4
CU
I-l


co
,0
o
tJ
o
o
o
o
o
•£/>

 I

J-J
 CO
 o
o

4J

 g
 e
 cu
•1-1
w




0)

r-l

i-l

Ct)

4J

CO
ELECTROLYTIC METHOD

H
                                       *SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE
                                                            200  300
                  Plant Capacity - m^/day x 1000
Source - Environmental Planning and Engineering Division
      Figure DN-3  - Hypochlorite Disinfection Equipment  Costs
                                   -170-

-------
      BLS  (SIC  494.7) =4.18
             2345     10     20  30 40 50    100    200 300
                  Plant  Capacity  - m^/day x  1000
 Costs  Include

 O&M labor
 Payroll  expenses
 Overhead
 Regular  Maintenance  Supplies
   and  Materials
Source - Environmental Planning and Engineering Division

         Figure DN-4  -  Sodium Hypochlorite Generator O&M Costs
                                -171-

-------
O
O
O
O
O
4J
CO
o
•u
o
       1000 -
        100
                'M-f HANDY WHITMAN INDEX
                      345
                              10
20  30 40 50    100    200 300
                      Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000


     Cost Includes                         Cost Does Not Include
                                           Land cost  (negligible)
                                           Owner's General Expense
                                           Interest during construction
  Generator (Air-feed)
  Compressor-Dryer
  Contractors
  Piping and Controls
  Enclosure
  Design and Specification
  Construction 0/H


-"•Environmental Planning and Engineering Division


             Figure DN-5 - Ozonation System Construction Cost
                                    -172-

-------
4J


-------
CO
r^
a\
(U

•§
4J
U
o
o
o
o
4J
CO
o
0)
 0]
 o
1-1
 U
 c
W
100 I
                                            40 50    100    200 300
                    Plant  Capacity - m^/day x 1000
 Source  -  Environmental Planning and Engineering Division
            Figure  DN-7  - Ozone Generator - Enclosure Costs
                                    -174-

-------
           MISCELLANEOUS OPERATIONS AND TREATMENT CHEMICALS


a. Activated Carbon and other Taste'and Odor Control Treatments.

The occurrence of taste and odor-causing organic materials in ground
water supplies is rather uncommon.  When they are present, they can
readily be eliminated at low cost by chlorination.  Surface waters
however, present a much broader challenge in terms of taste and odor,
and to some extent, color.  This challenge can be met by the utiliza-
tion of activated carbon adsorption.

Activated carbon is used in two forms:  as a finely-divided powder, or
in a granular form.  The powdered form is commonly included as part of the
chemical addition in the coagulation process, and is therefore discarded
after use along with the alum sludge.  Recently the regeneration of pow-
dered carbon has become a commercially viable process, and there are at
least two alternate methods available.  The economics of regenerating
powdered carbon must be carefully examined, since the cost of the virgin
material is relatively low, being about one-third the cost of granular
material.

If the granular form is employed, there is a definite breakpoint at
which regeneration of the material becomes attractive. The  choice
between granular and powdered carbon is based on the economics involved.
If it is less expensive to install the necessary hardware for regen-
eration of granular carbon than it is to throw away carbon in the
powdered form, then the extra capital costs can be justified.

The economics of activated carbon adsorption, assuming that the plant
itself has been well-designed and is operating reliably on  the design
adsorption curve, will depend primarily on the carbon usage rate.

This parameter will be affected by changes in:

       i.   Flow rate

      ii.   Impurity concentration in feed

     iii.   Allowable impurities in effluent

      iv.   The adsorptive capacity of carbon due to regeneration

       v.   The type of carbon used.

In addition,  the carbon losses, in the system must be kept to a minimum.
Various research has determined that a carbon loss of 5% to 6% by
volume is to be expected.
                                -175-

-------
As in most water treatment unit operations, extensive tests  on the water
to be treated must be made to determine the optimum volume of carbon to
be used in the plant.  For planning purposes, considering taste and odor
control, a rule of thumb for preliminary equipment sizing is 60 kilo-
grams per 1,000 cubic meters of water.  The cost curves given for
granular activated carbon treatment are based on this dosage.

For systems using powdered carbon in conjunction with clarification,
an average dose rate for planning purposes is 5mg/l.  The major costs
for this type of carbon treatment are the capital cost for the feeding
equipment, and the cost of carbon.  Since the cost of the feed equip-
ment is quite small compared to the balance of the clarification system
in which it will be incorporated, it may be neglected during planning.
The cost of powdered carbon can be assumed to be 20 cents per kilogram
(density = 200.4 kg /m3) or $24.00 per cubic meter, purchased in car
load lots.  Smaller purchased quantities could cost as much as 30 cents
per kilogram.

Other chemicals used in taste and odor control are shown in Table MT-1.
The major item in addition to activated carbon is chlorine.  This use
has been covered in an earlier section, together with ozone.  The other
chemicals shown on this chart are not widely used in today's water supply
industry.

The cost data presented are for activated carbon in the granular form.
The capital cost is shown in two parts, namely for the adsorption
vessels and associated equipment, and for the regeneration equipment.
This is to enable estimates to be made with and without regeneration.
Other data presented include 0 & M costs, carbon makeup requirements,
and fuel and electric power requirements for the multiple hearth re-
generation furnace.
                                 -176-

-------
          BCI 1154
 01

 
-------
M
OJ
J2
o
4J
O
O
o
o
o
 X

•CO-

 I

 J-J
 CO
 o
 o


 o
 •H
 W
 O

 h
 4J
 CO
 c
 o
 CJ
           BCI 1154
       1000
100
         10
           a
                      NOTES:
                      1)  BASED ON 60 kgs/1000m3

                         OF CARBON USAGE
                              2)  FOR MULTIPLE HEARTH FURNACE
                                 10
                                                       100
                                                                 300
                        Plant Capacity  - m3/day x 1000
      Costs Include


      Regeneration furnace

      Pumps, piping

      Controls

      Design
      Construction Supervision
                                      Costs Do  Not  Include


                                      Land

                                      Owner's General  Expense
                                      Interest  during  construction

                                      Adsorption equipment
      Source - Environmental Planning and Engineering Division


       Figure MT -2  -  Construction Cost  for Activated Carbon Regeneration
                                      -178-

-------
         BLS  (SIC 494-7)  4.18
en
i^
o\
«§
4J
U
O
o
o
o
F-l
 I


 tO
co
O
0)
o

-------
 s
 o
s
X)
 §
 
-------
b.  Fluoridation and Fluoride Adjustment
In recent years it has become a fairly standard practice to fluoridate
water supplies which carry a low concentration of natural fluorides.
The optimum level of fluoride in drinking water appears to be about
1 mg/1.  If the level is significantly lower, the incidence of tooth
decay is increased.  At continuous concentrations above 2 mg/1 fluo-
rosis will develop which causes mottling of the tooth enamel, or where
fluoride concentrations are extremely high, blackening and pitting of
the tooth enamel.

In general, the majority of municipal water sources in the United
States have less than the desired value of fluoride.  Consequently it
becomes necessary to add the chemical until the concentration reaches
the range recommended by dental researchers and practioners.

The most common chemicals presently used in the fluoridation of water
supplies are shown in Table MT-2.  All are available in solid form
suitable for dry feeding, except hydrofluosilicic acid.  All can be
hazardous to human health and corrosive to the environment if not
handled safely and intelligently.

Ammonium silicofluoride is a white, free flowing crystalline solid of
100% purity which may be introduced by the dry feeder method.  Dust
collection equipment must be provided, as on all solid fluoride
feeders, since inhalation of the dust can be dangerous.  Its cost is
relatively high compared to other fluoridation compounds.  These are
shown in Table MT-3.

The acids, fluosilicic and hydrofluoric, and their sodium salts can be
used as fluoridating agents, but only the former and its sodium salt
are widely accepted.  Produced as a by-product of the fertilizer
industry, fluosilicic acid is the cheapest of all the fluoridating
chemicals.  It is however, very difficult to handle, requiring rubber
lined or plastic equipment and piping.  In pumps, it tends to break
down and deposit colloidal silica in the pump, causing excessive wear.
Pumping equipment must therefore be of the oil diaphragm type.  Full
safety clothing and equipment must be employed at all times when
handling fluosilicic acid.

The  sodium salt,  sodium  silicofluoride,  is  the most  commonly used  fluor-
idating agent, in spite  of  its  low  solubility and  relatively high
cost.  It  can be  dry  fed  or made  into solution,  but  care must be taken
when considering  the  liquid form  to provide  corrosion-resistant materials
for  handling.
Of all the municipal water supplies in the United States, only 1200
report fluoride concentrations considerably  in excess of the 1962 PHS
recommended standard.  Of these plants, only 14  use a treatment plant
to reduce  the fluoride concentration.  Capital costs involved in flu-
oridation are extremely small.  All that is required is a chemical
metering system,  and a small structure.   The cost of some fluoridating
chemicals are shown in Table MT-2 and 3.

                              -181-

-------









a
5
4J
CO
•rt
^3
•H
l-l
0
3
>-l
&4

£4
•0
0
00
CD
i-4
a)
u
1!
3
6
1

C^
1
0)
^H
•3
H













|
'


|
If


i
ll

-•*
^ S
" i





1
II


3
If
ll




i!
ii



s
J!


,f
J !
51


4
|i



c-




i








j?





I T!
5 Ji
11


1
"5 "°
it


]j
i i
< e


11s
li
•« * -





31 1




1
1








,





f "s
- jt
11


).«
J
i*j


&
c
i
S
.j
j
I
3 __





j



«?*
c **"
a ac
< ~








^




•7
J?
K _
1 ^


ill
—
iii!


•s
1
J
"x
£
J ;
ll.
* ~
ll
1-
|



s













1







t


i .

}i

i
i
i
i

"i
a
c
f
i
_c
£ ~
5
i
r
I-



s
s




Is
Ss

= »/
bO «) 00 00 00 60
— -^^ — ~-~^-«^.
O O- O' ^> O- O*
o TO m in i-i CM
m •* m co
• • *•
4J -rl 01

O « 1-1
1-1 •• (4
t-l •• O fl) O
i-l 0> -rl "O " 3
» -o o 1-1 oi i-i
M i-l -H Vl "O «H
O P i-l O i-l O
a o -H a n o
•-4 3 ID i-4 0 T4
«M i-4 M M-l 3 •-!
«W O i-l 1-1
§ g^ g1" -
T4 9 «w 60 e a
cs T» o o 9 S
Q O M 14 -rl -rl
i!«? ^!& 2^
<; o w cc to w

00
jj
00
o
u
J^
I-I
(U
4-1
2
^-i

0.









-182-

-------
      Table MT-3 - Equivalent Cost of Fluoridation Chemicals.
Chemical & Commercial
Purity
Ammonium Fluorsilicate
100%
Calcium Fluoride 97% *
Hydrof luosilicic
acid 23%
Hydrogen fluoride 70%
Sodium fluoride 90%
Sodium silicofluorite
99%
Formula
(NHa)2SiF6
CaF2
H2SiF6
HF
NaF
Na2SiF6
Wt, %
Fluoride
53
49
79
95
45
61
Chemical
Cost
50c?/kg
80/kg
5C/kg
45e/kg
510/kg
320 /kg
Equivalent
F Cost
94e/kg
17c/kg
28c/kg
68e/kg
$1.26/kg
53e/kg
* Calcium fluoride is not used in the U.S. but is used extensively in
  European countries.

There are three generally acceptable methods of fluoride removal that
will reduce the levels to below the proposed standard.  These are:

     1.  Adsorption, using bone char or activated alumina

     2.  Alum coagulation

     3.  Lime/soda softening, using crushed dolomite limestone.

The activated alumina process is an adsorption system in which the raw
water passes through a bed of activated alumina until the fluoride
breakthrough occurs.  At this point, the bed must be regenerated by a
dilute caustic soda solution followed by an acid rinse to neutralize
the caustic remaining in the alumina.

A plant operating on this principle was installed at Bartlett, Texas,
to treat a water containing about 8 mg/1 fluoride.  The plant, which
contains 20 cubic meters of alumina, can treat about 400 cubic meters
of water between regenerations, giving the bed a capacity of about
64.3 grams F/m^.  An interesting aspect of this process is that the
alumina capacity for fluoride is proportional to the concentration of
fluoride in the raw water, rather than on the level of regeneration,
as with ion exchange.  The higher the level of fluoride, the greater
                            -183-

-------
the sorptive capacity.  For instance, at Bartlett, the following
capacities were obtained:

     •  Influent - 8 mg/1; Effluent - 1 mg/1; Capacity 64.3 grams/m

     •  Influent - 3 mg/1; Effluent - 1 mg/1; Capacity 42.87 grams/m3

A plant using bone char as the adsorptive media was installed at Britton,
South Dakota, in 1948.  The operation of the plant was successful, once
the proper char material was established.  The plant, now shut down,
reduced the fluoride concentration from approximately 7 mg/1 to below
1.5 mg/1.  At 1% solution of caustic soda was used for regeneration,
approximately four bed volumes being required, and the bed was then
neutralized using diluted sulphuric acid or CO*-  (Sulphuric acid tends
to dissolve bone char:  consequently this step was very closely controlled).

Later work by Bellack, during arsenic removal studies, showed
that use of bone char as the media for defluoridation resulted in poor
performance when arsenic was present.  Further study indicated that
arsenic effectively poisoned the char, rendering it useless for fluoride
adsorption.  The experiments went on to show that activated alumina is
effective in removing both arsenic and fluoride.

The activated alumina charge for the Bartlett plant would cost approx-
imately $5,000 with an estimated rate of 10% per year replacement.
Chemical costs for regeneration were given by the operator as being
$13.20/1000m .  This cost is a function of the fluoride removal
capacity and in this case can be reduced to $6.60/1000nr/mg/l fluoride
removed.

For a gravity flow plant using bone char as the adsorption media, the
initial equipment costs and regneration chemical costs are somewhat
less than for activated alumina but  the media replacement rate is
greater.  For the pressure system, as used in Britton, S.D., initial
cost would be more than for the gravity system because of the increase
in engineering complexity and higher equipment costs  for vessels and
pumps.

Figure MT-4  shows the construction costs for both alumina and char
plants.  Figure MT-5 shows the annual cost of chemicals and media
replacement, and MT-6 gives operating and maintenance costs.

The costs for  alum coagulation and  lime soda softening are given  in
their respective sections of  the report.
                            -184-

-------
       Table MT-4 - Comparison of Activated Alumina and
                    Bone Char Facilities
    Data Item
    Bed material

    Bed volume

    Water flow rate - single
    run capacity

    Fluoride removal

    Vessel type

    Regenerants


    Medium size

    Attrition rate
     Bartlett, Texas
     Activated alumina

     20 m3

     5,677,500 liters*


     2 mg/1 average*

     Gravity

     NaOH/H2S04


     30-50 mesh

     1%/year
       Britton, S.D.
       Bone char

       12 m3

       3,785,000 liters


       4.2 mg/1 average

       Pressure
       30-50 mesh

       1%/year
    *0riginally removed 7 mg/1 with a single run capacity of
     3.785 MLD - Source changed to a well with 3 mg/1.
The installed cost of the Bartlett plant was $11,360 in 1951, while
the cost of the Britton plant was $10,745 in 1947.  Escalating these
costs to 1973, using an average of 6% per year:
    Bartlett (1951)
    Britton  (1947)
Original Cost

  $11,360
  $10,745
1973 Replacement Cost

      $40,900
      $45,800
                              -185-

-------
           BCI .1134
0)
co
o
4J
U

O
O
o
o
 I

 •p
 o
 o
 o
 JJ
 U
 CO
 fi
 o
       1000
                                  10
300
                        Plant Capacity  -  m^/day x 1000
       Source - Environmental Planning and Engineering Division
       Figure MT-4 - Construction  Cost  For Two Types of Defluoridatioii Plant
                                     - 186 -

-------
        500
 T3

 SI
 ed

 
-------
     BLS    (SIC 494-7) 4.18
o
o
o
•co-
 in
 O
 o

 
-------
c.  Stabilization and pH Control


The ability of water to scale or corrode is well known, and precautions
must be taken to ensure a stable water in a supply system.  Almost
always this is accomplished by the use of stabilizing or sequestering
agents or by pH adjustment, or both.

Using the theoretical treated water quality expected, the stability of
the treated water can be predicted.  Several procedures and indices to
accomplish this have been proposed*, all of them purporting to predict
and measure the tendency of water to deposit or dissolve calcium car-
bonate scale.  These indices are related to and derived from the
following four mass law equations and one stoichiometric equation.

    Ks = (Ca++) x (C03 =)                               (1)

    Kj = (H+) x (HC03 ~)                                (2)

             (H2C03)
    K2 = (H+) x (C03 =)                  ;               (3)

             (HC03 ~)

    ^ = (H + ) x (OH -)                                (4)

    Alkalinity + (H+) = 2(C03"-) + (HC03~) + (OH~)      (5)

where:

    K  = solubility product of calcium carbonate
     s

    K^ = first ionization constant for carbonic acid

    K? = second ionization constant for carbonic acid

    K^ = ionization constant for water

    ( )= concentration in moles/liter of constituent indicated in
         brackets.

Subsequent investigations have indicated that these equations, and thus
the indices, are inaccurate, often to a considerable degree.  This is
because the water is far from ideal chemically and mathematically, as
would be the case if the water was at constant temperature, pH, and
contained only calcium carbonate.  Each of the ionization constants and
*Latigelier Saturation Index; Ryznar Stability Index;  Momentary Excess;
 Driving Force Index; Enslow Stability Indicator.
                                -189-

-------
the solubility products vary with temperature.  The electrostatic inter-
actions of the ions interfere with any one reaction.  Electrons in the
calcium ions not only react with the carbonate ion electrons, but also
bicarbonate, sulfate and other electrons to some degree.  This inter-
ference effects reaction kinetics and is called the primary kinetic
salt effect.  In addition, there is a secondary salt effect.  In water,
salts, even if they do not possess common ions, may change the H  or OH
ion concentration.  Consequently, if the reaction is catalyzed by H  or
OH~, as Equations (2) through (5) are, the reaction rate will be
affected.

The most commonly used method of predicting scaling or corrosion
tendencies of water is the Langelier Saturation Index.

The formula is:

               (H+) = K,  (HC03~)  (Ca++)
This can be rewritten as:

               pH - pK2 - pKs - log (HC03~) - log (

               where pK^ = - log K^

               and pKg = - log Kg

If the values of (Ca*"1") , (HCOo~) , the ionic strength, and the pH are
known for a given water, a value of pH called the saturation pH (pHs)
can be computed.

               if pH  y pRs, the water is scale forming,

               if pH  ( pHg> the water is acidic.

The difference (pH-pH ) is called the Langelier Index, and can be
either positive or negative.

The calculation of this index, and thus the prediction of the water
characteristics, is complex.  Because of this, the American Water Works
Association has developed a simple test to assist the plant operator.
This test is a rapid method of determining if a watei is in balance
with solid calcium carbonate.  Procedures are given in detail in the
AWWA publication "Simplified Procedures for Water Examination".

Table MT-5 shows some of the most commonly used chemicals for stabili-
zation and ptt control, and their representative prices.  These chemicals
are generally introduced into the water as dilute solutions, requiring
the use of storage and dilution tanks and metering pumps for handling.
                                  -190-

-------
 c
 o
u
ts
 o.
 a
 o
 at
 N
•8
en

 i
•s
H

i

!j]


1



ii
# £

I,
i i


'
M
l!
5 —
1/1 '

-i

S 8

i
1 Common ur tr
name
it
« .
~*~\
e£
n


FracipitalM Ca,
M|. pH of IK
solution. » 1

a.
A
2

~S


1




"3
c
L)


1
1
i
li
*• j>
vs
5 j
M jO
1
BasK sodium phos-
phate, DSP, secon
sodium phosphate

Q
1!
in

pH of 0 U»
solution. 8,0.
83
|
|
r
$


T

jj

1
&
I
_«
0


3
•o 9
1=1
I ~ "


1
I

Cal|on.~ (laur
phosphate, vttreou
phosphate


l-«
ffi

lii

ii

go r-


-,„
c*





s s-1
c ^5


i
i
i!
li

i!
§11

1
i
^
J-R


hydrxx.de
J Z
s
i «
H

oS*
•ft^-s

r-- _ a:

1
E
9
^


i

1



d
? |
"^ ji I
Jin


*- s
i £ j.

2
6 :


•B
k
s»
3*

8 01 '""I"
-|«I«I PH"

5
s-
2

O ot
® «

rophosph>le.
TSPP


•i Z
i!=
l\i
i
pHof lliolulk
119

5

2
ii
£?
_«
°
SSE



|1
- « -f "c
£3?*


s
§
3
ll

3s
51

Normal sodium pho
phate, tertiary
sodium phosphate
TSP


4 S
HI
 60

^>
 O-

CO
 60
Ai

 •O-
O
CO
                                                                             00     60
                                                                                          00     00
                                                                             •o
                                                                                    •O-
                                                                                   CO
•o
CO
01
                           ex
                           
-------
      d.   Coagulants and Coagulant Aids
       Coagulants most commonly used in  the United States have been briefly
       discussed previously in Section IV.   Figure MT-7 is a schematic of
       a typical alum solution system.
                             Overflow
                                                               Tex* CopocHtn
                                                               9030 (*/-> ft*, to Owrf bo
    PW.(Hot) 3/4"
                                  I  I
                                      3 Pen Flow
                                  1	'  RecordV
                              ft Soln Tank
                                                                             'Air Supply
Suc'ion 3 Off Floor
40GPM.-I02'
                                   STRAINER      (\j)  GAUGE    U^   THERMOMETER
                               RM  ROTAMETER   M  METER  SS STAINLESS  STEEL
                               PW  PROCESS WATER  ® REGULATOR
                   Figure MT-7  - Typical Alum Solution  System

      Average costs, and physical and chemical properties for common
      coagulants are shown  in  Table MT-6.

      The coagulation process  is sometimes made more efficient by use of
      a  coagulant aid.  The properties and cost of one of these, bentonite,
      a  natural clay, are shown in Table MT-6.

      The need for coagulant aids may arise as the result of several fac-
      tors.   The floe formed may be fragile and tend to break up under
      hydraulic force, it may  be light and slow-settling or organic
      constituents may interfere with the mechanism of coagulation.
                                        -192-

-------












5
«
3,
3
o
C
<3
i
«
1
§
0)
I-l
.£
eg
H





















1


ji



.3
I*
sl


f'=
i
*a


«»
•S3
5^


£
<
c-
—


iL
<*• 01
e« e«
"S

Isss

I
I = » i
_l X. i£ <£.



,!?
— ~ E
C "- ^
1^1




__
i
|
M
9


C
§
•5
M
E J


I
i " ^.
|5?.
^ *• •»
155
I '
l«










1 Inmlublt
icdloidil
1 loluwll

3

1
1
i
i
i
1
 O»



1
J



1
! i !'



IN
jlif
u - - -



4=
^ t
i-M| Is
fil| |§|
t
"^ "S

1 ^ 2
E -«
1 i I
S » -6
£ 2 f
« £



Jc T ^
l^i §
3 * S **
•* rt i r- «
M1 ? §
ia - j
1
Mildl) hytroMbplc.
coatulu" at pH
15-11.0

S!
I-
i"£
P

i
*
1
!
T
E
S



Red-brown powder
70 or (rinule 71



T! * S
!li
5 , a
!«Zi
,-. "52 S



E
If
£ *T
n 04
s'i



E
i
1
C
h —
£ 3



5.
«-s
^1
i!
.s5
tHyyoKOBK; uk«
i(ot«.. op-imum
15-110


«
?4
rg
S"




£>.£•
8?f
— * — —

?
S
|
3
j
I



|l
il






i
#3



£
|
M
1^
S '




A1*
Hi*OS»J 1
U« fnou> J 1

^5
MJ
Jfi

•^
%
•e





3*
" «

"f?0
38§

-1-s
M?


i
. «
•* 1
l|






l^i
^3
S j s





|
| 1




**3
1.1
HI
]»

s^
|j
|]
•*
5 5
*.?
5^
r 2
1*




|

S

1*
i^
I!



SI
"N
i2




§
^s -
sals
5" I S
rftti





4
«




*
9 t*
O«IVO»«N 1
nwoMpocI

IVtriiMtmBof
1 N.^3 lo SIO,. pr
1 It viliillnri, 11.1


*
t
S








||



S
!i
« 2



Jf -
C '
2 S
ii
if





i
*





i
i«
1!




60 DO 60 60 60
Jd Jl! 4i Jd Jd
O- O O- O O
•^* vO O vO \O
CM CM

O
4J
<2
r-4
3
CO
B
g.
0 -rj 4J «
O 4J 8 0) 4J
*J a 3 C eg
a  o O
i— 1 i-H CO CO

0)
4J
(0
M-l
ff^
3
CO
S

-------
This latter problem can be most easily resolved by "breakpoint"
chlorination prior to coagulation.  The chlorine demand is satisfied,
and excess chlorine is added to oxidize the organic materials.  Needless
to say, this technique can be very costly, and does not negate the
requirement for post chlorination.

Bentonite is the common weighting agent in use as a coagulant aid.  It is
a naturally occurring clay which is generally used at a rate of 10 - 50
mg/1.

Activated silica is used extensively as a coagulant aid, its advantages
being threefold.  It provides a tough shear-resistant floe, it in-
creases the density of the floe, and increases the rate of coagulation,
under suitable conditions.  It also tends to reduce the dose of coagulant
required, and improve the color removal capabilities of the system.  An
application rate of 7 to 11 percent of the coagulant dose is current
practice.

Considerable care must be exercised to ensure precise control of the
production of the active solution.  Automatic equipment is available
which will produce a continuous supply of activated silica at the point
of use.  Improper control of the solution production might induce
extremely large floes that result in high residual turbidity, and rapid
clogging of the filtration surface.

Polyelectrolytes have recently found wide application as coagulant aids.
These synthetic organic materials consist of small molecules chemically
bound to form a polymer of colloidal size.  Their greatest asset is the
remarkable increase in floe size generated by the addition of small
amounts of these materials.  It is generally unnecessary to add more
than 1 mg/1, and this produces an increase in floe size of several orders
of magnitude.  While these materials are fairly expensive, the small dose
requirement coupled with the rapid increase in floe settlement, and the
resultant savings in operating costs makes their use economically
attractive in many cases.
                                 -194-

-------
Table KT-7  -  Some Typical Polyelect.ro lytes and  their
                       Health. Concentration Recommended
               by the Environmental Protection Agency
Maximum
Concentration Cost
Produce Recommended $/kg
mg/1 (Oct. 1973)
Percol LT-20
Superfloc 127
Magnifloc 521-C
SORBO
Poly-Floe 4D
Burtonite No. 78
Drewfloc No. 3
Hercofloc 818
Zeta-Floc C
O'B Floe
1
1
10
20
25
5
.j
1
20
10
.52
.43
.09
.08
.09
.23
o22
.49
.03
= 15
                            -195-

-------
e.  Softening
Softening for municipal purposes generally is accomplished using the
cold lime or lime-soda process.  Ion exchange is also used, using
zeolite in the sodium form as the exchange medium.

The addition of hydrated lime produces the following reaction with
bicarbonate hardness:                .

      Ca(HC03)2  + Ca(OH) 2—*-2CaC03T + 2H20    ,

      Mg(HC03)2  + 2Ca(OK)2-^—^MgCOH)^ + 2CaC03T + 2H20

The soluble bicarbonate hardness is thus converted into insoluble
carbonate and hydroxide hardness, which comes out of solution, and is
removed by sedimentation and filtration.  In lime softening, there is
also reduction of the total dissolved solids content of the raw water.

Hydrated lime also reacts with the permanent or noncarbonate magnesium
hardness thus:
      MgS04  + Ca (OH) 9 —-»- Mg (OH) 2T  + CaS04

The magnesium hydroxide precipitate is a gelatinous form which serves as
a coagulant.  In some cases, however, coagulant aids are added in small
amounts to assist sedimentation of the precipitates.

                                     + CaCl2

As a result of these reactions, permanent magnesium hardness is removed,
but the soluble salts, calcium sulfate and chloride are introduced, thus
increasing the residual calcium permanent hardness.  In order to over-
come this problem, soda ash is added in conjunction with lime thus:

      CaS(X
                                  + 2NaCl

The sum of these is lime-soda softening.  Although these reactions remove
the permanent calcium hardness which would result from lime treatment
only, there is no decrease in total solids, due to the introduction of
soluble sodium salts.

If the raw water is highly alkaline, the concentration of sodium bi-
carbonate, is generally responsible.  Water of this type has a total
alkalinity greater than  total hardness, and by softening with lime
only, the soda ash treatment becomes an integral part of the process,
according to the equations:
                                 -196-

-------
     2NaHC03   + Ca(OH)7 ^"  *~Na7C03T  + CaC03
In ion exchange, the calcium and magnesium ions in the water are almost
totally replaced by sodium.  According to the equation:
     2(Z-Na)

     Sodium Zeolite

Upon exhaustion, the zeolite is regenerated with NaCl solution.

The efficiency of the lime-soda ash process is based upon four essential
factors:

    •    proper selection of specific reagents to efficiently
         precipitate part of the impurities to be removed in
         the form of an insoluble sludge and to convert the
         remainder to a soluble (and innocuous) form

    •    correct proportioning of the specific chemical rea-
         gents to the raw water

    •    propagating the chemical precipitating reactions by
         a suitable combination of coagulation, sedimentation,
         heat or sludge contact

     •   filtration of the chemically softened or finished water
         to remove traces of turbidity resulting from the process

Table MT-8 illustrates the chemical balances obtained in softening the
same water with different objectives.  The second column in this table
shows the softener effluent balances when lime is used to remove only
calcium and not the magnesium.  Of course, only carbonate calcium
hardness is removed but this is achieved at minimal chemical cost.  In
the third column one finds still further reduction in calcium but
use of soda ash was necessary to further force calcium precipitation.

Complete lime-soda softening, including reduction in magnesium, is shown
by the fourth column.  To achieve this, it was necessary to increase
considerably the dosage of lime and soda ash, resulting in higher
effluent water alkalinity.  The table illustrates effectively the large
growth in lime and soda ash demand for a small reduction in total
hardness .
                                 -197-

-------
          Table HF-8 - Line/Line Soda Softening Balances




Total Hardness as CaCO,
Calciun as CaC03
Magnesium as CaCO,
"P" Alkalinity as CaC03
"M" Alkalinity as CaC03
Sulfate as SO,
Chloride as Cl
Lime
Soda Ash


Raw
Water

16d
110
50
0
130
48
16



Line
Softening
fop Calcium
Removal

80
35
45
17
50
48
16
Selective
Calcium
Softening
with Lime and
Soda Ash

69
24
45
22
60
48


Lime-
Soda-Ash
Softening

52
24
28
60
82
48
16 16
Chemical Treatment Requirements
98

98
22
156
64
* all figures in terms of mg/1

Softening is often carried out at the same time as coagulation and sedi-
mentation, either in basins or in solids-contact type equipment.  Thus the
capital costs are essentially the same as these two operations.  The
additional cost of softening will be the cost of lime and soda-ash, and the
feeding equipment.  Since the cost of the feeding equipment is relatively
low, it may be excluded from a planning level estimate.
                                   - 198 -

-------
The amount of lime and soda-ash, required may be computed from the factors
given in Table MT-9
             Table MT-9  -  Factors used to Calculate
            Lime and Soda Ash Requirements kg /100Qm3
    Prom Raw Water Analysis
     (mg/1 as CaC03)
 co2

 Total Alkalinity

 Required Magnesium
 Reduction

 Ca Noncarbonate
 Hardness
                                            Requirements
                                    Lime*
                                  CaO (90%)
x  1.42

x   .623


x   .623
                     Soda Ash.*
                   Na2C03 (98%)
1.081
                    1.081
  *or better.
Lime cost can be assumed to be
Soda ash cost can be assumed to be
        2 cents/kg
        8.5 cents/kg
The changes in water analysis brought about by the addition of softening and
other water-conditioning chemicals can be computed by using the data
contained in Table MT-10.
                                  -199-

-------
















o
"T1
a
,2
o
co
H

















1H ^
O
C
o
4->
•O
T3


CD
_rt
4-1
T3
to
3
3

i-i
1
c
•rl
s^ .

co
, -]
CO
r^
%
^3

U
0)
4J
CO
3
C!
1-1
CO
01.
M
C
CO
6
CJ
'"•
U
1-1
3
IH
__4
3
CO

M
O
|
^
"O
4J
CO
•0
£
0)
c
1-1
M
O
3
CO
4-1
C
CO
r-i
3
ex
g
0
•-i
01
&

 en
CD -H o
co C O
S1-I CO
i-l O
l-l CO
O Jn
^
CD



vO
vO
O








0
en
O












m
a>
CD



00
*
O
i-l
i-l
i-l









in v£)
«* cn
0 0

O
CM
EC
i-i
cn o
/-N CM
-* ta
CO -*

CM CO
l-l «
3
nj 03
CO
l-l H
CD Q)
4-1 a.
i-i a*
•^ o
m o
N^' V»^
4)
eg 4J
<4-l CO
i-i MH
3 i-i
co 3
CO
(3
3 co
C 3
•H O
i ^

rj »
<: fa









1C
o


o
CM
CM
cn


-------
Softening by ion exchange is a very simple operation, much  used in home
softening units.  The economics of using the process on a municipal
scale depends primarily on whether or not softening is to be the only
treatment, or if coagulation and sedimentation is to be used also.  If
so, it is undoubtedly cheaper to use lime or lime-soda with the coagulants•

Zeolite softening costs can be estimated using the following:

          Capital Cost   -   $5500 per 100mg/l CaCO-j hardness
                             removed per 1000 cubic meters of
                             water softened per day.

Annual Operating Cost    -   $1000 per 100mg/l CaC03 hardness
                             removed per 1000 cubic meters of
                             water softened per day.

For example, suppose it is necessary to remove 180mg/l CaCOg hardness in
a 6000m3/day plant.

     Capital cost =  $5500 x 1.80 x 6 = $59,400

     Operating cost = $1000 x 1.8 x 6 = $10,800/year.
                                -201-

-------
f.  Dechlorination
It is sometimes necessary or desirable to reduce the residual chlorine
in a water supply for aesthetic reasons.  Several techniques can be
employed for this purpose, among the most feasible technically and
economically being activated carbon absorption, aeration, and the use
of sulfur dioxide and related compounds.

The use of sulfur dioxide or its derivatives is rapid and insures good
results.  It is a practice widely used in water treatment, sulfur
dioxide being first used in North America by Howard in Toronto in 1926.
Sodium bisulfite and sodium sulfite are also used, the former being cheaper
and more stable.  The equations describing the dechlorination are:
     Na HS03 + C12 + H20 - ^Na HSO^ + 2HC1

     bisulfite                bisulfate

     Na2 S03 + C12 + H20  - *• Na2S04 + 2HC1

     bisulfite                sulfate

As can be seen, the products of the reaction are acidic, and thus tend to
decrease the alkalinity of the dechlorinated water.

The doses required for each "dechlor" are:

     Sulfur dioxide   -   0.90 mg/1 per mg/1 C12 removed

     Sodium bisulfite -   1.46 mg/1 per mg/1 Cl- removed

     Sodium sulfite   -   1.77 mg/1 per mg/1 Cl~ removed

Approximate costs are:

     Sulfur dioxide   - 25$/kg

     Sodium bisulfite - 16
-------
                            SECTION V

                      TREATED WATER STORAGE
General

Treated water reservoirs are used In waterworks to perform the function
of service storage.  The three major components of service storage are:
(1) equalizing, or operating, storage; (2) fire reserve; and (3) emergency
reserve.

1.  Equalizing, or operating, storage

Because of the varying rate of demand for water during the day, many
cities find it necessary to provide reservoirs that permit water treat-
ment or pumping plants to operate at a reasonably uniform rate and provide
water from storage when the demand exceeds this rate.

2.  Fire reserve

Based upon the durations of serious conflagrations that have been experi-
enced in the past, the recommendations of the National Board of Fire
Underwriters are that distribution reservoirs be made large enough to
supply water for fighting a serious conflagration for 10 hours in
communities of 6000 people or more, and for 4-8 hours for smaller ones.

3.  Emergency reserve

The magnitude of this component of storage depends on (1) the danger
of interruption of reservoir inflow by failure of supply works; and
(2) on the time needed to make repairs.  The emergency reserve is some-
times taken as equal to 25% of total average capacity.  The National
Board of Fire Underwriters bases its rating system on an emergency
storage of five days at maximum flow.

Classification

Where topography and geology permit, the water stored for distribution
is held in reservoirs that are formed by impoundage, by balanced exca-
vation and embankment or by masonry construction.

a.  Open and covered service reservoirs

Treated water storage reservoirs should be covered at all times in order
to protect the water against chance contamination and deterioration.  The
covering of open finished water reservoirs is not a. requirement of the
Environmental Protection Agency.  However, the practice is recommended
and endorsed by the Agency and is required by some states.  In the event
it is impossible to cover a reservoir,  there are certain safeguards that
must be observed:  (1)  the reservoir should always be fenced (2)   Where
                                -203-

-------
the reservoir is so placed that runoff can be carried into it - a margin
intercepting drain should be provided for its protection from such run-
off.  Other methods of safeguarding open reservoirs will be dealt with
further.

i.  Contamination of Open and Closed Service Reservoirs

Treated water storage facilities can never be completely sealed and as a
result are susceptible to contamination.

Inferior reservoir construction can allow serious contamination in any
type of reservoir.  Pollutants may enter the reservoir through leaky
roofing, with rainwater, and in the case of subsurface storage, faulty
sealing.  Poorly designed or installed ventilation systems may allow
the entrance of windblown contaminants as well as birds, insects, rodents
and other small animals capable of contaminating the stored water.  Poorly
constructed reservoir roofs can be worse than no roof, as far as contri-
bution of degrading materials is concerned.  Covered and uncovered reser-
voirs located in windy and dusty areas can be subject to windblown dusts
that enter'through vents.  This dust can contribute significant numbers
of coliform organisms to water in the reservoir.

The open service reservoir is particularly susceptible to airborne pollu-
tants such as bacteria, agricultural chemicals, etc.  These contaminants
may enter the reservoir directly through wind or rain action.  Open ser-
vice reservoirs are also subject to various types of algal growth which
in turn impart undesirable tastes, odors and color to the water.  Sedi-
mentation can be a major problem in large open reservoirs, requiring fre-
quent draining and cleaning, to prevent the development of weed growth.
The AWWA report on the Committee on Open-Air Reservoirs gave evidence
on widespread organic pollution in open reservoirs by gulls, ducks and
other birds; animals and rodents, such as mice and rats, dogs, cats and
frogs.  Humans were found to contribute significantly to contamination
through bathing, fishing, and other water-related activities.

Night swimming in large or isolated reservoirs is extremely hard to
prevent even when fences and watchmen are provided.  Wires strung across
open reservoirs intended to keep ducks and gulls away provide perches
for swallows, starlings and other small birds.  This situation is a poten-
tial danger as bird droppings have been linked to disease transmission.

The prudence of using open service reservoirs has been questioned by
the 1929-1930 APHA Committee on Water Supply.  The committee made
the following comment:

     "The committee would urge that more study be given open reservoirs
     throughout the country by the various water departments with
     the hope of reducing the number to a minimum.  Enough information
     is now available to throw doubt on the wisdom of using open
     reservoirs without continuously chlorinating the water.  B. coli
     growing on microorganisms does not constitute a menace to health,(SIC)
                                -204-

-------
     but if we become accustomed to assuming that bacterial increases
     in the distribution system are natural growths and of no significance
     the occasional occurrences of real pollution will also be ignored."

ii.  Prevention of Contaminants in Open and Closed Reservoirs

Open potable-water storage reservoirs should be fenced.  Experience has
shown that even a  2.8 m fence topped with barbed wire will not keep out
those determined to enter a reservoir.  Too much dependence on a manproof
fence is therefore futile.  Fencing should be of such material and construc-
tion  to prevent the passage of children and such animals as dogs, cats
and rabbits  and will discourage the less determined youths from pranks.
The fence should be located a sufficient distance from the water to
eliminate the pleasure found in watching objects thrown in the water.
Access gates should be kept locked.  Indirect pollution in open reservoirs
can be mitigated by providing flow-through circulation and by treating the
influent and stored water.  However,  despite such measures, unsatisfac-
tory conditions have not infrequently developed in open reservoirs.

Obviously, properly designed and constructed covers would eliminate the
cause of direct pollution previously noted.  Covers on reservoirs must
be structurally sound in order to withstand wind pressure, snow and ice,
earthquake strains and the like.  The materials should be and continue
light-tight and imper/ious to dust and polluting agents.  Plywood panels
on steel rafters can be satisfactory if properly designed and if sufficient
maintenance is received.  Standard concrete, lightweight concrete dome
and  steel construction are among the more usual and more permanent covers.
The "standard" concrete cover  designs are generally practical if  the
reservoir is to be buried under earth.  For those not to be buried, the
lightweight concrete dome and  steel covers are more practical.  The
economics involved in covering reservoirs  could  be  an overwhelming
problem.  Low  cost floating covers such as butyl rubber and nylon-vinyl
membrane have been tried successfully.  However, in using floating covers,
care must be taken to insure the proper handling of any problems which
might endanger the integrity of the cover such as rainwater and ice forma-
tion.  The City of Charleston, S.C. installed strong permanent leakproof
covers of synthetic rubber on two  cement reservoirs.  The covers not
only protected the water from airborne pollutants and debris, but also
prevented chemicals (e.g. chlorine) and the water itself from evaporating.
Reservoirs below the ground surface should be located at elevations above
groundwater levels to avoid infiltration and possible flooding or inunda-
tion from surface stream or storm water.

At any rate the reservoir must be sealed to prevent infiltration when empty.
Protective coatings (FDA or EPA approved), preservatives and joint  sealers
should be used or applied in a manner which will not contaminate the stored
water.  The coatings, if used, on the inside of a reservoir must resist
abrasion from ice formation, have good adhesion, and the ability to withstand
1Committe report:  Bacterial Aftergrowths in Water Distribution Systems,
 Am. J. Public Health, 43:485 (1930).
                                -205-

-------
alternate wetting and drying in addition to constant itnmersion without
flaking.   Many types of rubber and plastic sheet lining material and
liquid sealants are available for a wide range of applications.  Butyl
rubber used for covers can also be used for linings. Gunite, a sand-cement-
water mixture, discharged from a nozzle or gun through and onto a mat of
reinforcing steel, has been employed to line or reline the invert and sides
of reservoirs.  An asphalt-plastic liner is available on the market for
use in the storage and containment of potable water.  The manufacturer
claims that the liner does not impart taste or discoloration to potable
water.

Some very salient protection features for reservoir protection are  as
follows:

1.  The cover of the reservoir and the ground surface about the reser-
voir should be graded in such a manner as to divert surface water and
prevent pooling within the vicinity of the reservoir.

2.  The discharge end of all overflow, blowout or cleanout pipes should
be turned downward and screened to prevent the entrance of rain, dust,
birds, insects, rodents and other contaminating materials.  They should
also  be able to discharge freely, without any chance of backflow of
contaminated water or material.  If the discharge is to a control chamber
located where the overflow will be above ground and flood level, it may
be drained by gravity directly to the ground surface or indirectly into
a storm drain; otherwise it should be drained by pumping.

3.  Whenever practical, a suitable and substantial cover should be
provided for any reservoir, elevated tank or the structure used
for water storage.  Covers should be generally of lightweight, water-
tight, durable material and construction, and designed to facilitate
drainage from the cover and prevent contaminating materials from getting
into the stored water.

4.  Manholes on reservoir covers should be fitted with raised watertight
walls projecting at least 15.24 cm  above the level of the reservoir cover
or  any fill material placed over the cover.  Manhole covers should be
solid and watertight, preferably with edges projecting downward at
least 5.08 cm around the outside of the frame.  Each manhole cover should
be locked securely with a sturdy lock.

5.  Vents and openings, where necessary on covers of reservoirs for
water level control guages or other purposes, should  be constructed and
screened to prevent the entrance of dust, rain, snow, birds, insects or
other foreign matter.

6.  The operation of storage reservoirs should be conducted in such a
manner as to maintain the highest sanitary quality of water.
                                -206-

-------
ill.  Removal of Contaminants in Reservoirs

Free or combined chlorine residual may be maintained if the reservoir is
of the flow-through type and the size is not too large in relation to
the flow.  In open reservoirs, free residual chlorine, chloramine, copper
sulfate and activated carbon were suggested for control of microscopic
growth.  Disinfection facilities should be set up so all the water
reentering the distribution system will be re-treated.
                               -207-

-------
b.  Elevated Storage Tanks
Elevated storage in many cases has proven to be the most practical and
economical method for providing adequate storage and pressure in the
distribution system.  Where natural elevation is inadequate to provide
the proper pressure, .standpipes and elevated tanks are the two most
suitable types of water storage.  The construction can be of wood,
concrete or steel.  In cold climates steel is found to be the most
practical.  In reinforced concrete, unless the steel is prestressed,
vertical cracks are formed, and leakage and freezing cause rapid de-
terioration of the structure.  Wood type storage tanks are almost wholly
confined to railroad and industrial supplies.  The water tower is often
a community's tallest structure and stands out prominently.  As a result,
there has been concern with the aesthetics in water towers, which in turn
has produced a myriad of shapes and sizes of storage tanks and stand-
pipes.

The major problems with storage tanks and standpipes are contamination
by corrosion and leakage.  These two factors are mainly a matter of de-
sign considerations dictated by the economics of the situation.  Steel
is competititve in cost to concrete and is more watertight but
involves more periodic maintenance to alleviate corrosion.  Concrete on
the other hand, is much less susceptible to corrosion but is more prone
to leakage.  As in the case of reservoir design, a wide range of rubber
and plastic sheet lining material and liquid sealants are available to
aid the prevention of contamination and leakage in elevated tanks and
standpipes.  Improved paint systems now available, and increased use of
cathodic protection systems have reduced the chances of contamination by
corrosion products from steel tanks in addition to increasing the life
expectancy of the tanks. Guidance for preparing and painting storage
tanks is provided by AWWA Specifications D102 Coatings and Cathodic
Protection.  Paint coatings are applied to submerged steel surface areas
for the sole purpose of isolating the steel from the corroding medium.
All coatings are subject to deterioration in service due to water
absorption, abrasion, bond failure, delamination, and ice damage.  There
are literally scores of variables that have a direct effect on the rate
of corrosion activity within a structure.

Cathodic protection offers a viable resistance to corrosion.  However,
cathodic protection requirements change from time to time and from
place to place.  For any given utility structure, the amount of cathodic
protection currently required to achieve and maintain a protection
condition changes scores of times each day.  Given two identical storage
structures with identical coatings and storing identical waters, dif-
ferent degrees of cathodic protection needs will exist.  The coating
industry has recognized the need for more sophisticated coating systems
and have improved their products and application techniques.  The
cathodic protection industry has also recognized its responsibility to
keep pace so that its installed systems do their job of 'corrosion con-
trol more economically and efficiently.
                               -208-

-------
A less perplexing but nonetheless existing problem is the problem of
foreign materials entering storage tanks by way of vents.  As in the
case of reservoirs, all vents should be screened and protected so that
roof drainage cannot be deflected through openings.  Protection should
be provided particularly in landscaped areas where fertilizers might be
used.  Algal spores may also enter through the vents and stimulate the
growth of algae.  Customer complaints can be an indication as to the
presence of contamination in the storage system.  However, complete
water sampling and analysis, and an intelligent review of water quality
data must be accomplished to properly evaluate the degree of contamina-
tion.  Disinfection and periodic cleaning will alleviate these problems.
Adequate disinfection of storage tanks after construction or repairs is
necessary to prevent degradation in the distribution system water quality.
Spraying strong solutions of chlorine on the surface of the storage tanks
after thorough initial flushing, followed by filling with chlorinated
water has proved satisfactory.
                                -209-

-------
Cost Data

a«  Reservoir Corrosion Protection

Reservoir liners
  asphalt-plastic liners
    material and labor - $0.6 - $0.12 per sq m
    (includes gussetting and excludes site preparation)

  butyl rubber lining
    material costs $0.6 per sq m

  gunite sealing

Reservoir covers
  butyl rubber floating covers
    material $0.09 per sq m

  steel covers              *

  concrete covers           *

Water  towers and storage tanks protection
  cathodic protection  for corrosion  control

    installation costs

       600 - cu meters  storage tank       $2,000.00
    2,000 - cu meters  storage tank       $2,700.00
    4,000 - cu meters  storage tank       $3,330.00

    (The preceeding  costs are for manual cathodic systems only.  For
    automatic systems, each cost is  increased $800.00)

  coatings for corrosion .control

    Labor to apply coatings vary with  coating product.  Average
    labor costs are:

    Blasting and applying 1 coat 5c  per sq m
    add 0.5
-------
coatings




  bimetallic glassy phosphate




    material cost $0.01 - $0.15 sq m




  vinyl resins




    material cost $0.01 - $0.15 sq m
                             -211-

-------
                            SECTION VI

                   CONTROL OF WATER QUALITY IN

                       DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
General

Often it is fallaciously assumed that water entering the distribution
system from storage will be of the same quality at the consumers tap.
The quality of water must be preserved during its conveyance from the
point of production and storage to delivery to the consumer.
Theoretical conditions for accomplishment of complete control are:

     i.  The finished water is completely stable in its compositional
         and physical attributes.

    ii.  It is completely disinfected.

   iii.  The conveyance system and accessory structures are relatively
         inert to the water being conveyed.

    iv.  The conveyance system is sealed off from contaminating in-
         trusion.

Such conditions are rarely all achieved throughout the operational
distribution system, and results in deterioration due to:  poor-quality
water put into distribution system; chemical interaction between water
and pipe; biological degradation; biological infestation; cross connection
hazards; inadequate main disinfection; and less common factors such as
blowoffs and vacuum or air relief valves improperly constructed or
located.  The consequence may be one or more of the following; unsafe
water, turbid or rusty water; unpleasant taste and odor; or colored
water.

Cross Connections

A hydraulic linkage permanently or temporarily connecting an additional
source of water with the pipes of a potable water supply is called a
cross connection.  Unless the quality of the supplementary water supply
is equal or superior to that of the potable supply and unless it is so
maintained at all times, neither direct nor indirect cross connections
should be tolerated.  The hazards of cross connections may result
from either pumping or "back siphonage".

Pumping hazards are those causing backflow of foreign liquids into the
potable water system, resulting from interconnection of the domestic
water system to a second system of pipes, tanks, or the like, containing
water or other liquids under pressure maintained from some source other
than the potable water system.  The pressure may be, or can be, higher
than the pressure in the potable water system at the point of
interconnection.
                                -213-

-------
These hazards can exist at water service connections to sewage or storm
water pumping stations, sewage-treatment plants, waterfront properties,
industrial plants handling liquids under pressure, and buildings where
sewage is pumped on the premises.  Such interconnections may result in
large quantities of dangerous materials such as sewage and toxic chemicals
entering the potable water system through backflow.

One of the major items in a cross-connection control program is the pro-
tection against these pumping hazards in a system.  Removal of the basic
cause (such as abandonment of a sewage-polluted auxiliary source) will pro-
vide such protection.  Protection can also be obtained by delivering
water from the potable water supply overhead - through an "air gap" -
to a receiving tank, or by installing a backflow-prevention device at
the service connection.  The latter two actions mentioned will protect
the potable water supply but will not protect the people drinking
water within the property under consideration.  Depending on the region
some health authorities will only accept air-gap separation (or
abandonment of polluted supplementary source) as protection against the
above stated pumping hazard.  Where an air-gap separation is not practical
some health authorities will accept a reduced-pressure-principle device.
Another backflow prevention device; a double check valve assembly, can
provide acceptable protection against backflow from nontoxic materials in
industrial premises  handling such nontoxic materials under pressure, for
example the carbonated beverage industry.  Cross connections permitting
backflow of nontoxic materials into the potable water supply may not
create public health hazards, but can create objectionable conditions.
                                 i
Back siphonage is another means of contaminating a potable water
supply.  It occurs when negative pressure develops, either in the water
users piping system or in the community piping system.

Negative or subatmospheric pressures in a piping system can cause the
transfer of polluted or used water or other liquids from a water using
fixture into a building piping system and, under extreme conditions,
into the potable water system.  Back siphonage hazards therefore,
presents more of a threat to water consumers within a building than to
a potable water system on a whole.  As long as adequate pressure is
always maintained at the point of service from a potable water system
to a customer's piping, back siphonage will not affect the potable water
supply.  Negative pressure more frequently occurs in building piping
systems.  It is due to either insufficient internal hydraulic capacity
or to low pressure in the potable water system.  Negative pressure also
occurs in community piping systems and is due to:  main breaks; planned
shutdowns; fire demands; water usage exceeding the hydraulic capacity of
the system; and other reasons.  Negative pressure should not be tolerated.
A positive pressure is necessary to prevent contaminated infiltration,
such as leakage from nearby sewer lines, into the system.
                                 -214-

-------
Disinfection of Mains

Water treatment does not usually produce coliform-free water.  The
control of these organisms is relative and not absolute.
Distribution systems are rarely free from coliform organism unless
residual chlorine is always present and other adverse conditions do not
exist.  In waterworks the presence of coliform organisms act as an
indicator of pollution and are not usually considered as pathogenic.
The existance of these organisms however, should always be considered
as presumptive evidence of pollution.  Among the sources of bacteria
are:  cross connections, infiltration due to low or negative pressure,
and ineffective or non-existent main disinfection.

Standards for the disinfection of mains have been set down by AWWA
(C601-68).  The standards describe procedures for protecting the
cleanliness of the pipe during laying.  It calls for preliminary
flushing of new lines and specifies chlorination to produce a residual
of at least 25 mg/1 after 24 hours of standing in the treated pipeline.
Procedures are also described for disinfecting repaired lines.  These
standards along with the "Standards for Installation of Cast Iron Water
Mains" (AWWA C600), approve only rings, asbestos rope or treated paper
as yarning or packing material.  Other packing materials such as jute
and hemp generally contain coliform organisms and are extremely hard to
disinfect, consequently they are prohibited.  Such contaminated packing
may not constitute a public health hazard, but contributes to a
continued coliform presence in water flowing in new mains despite all
reasonable efforts to disinfect the lines.

Chemical Interaction Between Water and Pipe

Corrosion is an electrochemical process that causes pitting of main pipe,
deposition of ferric hydroxide (rust), tuberculation and lime scaling,
blue-green stains on enamel bathroom fixtures (from copper and brass pipe
and fittings), and sometimes the formation of toxic lead salts in lead
pipes.  This chemical interaction between water and pipe leads to the
deterioration of metal in the community and household piping system,
rusty (or red) water, and a reduction in the water carrying capacity of
the water mains.

Tuberculation and pitting, the most serious types of corrosion frequently
occurs when the pH value of the water is between 7.0 and 10.0.  In this
pH range the corrosion tends to be localized in nature.  The corrosion
products are precipitated in place to form tubercles which are pervious
to water and therefore promote rather than stifle further attack.  The
resulting pits may soon penetrate steel pipe, making replacement neces-
sary.  Even before the pipe fails, the tubercles formed can seriously
impede the flow of water.  Lime scaling also impedes the flow of water
and is especially serious whenever a water high in bicarbonate hardness
is heated or an unstable water is discharged from a lime or lime soda
softener.  This is particularly true in industrial heat exchangers,
condensers and hot water systems.
                               -215-

-------
There are numerous methods for combating corrosion and any specific
problem can have more than one method of solution.  Very often two or
more methods are used to supplement one another.  The methods of
combating corrosion can be classified into six general categories. These
are as follows:

       i.  Alloying or use of better corrosion resistant  pipes.

      ii.  Coatings (organic and inorganic)

     iii.  Alteration of pipe environment

      iv.  Non-metallic pipes (Plastic)

       v.  Cathodic protection

      vi.  Design.

Almost all of the methods of combating corrosion listed above have been
employed.  The use of alloying or better corrosion resistant material is
employed whenever metals other than steel are used, such as in copper.

The National Bureau of Standards has conducted long-term corrosion tests
of underground pipe line materials, including steel, cast iron, and
ductile cast iron.  A comprehensive analysis of this data was made by
the Bureau of Reclamation of the Department of the Interior, the
"Pennington Report".1  It was found that gray cast iron pits 1.8 times
as much as steel in a soil where steel will pit at an average depth of
40 mils the first year.  In the same type of soil, ductile cast iron
will develop maximum pits 2.6 times as deep as those in steel.

In corrosive soils the expected life of 6" Class 22 gray cast iron would
be in the order of 26 years, the expected life of ductile cast iron 6"
Class 22 would be 9 years and bare steel 0.18 cm thick, 3 years.  In 24"
size, Class 23 gray cast iron life would be 97 years, Class 1 Ductile,
15 years and 0.33 cm steel, 10 years.  Assuming a theoretical pipe 0.64
cm thick of each of these materials, the calculated life would be 35
years for steel, 11 years for gray cast iron and 5-1/2 years for ductile
cast iron.

Corrosion rates are not linear with time.  The expected life is based on
complete penetration of the pipe wall by corrosion.  No credit was given
to the value of corrosion products remaining intact.

The Pennington Report concluded that all pipe must be protected against
corrosion in most instances and that the use of carbon steel properly
protected was more economical than using gray cast iron or ductile cast
iron.
   Corrosion of Steel and Two Types of Cast Iron Pipe in Soil, W. A.
   Pennington, Highway Research Record No. 140, 1966, Highway Research
   Board, pp. 9-22.
                                -216-

-------
Metallic or inorganic coatings would include the use of galvanized pipes
and the use of concrete as a coating on steel.  Organic coats consist
of a wide range of products such as; coal tar, asphalt, wax, plastic
tapes, epoxy resins, vinyl resins and paints, and organic zinc paints.

Concrete coated steel is extensively used for pipes 16" and larger.
The concrete provides a protective coating for the steel and inhibits
corrosion.  Cured concrete normally maintains the.pH at about 9.5 to 12.5
which can furnish a protective environment for steel.  Tnere are
situations where concrete coated steel should not be used without further
corrosion measures.  Furthermore, the concrete must completely qover
the pipe or else corrosion will be accelerated on the uncovered portion.
The concrete protective film will break down if the cover is too thin
or if the cement, concrete or water contains excessive chlorides.  In
a recent investigation severe corrosion resulted in steel with concrete
covers of 2.54 cm or less.  The most severe corrosion of steel in
concrete was due to the presence of chlorides.  In one case 21 km
of prestressed pipe failed, most of it before being installed.

Organic type coatings have been commonly used in the past, however, their
effect on corrosion has limitations.  They tend to concentrate the effects
of corrosion since it is difficult to cover 100% of the pipe.  It can be
calculated that even a 99.9% perfect coating of a 0.15 m pipe will have
0.52 m2 of base metal per kilometer.  Coatings may also deteriorate with
age and further expose the metal to corrosion.

The addition of certain chemicals to the water as part of the treatment
in order to deposit a protective coating or film on metals is a very
widespread, practical means of controlling corrosion.  Chemicals that
are most used for this purpose include calcium carbonate, silicates and
polypho sphate.

The earlier treatment method of coating with calcium carbonate was
achieved by adding lime to the water in such a way that the water was
deliberately made scale forming, so that calcium carbonate scale would
cover the corroding pipe surfaces and stifle the corrosion.  Lime addi-
tion was sound in theory, but the difficulty experienced in practice was
that most of the scale would precipitate in transmission mains leaving
the system unprotected and even decreasing flow rates in the distribution
system.

The use of a polyphosphate, sodium hexametaphosphate,was introduced for
scale prevention in 1938 and helped considerably by keeping transmission
mains free of calcium carbonate scale.  This innovation at least permitted
lime softening plants to send water out at pH values above 10, and such
pH values are effective in decreasing corrosion.  In latter years the
glassy phosphate (sodium hexametaphosphate) was found to be in
itself an effective corrosion inhibitor at pH values below 8 and, being
non-toxic as well as colorless and tasteless was ideal for use in
potable water systems.  This discovery led to a development of a bi-
                                -217-

-------
metallic glassy phosphate (sodium-zinc glassy phosphate) for use in the
municipal field,

This complex bimetallic phosphate glass, (containing 8-9% zinc)  proved
to be three to five times as effective (depending on conditions) as
straight sodium phosphate glass in overcoming corrosion in water systems.
It required more than 25mg/l of sodium hexametaphosphate even to approach
the effectiveness of the bimetallic glassy phosphate.

Unfortunately,  it requires as long as 24 hours to dissolve this bimetallic
glassy phosphate in some waters at temperatures above 10°C, and feed
solutions of more than 1 per cent (approximates 0.5 kg per 50 liters)
are seldom stable.  At temperatures below 10°C the material frequently
will not dissolve to any noticeable extent.  This created some limitations
of treatment in the municipal field.

Nevertheless, several hundred municipalities in warmer areas are using
bimetallic phosphate glass either to maintain high flow coefficients
following mechanical cleaning of mains or to eliminate red water com-
plaints.  Continuous dissolving feeders have been used quite effectively,
with the rate of dissolution determining the amount fed to the water.
These municipalities have  obtained superior results in controlling
corrosion with one important limitation:  the rate of feed must always
be sufficient to carry a metaphosphate residual to the ends of the
distribution system.  In most instances, this minimum proves to be no
more than 1 mg/1.

Bimetallic metaphosphate glass has been particularly effective in tuber-
culation control because of its rapid film formation.  When used at a
high concentration during an immediately after the cleaning operation,
the bimetallic glass overcomes the disadvantage of tubercules being
formed before the polyphosphate film can form.

Although greater attention has been given to the use of the bimetallic
glassy phosphate in connection with water main cleaning and tuberculation
control, equally good results have been obtained in eliminating difficult
corrosion problems and red-water complaints when main cleaning is not
involved.  Actual data of a small municipality which treated 1,877.5 cu
m/day by means of conventional clarification - sand filtration plant shows
the effect of bimetallic metaphosphate on corrosion.  The municipality
had a severe corrosion problem resulting in numerous complaints of red
waters.  The iron content of the water leaving the treatment plant
averaged no more than 0.1 mg/1.  The water had a pH value of approximately
6.1, hardness of only 16 mg/1 and 15 mg/1 of sulfate ion, however, so
that it was quite corrosive.  The consumer complaints were definately
caused by iron pick-up as the water passed through the distribution
system.  After treatment by bimetallic metaphosphate test data obtained
by subtracting the  iron content of the water leaving the treatment plant
from the total iron content of the water at the different test locations
showed an overall reduction in iron pick-up through the system to be
68 percent.
                                 -218-

-------
Sodium-zinc metaphosphate is subject to restrictions in use.  At pH values
above 8 its effect as a corrosion inhibitor is limited and maximum effec-
tiveness for iron and steel is obtained at pH values between 6 and 7.5.
It is true that the bimetallic phosphates are somewhat more effective at
higher pH values, but this is difficult to measure.  They require, however,
a minimum calcium content in the water of at least 1 mg/1 (2.5 mg/1
hardness) for every four or five mg/1 of phosphate for proper film
formation; and best results are obtained when the water contains at
least 0.017 grams per liter of hardness.

The ground characteristic is a significant factor in corrosion of the out-
side of the distribution system.  The use of corrosion resistant materials,
electrolytic protection, and altering the characteristics of the environ-
ment (i.e. using special backfill material such as sand or gravel) are
used in combating this type of corrosion.  Very effective protection of
ductile iron pipe under corrosive conditions can be provided by encasing
the pipe during installation with a loose tube or sleeve of polyethelene
8 mils thick.  This protective method has been tested by the Cast Iron
Pipe Research Association over a period of 15 years in several very
corrosive sites such as cinders and tidal muck, and found to give excel-
lent protection.

Non-metallic pipes have exhibited potential as water distribution mains
in public works.  Their use is not innovative as clay tile pipes have
been used for many years.  In recent years a great deal of attention has
been given to plastic pipes.  Inert to chemical action of waters and
soils, plastic pipes should neither rust, corrode, put, tuberculate, nor
dissolve during water service.

Cathodic protection is an electrical method of preventing corrosion.  It
is used on metallic structures which are in electrolytes such as soil or
water.  It has had widespread application on underground pipe lines in
addition to numerous other underground and underwater structures.  It
operates by passing direct current continuously from electrodes which
are installed in the electrolyte to the structure to be protected.  Cor-
rosion is arrested when the current is of sufficient magnitude and is
properly distributed.  A sacrificial node is substituted which is dissipated
instead of the pipeline metal.  Where properly applied cathodic protec-
tion can completely eliminate the loss of metal and the resulting
pitting from underground corrosion.  Cathodic protection is most economical
where it is used in conjunction with good coatings. The amount of current
required is proportioned to the bare area; therefore, the better the
coating     less current required.  Many economic studies have found
that the use of cathodically protected coated pipe is the most economical
to be used.  Cathodic protection, however, exhibits a tendency to have
high installation cost and a continuing need for maintenance and
technical service.

Much has been done in the design stages to help combat corrosion, an
example of which is the installation of insulating joints either to
avoid bi-metallic coupling 'or to confine cathodic  protection current.
                                  -219-

-------
It is to be noted that each of the corrosion control methods presented
here has a number of conditions to consider and many limitations
relative to a particular situation.  Before adaption of any method the
user is urged to carefully scrutinize and identify the particular corro-
sion problem before proceeding to select a certain protection technique.

Dead Ending

In the design of water distribution systems dead ending should be
avoided, unless it is the case where the dead ending becomes unavoidable
in the early stages of piping system development.  Provisions for circu-
lation or lack of such provisions will have some effect on water quality.
This largely depends on the water quality entering the system.  Lack of
circulation obviously creates dead ends with their variable and somewhat
unpredictable problems.  Because of the lack of water movement in dead
ends, an accumulation of rust, organic matter, and other material can
cause undesirable odors, taste and color, which can be drawn throughout
the system during periods of low flow.

All dead ends should be routinely inspected and flushed thoroughly to
prevent the deterioration of water quality in the system.

Biological Degradation and Infestation

A phenomenon commonly called "aftergrowth" or "secondary growth" often
develops in distribution systems even when water at the source meets or
exceeds Federal Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines.  This con-
tamination by coliform organisms is the most complex and least understood
cause of biological infestation.  It is not established whether these
organisms are from recovery of cells partially injured by treatment, or
if they are bacteria that produce any of several types of gases which
could be:  hydrogen sulfide, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, methane or
ammonia.  Methods of controlling this problem include:  better treatment
at the source, elimination of noneirculating zones in the system, and
adequate flushing.  An important means of controlling aftergrowths is
chlorine treatments.  It is likely that complete control of coliform
aftergrowth is obtained only if chlorine residuals are carried to
extremities of a distribution system.  This has been accomplished on in-
creasing number of systems, but often with difficulty and with consumer
dissatisfaction, at least for an initial period.  Chlorine should not be
used indiscriminately throughout the distribution system although EPA
recommends chlorine residuals throughout the system.  Where laboratory
analysis shows that water in the distribution system is contaminated,
investigations should be made to locate the problem and appropriate
corrective steps should be taken.

A number of larger biological forms may find their way into domestic
water distribution systems.  Broadly these are known as nuisance
organisms and include nematodes, snails, the larvae of the chironomid
fly, and others.  Some authorities also include Crenothrix under the
general heading of nuisance organisms.  Snails and nematodes are
                                -220-

-------
introduced at the source and can best be controlled at that point.
Measures for the prevention and elimination of larval infestations may
be divided into mechanical, biological and chemical procedures.

Mechanical procedures mainly consist of reservoir protection
features and the use of filters placed at the outlet pipe to the dis-
tribution system.  The latter method has been proved to be effective in
some plants throughout the United States.  Biological methods of control
depend for their success on the interruption in some manner of the
development of the insect.  Examples of this type of control include
such methods as: removing a major source of food supply and strict
control of their development in the reservoir.  Chemical methods consist
of very delicate procedures, and even the most reliable chemical measures
available at this time offer only temporary relief, and their application
should be limited to extreme emergency situations and with close
consultation of public health authorities.

The control of Crenothrix in distribution systems is adequately dealt
with in a publication by AWWA.^  The publication stated:

     "Crenothrix, one of the higher bacteria, is a microscopic, fila-
     mentous (threadlike) organism closely related to true bacteria and
     microscopic fungi.  .This organism will live in the dark and in the
     absence of dissolved oxygen but will not thrive in water containing
     large concentrations of dissolved oxygen.  It requires iron as an
     essential food and thus will live on the inside of distribution
     systems conducting water containing iron.

     Crenothrix will grow in gelatinuous masses on the inside of water
     mains to an extent that will seriously reduce the capacity of the
     mains and will lead to the presence of objectionable concentrations
     of precipitated iron in the water and to objectionable tastes and
     odors, especially when the organism dies.  Its presence is to be
     anticipated when well water containing iron, but little or no
     dissolved oxygen, is pumped into distribution systems.

     Crenothrix may be eliminated by removing iron (food) from water
     before it enters distribution systems, by increasing the concen-
     tration of dissolved oxygen in the water above about 2.0 mg/1
     through aeration, and by the application of copper sulfate or
     chlorine to the water.  It is significant to note, however,  that
     the doses of copper sulfate and chlorine required for the rapid
     destruction of these organisms are higher than may be utilized in
     the treatment of a potable supply, but fortunately limited doses
     are effective if continued for a period of several weeks or more.
     Copper sulfate doses in excess of 0.3 mg/1 are effective, and a
     dose of 0.5 mg/1 is recommended.  The chemical may be applied with
     various types of feeders available for applying alum to water.
   Water Qualify and Treatment,, A Handbook of Public Water SuppliesT
   AWWA, 1971, p. 494.  (Ref. 105).
                               -221-

-------
     The chlorine dose required to destroy this organism is that dose
     necessary to result in a concentration of residual chlorine between
     0.5 to 1.0 mg/1.  It may be quite difficult to maintain this con-
     centration of residual chlorine unless ammonia is added also to
     stabilize the chlorine.  Even then, objectionable tastes are likely
     to be produced through the destruction of the organisms, so such
     treatment should be preceded by a notice to the consumers that
     special treatment is to be utilized for the destruction of these
     organisms so they will not be unduly concerned as to the quality of
     the water supplied to them temporarily."

Quality of Water put into Distribution System

In waterworks it is generally accepted that water leaving the consumer
tap will be of lower quality than that entering the distribution system.
Therefore, the importance of transmitting high quality water from the
treatment plant to the distribution system cannot be neglected.  The
lower the quality of water put in the distribution system from the
treatment plant, the more the problems of contamination within the dis-
tribution system will be compounded.  The quality of the finished water
is a reflection on the quality of the source.  Each community should
try to select the best possible source in order to avoid excessive
stress and shock loads on the treatment plant.  Where quality control at
the source is not practiced the effects of treatment irregularities are
likely to be passed on to the distribution system.  Poor watershed
control practices will impair the performance of even the most modern
and efficient treatment plant by the introduction of shock loads caused
by unabated pollution.

Air Relief Valves and Blowoffs

Proper location of air valves and blowoffs are imperative in order to
prevent the entrance of contaminated or polluted water when they are
open.  Air valves are used to relieve entrapped air.  They aid in the
prevention of milky water when lines are at full capacity.  Vacuum-release
valves are used to allow air to enter lines that are unable to withstand
atmospheric pressure when under vacuum.  Vacuum valves have been known to
leak under very low head and if proper drainage is not provided and main-
tained the valve could become submerged with water and allow pollution of
the distribution system.  Blowoffs are normally located at a low point for
draining a line or for connecting a line, however, they should also be
provided where no other means of blowing off a dead end exists.  Water
quality is not directly affected by blowoffs, but their presence is
necessary to permit blowing off a line, which gives temporary relief to a
poor-quality water condition.  Direct connection of blowoffs to sewers and
manholes must never be allowed.

Sampling of Distribution System

To efficiently maintain good quality water in the distribution system it
is expedient to institute an effective  sampling program.  Federal Drinking
                                -222-

-------
Water Standards and Guidelines have established recommendations for
sampling water quality in distribution systems.

The more salient concern of the standards is bacteriological quality -
more specifically, with coliform organisms.  Realizing that varied nature
of different distribution systems makes it difficult to establish specific
requirements for sampling, the standards therefore, are very general in
their recommendations.  It is urged that all municipalities adhere to
the Federal Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines when instituting a
sampling program.  This program is necessary to provide a continual feed-
back of water quality in the distribution so analyses can be made and any
problems in the systems can be effectively dealt with.
                               -223-

-------
                            SECTION VII

           TREATMENT PROCESS SELECTION AND EFFECTIVENESS

a.  Process Selection
The bases for selection of the optimum treatment system are the source
water quality, the desired product water quality, and the capacity of
the plant, and type of existing facilities.  The cost and location of
the facilities will also influence the design.

The required capacity of the plant will often influence the selection
of unit operations.  Some processes are more economical than others at
small capacities, whereas as the capacity increases, the economics may
tend to favor alternate processes.  The flexibility of the chosen system
to meet variations in source water quality and in consumer demand is
also an important design criteria.  Ease of operation, and the minimum
requirement for maintenance operations have substantial bearing upon
the selection of the treatment system in locations where there may
be a shortage of skilled labor.

All of these factors, however, are peculiar to a specific set of
circumstances, and may not readily be quantified on a general basis.
The effectiveness of a given process for the removal of a specific
contaminant, or groups of like contaminants, can be quantified, and
can form an excellent method for further  investigations or comparative
studies.

It is extremely difficult to simplistically state the effectiveness of
a process for the removal of a specific contaminant.  The level of
removal depends on a variety of physical and chemical parameters, all
of which must be considered for each specific case.  However, for
planning purposes, the effectiveness of the treatment methods can be
approximated closely enough to provide the necessary information for
process selection.  It must be emphasized that extensive laboratory
and/or field tests on the subject source water must be performed before
final decisions on the treatment system can be made.
Aeration
         Odor removal is better than 90% in some cases, except for odor-
         causing compounds such as chlorophenols, however the effectiveness
         is variable.  Acidification or the use of carbon dioxide in the
         aeration column may be necessary for the complete oxidation of
         hydrogen sulfide.

         Iron and Manganese are oxidized to the insoluble trivalent forms,
         which are precipitated, and may be removed by sedimentation or
         filtration.  Ninety percent removal is possible, but concen-
         trations about 1.0 mg/1 of iron may require pre-oxidation using
         chlorine.
                                 -225-

-------
S edimentation

     1.  Turbidity.  Turbidity caused by heavy silt particles may be
         removed by plain sedimentation followed by sand filtration.
         Sedimentation alone is not suitable for turbidities of greater
         than 20 JTU, and is usually employed with coagulation.  Ex-
         tremely muddy waters may be presettled, but would require
         additional treatment.  The reduction in turbidity by plain
         sedimentation cannot be predicted, and must be evaluated on
         an individual basis.

Coagulation and Sedimentation

     1.  Turbidity is almost totally removed by coagulation and sedimen-
         tation.  If the process is followed by rapid sand filtration,
         turbidity reduction approaches 99%.  Without filtration, reduc-
         tions are of the order of
     2.  Color removal is of the order of 95% if sand filtration is used
         for polishing.

     3.  Arsenic has been removed successfully in bench-scale apparatus
         by coagulation with a high level of alum (hydrated aluminum
         sulfate) followed by sedimentation and sand filtration.  The
         best results were obtained at an initial pH of 6 with 50 mg/1
         of alum - removal efficiency approached 94%.  Substituting
         hydrated ferrous sulfate for alum at the same pH, and with 40 mg/1
         dosage removed 99%+ of arsenic (V).

     4.  Mercury.  Extensive laboratory work by Logsdon and Symons has
         indicated that substantial reductions in mercury levels (See
         mercury - Section II) may be expected using coagulation and
         sedimentation techniques.  Very broadly, alum coagulants will
         reduce mercury about 30%, and iron coagulants will reduce mer-
         cury 40-60%.  No operational tests on full size equipment have
         yet been performed.

     5.  Selenium.  Coagulation with ferric sulfate will remove 60% to
         90% of Selenium IV with a pH of <7, and 30% of Selenium VI.
         Alum coagulation will remove 0 to 30% of both IV and VI.

     6.  Radioactive Contaminants.  Coagulation and sedimentation will
         remove 20 to 80% of alpha emitters, depending uponthe specific
         type.  Radium 226 will be removed up to 25%.

         Beta emitters will be 20 to 80% removed.  Strontium 90 will be
             removed, while Iodine 129 and 131 will be 20% removed.
Rapid Sand Filtration

     1.  Bacteria will be removed by rapid sand filtration, if included
         in or attached  to particles of suspended or colloidal matter.
                                 -226-

-------
      2.  Turbidity will be 99% removed in a rapid sand filter, if the
         influent turbidity is less than 15 JTU.  However, frequent
         bacfcwashing will be required for the filtration efficiency
         of the bed.

      3.  Arsenic can be oxidized by chlorine, absorbed on ferric chloride,
         and removed in a sand filter.  Pilot scale tests show removal
         efficiencies of 99%+ with As^+ concentration in raw water of
         less than 1.0 mg/1, and dosage of 30 to 60 mg/1 of ferric
         chloride.  The filter is washed with caustic soda and arsenic
         free water.

Slow  Sand Filtration

      1.  Bacteria removal of 85 - 90% can be effected.

      2.  Turbidity reduction in the order of 90% is possible, but flow
         rates must be precisely controlled, and frequent backwashing
         is required.

      3.  Colloidal color can be biologically removed.  Efficiency varies
         with the  type of color, and the turbidity of the raw water.

Diatomaceous Earth Filtration
                                                      (
      1.  Bacteria, color and turbidity will be removed to approximately
         the same level as with slow sand filters given the same raw water
         characteristics.

      2.  With preoxidation, manganese can be removed to below the allowable
         concentration.  With preaeration and alkalinity adjustment, iron
         can be removed to below the allowable concentration.

      3.  Conversion of soluble mercury to the insoluble form, followed
         by diatomaceous filtration can reduce mercury levels by 99%+.

Microscreeninj^

      1.  Bacteria removal of approximately 50% can be expected.

      2.  Suspended solids removals of 50 to 80% are possible, with
         minimum screen opening of 23 microns,

Reverse Osmosis

      1.  Bacteria will be 99%+ removed assuming the integrity of the mem-
         brane is maintained, and the membrane material is inert from
         bacterial attack.  Cellulosic membranes are not  suitable.

      2.  Removes color caused by organic materials of molecular weight
         greater than 200.
                                 -227-

-------
     3.  Cyanide and Fluoride can be removed by 90%.

     4.  Inorganics can generally be removed by 90 to 97%,  providing the
         concentration factor does not result in calcium precipitation.
         pH must not exceed 9, otherwise hydrolysis of the  membrane will
         occur.

Electrodialysis

     1.  All  inorganics  can be removed by approximately 80%,  provided
         the calcium concentration does not exceed the solubility
         limits.

Distillation

     1.  All inorganics will be rejected in the distillate  to  a level of
         99%+.  The heat required for distillation will kill some bacteria,
         but the level varies with the characteristics of the  water supply.

Ion Exchange

     1.  Waste waters from dye plants and food processing facilities have
         been completely decolored with special resins.

     2.  95%+ removal of Barium, Cadmium and Arsenic is possible with ion
         exchange.

     3.  Chromium, Copper and Lead can be removed by ion exchange by 95%.

     4.  The acid radicals, chloride, sulfate and nitrate can  be exchanged
         to a level of 97%+, depending on the level of  regeneration.

     5.  Radioactive contaminants.  Alpha emitters can be reduced by 96%+.
         Strontium 90 has been reduced by 99.9%.  However,  the water
         containing the contaminant was ultra pure.

Disinfection

     1.  Bacteria kill is 99%+ with both chlorine and ozone.

     2.  Organic color can be 99%+ removed with ozone.

     3.  Both chlorine and ozone will oxidize iron and manganese for
         removal by sedimentation and/or filtration.
                                 -228-

-------
b.  Unit Cost Curves

Unit Cost curves for each process have been developed and presented in
Section VII.  These curves are based on the following information derived
in agreement with the Water Quality Office, Environmental Protection
Agency, and Environmental Planning and Engineering Division of David
Volkert & Associates.

     i.  40 year plant life (30 years for desalting systems)

    ii.  6% interest rate

   iii.  Land cost of $25,000/hectare
           (approx. $10,000/acre)

    iv.  Power cost of lc/kwh

All Unit Cost Curves presented here are developed from the cost data
presented in Section IV.  They are intended to be used only as a very
preliminary estimate of the unit cost of water using a particular treatment
on a once through basis, since they are of necessity based on the specific
restraints described with each curve.  If interest rates, power cost, etc.
varies significantly, the curves become misleading.
                                -229-

-------
     Note that the maximum concentrations given in the following tables
are for a single pass through the process listed.  The percentage of
contaminant removed by each process is an indication of effectiveness,
but should not necessarily be used to determine the maximum concentration.
The maximum removal rate does not necessarily occur at maximum concentration.
Many processes will remove contaminants very effectively up to a certain
concentration, and then the rate of removal will drop or decrease rapidly.

     For example, the 1974 Federal Drinking Water Guidelines  and Standards
limit for arsenic is 0.1 mg/1.  Preoxidation, coagulation with Fe 0,3 and
filtration have the capability to remove 99% of the arsenic content in
water.  However, this does not mean that it will be effective at arsenic
concentrations of 10 mg/1, since it is about 1 mg/1 in practice.  Note
that if 1 mg/1 arsenic is present in the raw water, that these processes
will reduce it to well below acceptable levels.  If the concentration is
higher than 1 mg/1 in the raw water, the additional process of chlorination
may be necessary.  The percentage removal figures can, of course, be used
as long as one remains below the maximum concentrations or to indicate if
several passes or a combination of processes will be required.  For
example,  if arsenic levels in the raw water are 15 mg/1, then preoxidation,
coagulation with Fe Cl^, chlorination, filtration, and a desalting process
such as electrodialysis or reverse osmosis may have to be coupled into a
unit process train.

     When a range of values for percentage removal or maximum concentration
are given, then the effectiveness of  the treatment  process  is  dependent
on other factors.   These factors may  include  pH level,  particle  size,
saturation levels,  water temperatures,  etc.
                                -230-

-------













C/l
H
O
25










§
H
* H
|3
S H

^ W

S 23
O
CJ







, ~t
<
o
33
w
2
gs^









H

 4-1 -H
a 6 cd 3
« rH u cr
B O H M
a IH iH •
0 MH (3 O
at o o
-O 42 t3 "H rl
(3 d 4J -H
cd 4-1 cd cd
co 4-1 -a
a g c -H g
o S o a 3
rl -H -H O
•H « u o 43
ca cd at
CU CU 4J M O
> 4-1 c ex. -H

CU O iH cd 60
M O *O C) M
rl CU >rj O
H cd CO S
HO 3 rl
•H -H X43 O
S ,0 43 O MH





v h
PM S

rH rH

£3 3
1
o m

c*"> O











o o








Q)
CO
(U

cd
u>



Q
o
o

H











1^.
o
M
H

53



•
O 0)
4J Tj
H ^
43 0
cd cd •
•H 4J -O
H 0) 01
01 rl

4J 3
H cd 01
4-1 CU rl
C 43
4) (3
•H O O
O -H -H
iH rH W
>4H 43 O
<4H 3 01
3 D*1*-!
CO (3
4-1 *H
4J 01 01
O 3 iH
25 s a










1














o
ON
1
o










cd
•H

,
MH 0) 4J 4J
HH rH O -H
01 0 B T3
•H 3 V) •
0 4J -04^ p
a cd o s <->
•H a. o •>
0
iH c3 B *4-i O
X O -H -H CM







£^
^

0














ir>
Oi

O
in







^
4-1
•H
•o
•rl
43

H























CO
rl
Cu O

Ol CO
H CU
60 CO
B CO
tH CU
to a
o
Cd rl
a
d
o
CO
cu B
d o
iH T*
^H 4J
cu cd
T3 O
•H -H
3 H
CJ O.
3
•a -a
o
01
•a d
rl 0
Cd -rl

d nJ
tt) C
-U -H
CO rO
s
-3- O
rx o
<• ON
H B
CU
O 43
•a rf
01 01
3 "S)
•0 -H
01 43
CU
01 M
43 cd
d ca
cd d
y o
•rl
43 4-1
u cd
•H rl
•£ u
• o •
i-i d TJ
cu o cu
4J O Wt
cd cu
S rl T3
CU -H
t% 4J CO
cd cd d
rl > 0
u
•3 cl 4)
d U "°
O >W 4J

« a
IH •
4-i en a
d co oi
CU 4) CO
o cj en
d o cu
O rl 0
o a o
rl
S 43 Pi
3 60
0 3 rl
•H O 0)
X rl 43
id 43 4J
a 4J o
«
                                                                d
                                                                o
                                                          •°s g
                                                          CO     O
                                                          4J  4J U-l
                                                          B  x d
                                                          Cd  CU -rl
                                                          cd cu  B
                                                          4-1 CO  O
                                                          d    IH
                                                          O    4J
                                                          O  • iH
                                                             CO -tf
                                                          lt-1 CU -O
                                                          o co  cd
                                                             CO
                                                          rH CU  rl
                                                          cd u  o
                                                          > O >4-l
                                                          O t-i

                                                          CU    M


                                                          H 01  B
                                                          cd S  o
                                                          M 4J -H
                                                          CU « 4-1
                                                          B CU  U
                                                          0) rl  4)
                                                          OHM
                                                          a
-231-

-------








o
55





§
H
£ S
MAXIM
CONCENTI





Kj
i
B-S





CONTAMINANT








H
S
§
1
M
PQ
H

g
•H
4-1
U
01
'a
O iH
4J 0)
•as
01
IrJ
4J CU
4-1 4J
acteria a
oidal mat
ired.
43 rH 3
r-l CT
4-1 O 0)
MOM




1






O
Oi
o






Bacteria







2
5
H
H

5
^*
o
o
cats
2w
S3 (tf
C^ M
w oi d
43 O
• -H
(3 4J 4-1
•H 3 2
4J 8 4J
Cd rH
rl 33 iH
4J O.IM
rH
•H 01
<4H • M
VO O
43 O CU
CU st VO
O <4H 0)

rH O
fio.'S

CO
4J
•H
§
O
rH
O
CJ






CTi






M
O
S





















C
iltrat
cu
g
rH
iH




H
8
m






CTl
§






Turbidity
















>.

•o
S 6

rH CO
O rH
<4H U
Ifi
4-1 iH
preoxida
ulation w
ration
43 DO 4J
U Cd rH
•H O iH
S O MH



rM
rH






CTi
CTi






Arsenic















o
•H
i g
o h
rH *J
H rH
« £

°° 1
•H 4J *
S S g
-- S
81 8
co rt T
" • 1
a) (3 *
PL* O M
43 4J -g

S 5 S


rH
00
S
H H.
"M ?
a ^
0 °
-1 o






§\ °
in





Cadmium






















o
iH
4J
cd
I
cd
o
CJ
a
3
<



rH
00
a
o
rH






O
cn






0)
IH
1



















CO
CO
cd
(X
cu
rH
DO
CO
cd
C
•H
CO
^
rH
0)
3
O
T3
CO
T3
rl
cd
"T3
§
4-1
cn
rH
O
.
*o
cu
U
01
0)
U

•S
•H
"§
A
rl
CU

C
4-1
cd
rl
4-1
C
CU
U
c
o
o

I
•3
M
i






IH
O
cesses
o
P.
o
g
•H
4J
n)
rH
§*
•§
I-l
O
(2
5
combinat
(3
1
iT
0)
•a
. -i
*rt
43

H 43
A 4J
4-1 O











43
CO
4-1
C
"a
ed

TABLE





























g
•H
4J
•H U
O
4J <4H
S-S
H
rH
cu cd
01 C
W O
4-1
• -rl
co *o
CU T3
co cd
01 IH
o o
O 14H
rl
ss
cu c
B o
ri - 1
Cd 4J
0) O
rl 01
E-i co



















-232-

-------













CO


O










Z
0
M
« H
P M
S §
£b ^

8








|
§

PM
6-S







CONTAMINANT









H
g
C^

w
H




•
01
00

33 S
P. ki
•
• «* a <~i
c . 3 ^
o en H oo
•H td a
4J 0
rt w I-H o
h -^ CM
4J T3 00 |
rH 01 S O
•H 4J rH
«H M rH c

43 -O 0
td >,
•0 (3 (7
o> oi o td
S 43 tH 01
O 4J CO
rH 4J tH 01
rH CO T> CJ
£ B < 0










rH
00
0











ON

tJ 4J O
•H -H 43
3 3 <5



rH
^^.
00
S

r-l \O
• — o

o
CO |
CM m
0 0
0 O

0 0








8§
1
o










Mercury
















•o
01
S
0
rH
i-H
0
MH
tH
U
n
a)
o
•H
XH •
0) O
•H
M 4-1
oi a)
•a a
tH rH
43 -H
<4-l
U
» 4?










e

0
o
rH










ON
i
00









Turbidit;










































M
rH

C
0
•H
4-1
O
0>


45

§
*H
CO
§
o
CO

•a
01
01
01









o
Arseni
















4->
•H

r*


Q
I-l
r— i
o
iu
B

01
rH
•S
rH
O C
0] O
C -rl
tH 4-1
td
C rl
tH 4J
I-l
XH -rl
H UH





i-H

00
a

rH

CM
O

CD









0
0
in






/^

•9
Cadmium
(insol
















4-1
•H

**


O
r-l
O
g
0
MH
01
rH
•f?
rH
O C
0) O
C -rl
iH 4-1
Id
IS rl
•H 4J
r-|
M-l -rl







•^^
op
0
m
Q
rH

O









O
O










Chromium















X
u
c
01
•H
u
•H

MH
W

§
•H
W
n.
44
ft
•H
>^
5>s

•£"£ 1
co co O
rH
K rl r-l
00 0






rH rH

~2P ^
8 rH U

Q S £
i m I
CO rH 00
O O rH










§8 §
i i i
o o o
VD CM









Selenium
Gross Alpha
















0 •
4-1 M
rH
•O 01
0) 0) r*
> n oi

4J 3
0 CT-rH
0 2 >
•rl Q
•a to a
id o) oi
H .H 1-1
TJ
td 3 o
43 4-1 -rl
o. 01 UH
rH -rl
3 *-" 0
O 0)
C r-l O.
O -rl CO

4J Q)
S . -S
73 oi a
C 0 C
0) rl 01
a 3 w
0> O 0)
T3 01 T3



































w
Radioactiv:























*>
43
0.
m
co
O
rl
rl 4-1
O iH

01 4J
4J O
o id
C 0
T-f
01 T)
oi td
W rl





rH

•rl

CX
rH
CJ O
|

• IT)
VO CM
rH








in oo
CM |
O
CM

^
4J
•H
•H

O
id
o
GO iH
CM TJ
CM td
VO
CM td
CM 4J
S-
•rl 01
Is
o























01
0)
o.
01
rH
00
01
Id
a
tH
01
01
Q
•H

0>
•o
•H
3



a
id

0]
•a

id
•a
c
td
4-1
CO


ON
rH
0

•a
01
o
3
13
01
rl
CU
43
cj
S
O
O
•rl

S


OJ
4J
S
d
•H
C
o
tH
4J
td
4J
B
01
O
C
Q
V
1


X
1









^
o
01
01
CO
CO
Ol
o
0
M
p.

M
0
f3
o
•H
4J
id
CJ
TH
i-H
O.
3
•a

}_i
o

a
o
•H
4-1
S
•H

O
O
e


01
43
00
tH
t-1.
II
td
Ul
C
0
tH
4J
id
M
4-J
a
01
o •
c -a
O 01
u u
raw water i
be conside
14H 4J
M a

01 CO
as oi
(U CO
U 01
O 01
U CJ
a. o
•S*
3 H
O 01
I-i 43
4-1 O
                                    1
                                    g
                                    o
                                     I
                                    M
                                    M
-233-

-------









tn
i






z
o
rH
*, H
i^
S H
K§
5 O
8





|
Q
S






H

1
3
H
I











H
§
s

*c
&3
P




•o
2
•H
3
o-
2

i-H
•H
U
to
sinfectio
•H
Q








1






?
O







•H
1i
U












•z
p o
< H
t/D •<

Q P
M hJ
Oj H




OJ U
9
C7* MH
4) *rl
M

1-1 ^ rt
U (3 0 -S
(0 O O 4J
§-H rH td
CJ 4J rH
« ° -3 « 1
2 ti a a S
C * a)
§ttl 4J flO
5 -H W
iH IH -a O
4J o) i; "H w
Id 4J 0 XI C «J
H O rH H O Q
rH (S 
•rl
T)
•rl
43
S
H



























•
d
cd
id
S
M
01
IH
id
















































4J
•H o
rt ij
•ri
rH 01

•d w

la
th preaer
justment '
1 mg/lo
•H 13 «
3 tlj 0







01
I
01
OJ
CO





OJ
o
c
OJ
0)
to








2
rH





















1 O vc
S4J O
o
U rl •
O OJ O W
oorH o S

•rl £2 • Id
to n) o o)
9 o l-i
d 01 4J
0 4-1 H
•Ho) co ni
id § H fl
•d 00 > -H
•H q oj 4J
K 3 rH 1-1 .
o S 1-4 -d >,
oj G^. oo -a ti
IH o) oo M "^ td
O.d0 CO
l-l CO
JS Sin 01 rH a)
4J 3 O |J *•*, y
•H-H • O 00 0)
3 COO ,J S C







01
4J
g '
OJ
0)
CO





2 £
0 °>
c
OJ
01
to








01
CO >•>
Q) W
c 3
3 o
00 l-i























to
to

ex o
cu to
i-H 01
oo 01
(3 CO
•rl OJ
CO O
a.
o
to
oj d
55
•H 4J
oi td
•d O
•H -rl
9 rH
o ex
3

rl
o
to
"S 0
td -H
13 4J
C rt
r- CJ
3§
O ,£
4J 4-1
•0 rT
OJ OJ
•O -H
OJ f.
OJ
OJ H
,£) td
S S
0 O
•H
o id

3 (3
« o •
H d T3
oj o oi
4J O \4
id QJ
3 rl T)
01 -H
U 4J u
id id i
l-i > O
1
•5 id OJ
M ,Q
o IH 4->
•H H a
•M :
id
IH •
4J CO
d to 0
OJ OJ
CJ O V
a o a
0 V<
U (X
§j3
oo

•H O
^4 IH
a -s
*









recesses.
:ion.
M <—
«1

C O
S "S
ij «H
(0
QJ rH
^ cd
H C
££
to *d
4J T3
C td
id
C h
•H O
1 ""

t^
CJ
iw O
0 -rl
4J
i-M O
id oi
> en
0
QJ >H
4J
id a
|J H
C cu
(U CJ
O t/3
"S
3


4J
c
0
o

1
M
^.


S

S

C"1












-234-

-------











i/i
1









2
S
H
il
H 1 U
W 

!> 3
O Q)
S r4
01
U 4J
O
r< CO
0 X
<4H W




bfi bf
ff ?
s§
m m
(Sj I
o












ON ON
^^ O^
i
o















Sulfates
Zinc
















£
to
•g
0)
_rj
O

Vw
01
4J
ta
,_,
i«
4J
O
4-1

C
O

4-1
1

IX





II
CJ d
J2 -M
3 §











± ±
wS C^













09
01
4J
tO Rl
4H u
M CO
m i

0) CO
co oi
oi co
O 0)
O 01
rl O
a, o
rl
43 a
00
3 r<
O OI
43 *->
4-1 O







•
CO
01
01
co
01
o
o
u
CM
c
a
B
4-1
A
01
H


CD
4J
C
A
r*
•H
g
i
e
o
C_J

MH
O

rH
A
^


01
&.
i-H
A



O


•O
0)
3
C
•H
4-1
C
cS

rH
1
rH
M
>
TABLE

























§
^H
4J
i
0

c
Tt

rH
S
o
•H
t3
T3

tj
O
M
>

e
o
•H
4J
O
01
w

a
•H
4J
X
OI


0)
01
en

































-235-

-------












CO
EH
§








2!
|
* H
|g
55 23
8










g
>
s
PM

6-S








H
*Z>
£
8





H
H

S
^
a
H

UH
O
01
3
4-1
2
0)

4J

a
o
4-1 •
C t-i

d 3 -3 0 H  iH 5 3 to C 01 9 tO
2 « «J3rH O* >, 
0 !>>
^ y
4-1 CJ
C CU

f3 iH
CU >H
0,14-1
CU CU
T)
>, 1

d *H
CU !>4
*rl TO
O 0
•H
>4H CU
MH CJ
a) 3
•a
rH O
J|
•H CU
SiJ
60 O
1-1 CO
§2

*
*.
CU
4-1
o
X




CO
Cfl
*J
(u fH
a o
CU CO
rH T
cu cu
CJ A
3 60
•O -rl

M
0)
CU M
ft tO
CQ C3
CJ 0
j3 ^J
O to
•rt 1-1
r* 4J
S d
cu
. CJ •
M d 13
cu o cu
4J 0 rl
to cu
2 §|
•H to a>
O ^ 4J
T( M CO
eg 0
^4 t
4-1 CO CO
C m 01
a) cu ca
a o m
C O CO
O rl CJ
o ex o
g 43 cu

0 3 M
•H o a;
S M M
S 4-1 O
*





>
CO
cu
CO
cu d
0 O
O tH

£ g
4J 5
C 0
(U U-l
0 C
j_j ^_|
(0
d) r-t
H ca
^g
XI 4-1
01 *O
4J 'O
d to
tO
d H
iH O
H1"
4-1 H
C H
d
<4-t O
0 Tt
4J
rH O
eg ai
> w
0 d
CU ^H

4J

10 CU
V4 H
cu
d cu
QJ CiJ
O CO
T3
CU

,^j
jj
C
o
u
.
1

t_t
TABLE V:














-236-

-------










C/3
B
i






SB
* s
H

|§|
1








 3 rt
CU-HJ3OOaCT3d60CJI-lll>-H<4-l
MH'9M3aiS<«OCM4Jr-lrH'Or-j
».j « W jc i-l O XOlMrthji-tOI-HO 3
<» 0*0 0 J W S 33S5 MM W W




*
55
0
M
H

.J
M
H
M
Q







41
ft

§
u
I
•H
4J
rt
M
4J
(3
0)
u
§
o
4-1
•d
CO

o *
H
1
4-1
M
•H
>

M
4)
W
§
rt
4)
ON CO
ON
4-1
CO
41
T3
3

4)
CO
^
CO
•H
O M
a 
i-H 01
•H i-l
fj 1
•H rt
T3 J3
•K
•K
a
a
n
V
Q
41
i-
(
T
CO

d

•r
CO
a
V
r-
a
T
T
C
T
R
CO
T
•^
S
4.
-*
r--
a
H

0
4J
•a
Q
C.
•i
4
^
01
£
S
0
•s
•H
f


1-
4
4-
 &
3 M
o o>

4J O




,
CO
41
CO
CO •
41 C
0 O
O *H
M 4J
4J 1
a o
0) *4>l
a c
4-1 -H
rt
0) i— t
*J
^0 4J
CO 'O
4-1 T3
C fl)
rt

•H O
^J LJ
J>
^ §
O -rt
4J
i-l O
cti 01
> W
o
a c
OI -H
&
U
r-l X
rt 01
Z H
01
01 OI
o w
01
g
•H
4J
e
0

rH
i
M
£
9














-237-

-------










co
W
H
O
Z




55
o
* H
||
^
1








£3
5
pr
3u
3
M
8^




DNTAMINANT
O








H
i
jS
p



01
0 "d
o>
>-i co
01
i-H g
.d
8 .
•H CO
CO 01
Special re
organic dy
legates.







I













o
o
1-1





M
o








Cd
CJ
^

O
w
0)' >W
3 Mid)
(« 01 a 3
M 4J n o
o> cd u rH
tjj
)-l • J3
,., M 0) 4J O
jj o .£ d 3
M-l 4J 01 0
U O CO
S CO 01 41
« 01 M CX

rt 01 • V4 0
o i; >• <« .
•H 4J p%
jj r-l -H CO O
C 0 M 4J d
S 4) 3 C 4)
g jB J3 -H -H
n, 4J 60 g <4-l
S) -H -H Cd IH



M M
01 01
H r-l *j 4J
"eo ^i^oo H H
8 g10 ^^
y£) -» lH O U
OOCMOCOOOr-IOrHO CMr-<0 CX|X
CMOOrHCM O-*O*OOOOOO>HOOO O
OJ CNCM O OO^O^O
CM O O H rH r-l
a «
in








00

iniA*niniAinu"vu"*iAi/>iAfs*u^u^ir\fs-m^ in
CsO\ONCT*<^O%CTtCT»OONCyNO\fysO\O\OVO\ON C^



£ oo
CM
rt CM o
ed «o o\
CO 0) ^3
§olu cocas tn cs 3
^0 0) 01 P% 01 3 01 lH
SI-SIT! as ' isa-as §ti s s
(U *r4 Q O Q O«Gri3 C 60OM Q) ^*HM-( O*H O
COM*oM 3 O**9*'JO fiMJJ rH iH *O *H CJ *O M
V-) (0 (0 Jc *H O ^h OJ )-( ^ Ci *H (U*H O 3 *H CQ4-I
 cd
TJ 0
•H -H
3 rH
o §•
(3
cd M
o
co
M O
d -H
la
*-> in
CO JQ
•* O
h« O
o\
rH g*
•O W*
01 01
0 J3
V 60
"O i-l
o) .e
M
0)
01 I-l
,£> cd

CCJ d
o o
•rl
"8 rt
01
» o •
M d "O
01 O 0)
4J O rJ
cd 01
01 -H
ft 4-1 CO
id d d
M 1$ O
O
•3 id (U
O M-l 4J
•H H M
•U P
cd S
M •
4-1 co a
d ra o)
01 oi ca
u o cn
go o)
Lj tl
M w
o ag
a a M
•rt 0 01
X H 43
S 4J O

-238-

-------









NOTES






£5
s
M
& £!
13
M S
H w
3 O
Q
O







, T
<
^
g
1

fr^








H
5
§
H
55
8








H
55

p
Si
K
^H


>,
43
T3
01
g
rH
rH
5

rchlorination
01
§•
en










1 i














4.
ON O
ON ON










cd
•H
ti
01
4-1 ri
u o
cd TJ
« O









55
O
M
H
5
M
0
1
M





•
rH
cd
>

01
ss chlorine ri
exce



























































>,
i
4-1
C
i
4-1
cd
01
H
4J
vated carbon
•H
4-1
CJ
<




































































be required.
o
CO
•3



























































T3
-O 01
a 4->
cd cd
0) > 1
C rH 1-t OI
O -rl 4-1 l-l
•rl 43 0
4-1 |J <• 01
cd 43
rH 01
3 4J . ,*,
oo m a a
cd cd 01 s
0 4J rH
U 40 4->
•a o s
4-1 Cd >H 01
H 42 a 0
cd u
co • 01 IH cd
(3 0 0 01
CO 3 T) rl •
O -H -O O 4-i T3
rl 4J O 01
•H Cd rl 00 (3 rl
rl O. (3 O -rl
43 4-1 -H 43 3
4J rH >N rl rl If
•H i-l cd 3 cd 01
IS >4H S CJ O rl









rH
"oo
0 1 I

0
rH











+
ON ON O
ON ON ON










Cd
0 l-l
•H rl
13 01
01 4J rl
CO CJ O
rl CO TJ
0 CO
3*
Soo
•H
u IH
43 41
Ct) 01
rJ C/l





rH

00
a
o
rv
1 I
-a-
rH













£ .
'
QJ
m















• •
•O T)
(U 01
l-l V4
•H i-l
3 3
0* o-
01 O
M rl
00 00
55
U 4-1
CO CO
01 01
4J 4J
•s-s
r3 rJ










1 1















**
ON ON
'
^/
m
co
01
•O
•rH
CJ
1-1 CO
4-1 0)
CO 4J
01 cd
CU J3



CO
co
cd
ex

0)
rH
00
•S
CO
a)
•S
CO
!
rH
01
T3
1-4.
O

T3
3

CO
TJ
rl
cd
T3
§
4-1
C/>


•
rl
01
4-1
CS
00 >>' 'p. S
(3 rl 0 CO
rl -H
%2 i
O i~* W
So o
CJ fe





2:

pq
2
3
«
o
B
<
H
H
O
<«
c
U rl
BOI
33


















•H 0
s-a
CO O
£ S
O co
00
rH rl
cd o
rl
01
C3
c?












g
rl
q
•H
13
o
•H
4-
co
rl
4-1
C
0'
O
a
o
CJ

1
j=
•5
en
33
•K




rl
O

CO
01
co
CO
01
o
o
rl
(X
M-l
O
O
•H
4J
cd
CJ
•H
rH
0<
3
T)
l-l
O

C!
0
•rl
4J
S
1-1
•i
13
o
CJ
C
&
4J
rT
01
•a
•rl
43

01
VH
cd
S
o
4-1
cd
M
4J
a
01
u
(3
0
CJ

rt
0)
4-1
cd
3
S
cd
rl
<4-l
rH

.
CO
CO
a)
o
o
rl
a.

•a
3
S
43
4J














































•
TT
CJ
IH
01
T3
•H
CO
0
CJ
01
43
4J
CO
3
8
CO
01
CO
CO
01
CJ
o
IH
ex
IH
01
4J
O

                                                                             to
                                                                             01
                                                                             01
                                                                             CD   •
                                                                             41  C
                                                                             o  o
                                                                             O -H
                                                                             l-i  4J
                                                                             p-i  03

                                                                             4->  l-l
                                                                             c  o
                                                                             OJ 14-1

                                                                             B-S
                                                                             cd
                                                                             O) rH
                                                                              01 T3
                                                                             4-1 T3
                                                                              c  CB
                                                                              cd
                                                                              C  ri
                                                                             •H  O
                                                                              g 14-1
                                                                              cd
                                                                             4-1 M
                                                                              G rH
                                                                              O >
                                                                             14-1  O
                                                                              O i-l
                                                                                 4-1
                                                                             •H  O
                                                                              td   C/3
                                                                              rt  (1)
                                                                              l-< H
                                                                              01
                                                                              C  
                                                                             w
                                                                             I
-239-

-------





















s
g
55



§
M
H

e* fc^
g g
^_i QJ
J>C ^j
^c CO
S O





^
^>
o
J5
w
52

&*•?








gH
5s
H
§
0











i
2
f^
"^
pd
PM
H













£f
•H
4-1
03
01
4-1

01
rH
cd
O
03
X
£
0)



rH

60

H
O
•
O









o
00
1
o
vO











u
M
jr*






O

n
S3
W
£
O
CO

M
2
£-4
rJ



























rH

•H
U
O,
O
f\J










m
p^









CO

CNl

vO
CN
CM
I

PS



















03
a
0
•H
4-1
cd
rl
4J O
G rH
41
U O

o
o m
3*
Bfl
4-> £.

trj
CO C2
m cd

u o
at .
MH i
w o



t-H

ff

O
*
t-H









O
O\














U
•H
g
CO
^4










o
•< ss
g H
CO S
E"^
M fa
S o
H4 CO
J
i
•H
4-1
cd
4-1
G
01
u
g
u

u
cd
03
o,
o
1-1
•O

03
09
01
ctiven
4)
MH




4)
4J
0
G
01
01
03









O
VO



































s

O 4J
4J ^ C
m x S 03
•t-l 4J C
o\ cd cd o
03 41 iH
Cd 03 M 4-1
O. 01 4-1 CO
O rl
•O 4) i-H 4->
d G Cd G
cd G 01
4J O U
rH G -H C
~s_ nl 4J O
60 0 -HO
0 4J *O •
Cd *O CO rH
O 0) •< >4J
4-1
•H

S
rH t-H
r-l rH JS

O O -H
4-1 4J X

vO vO M-J
. . o
O O
rH I-H t-l
01
Cd pd 4-*
o« ex cd
? 4? rl
01 01 O
CO CO I'M

rH I-H
Ifl? S

rH in (X
• rH
00 0
1 • 0
m i CM
CN O
o










O vo
ON ON
1
£^
vO











3 !
•H 4J
G G
0) 0
t-H h
01 4-1
CO CO

















CO
-H

(U
1 1
j3
cd
d
•H

cd
o
u
M
41
4J
0





























































a
Ij
(U
§
rH

rG
o

QJ
rt

!*•>



s
01
•H
o
•H
<4H
M-l
01


























































*
01
1

03

^
rH

41
4J
1
i-H
O
•o

"O
01

03
s
u
60
d
tH



rH

Q
0
t-H












0















5
§
rH
PM


























01
H
60
G
•H
03
cd

£j
•(^

03
01
•5
rH
•S
iH

•O
ccj
03
t>
•S

cd
4-1
CO

;*
ON
rH

O
4-1
•8
u

1
M
01


G
cd
o

j^
o
•rl
^

ft
M
01
4J
cd
3
Cd
rl
d
•rl
G

*1~1
4J
cd
M
4J
G
01
o
G
O
0

0
ft
w
(q
5E
*













MH
O

C
0
•H
4->
Cd
U
•H
rH
&
•O
o
G
O
•H
a
^H
•i
o
u
c
01
4-1

14
4)

X
4)
rl
cd
09
§ •
•H -a
4J 0)
Cd rl
M 0)
4J T3
d -H
Ot CO
O G
O 0
u
41
M |O
01
-M 4_>

S r2
3
» s
cd co
M 4)
03
<4H 03
M 01
U
O

03 O.
03
41 M
U 4)
O X
rl 4J
a o

X rl
60 0
3
O 03
M OJ
X 03
4-1 CO
01
03 U
CO O
Cd t-t
a a

                                             CO
                                             01
                                             03
                                             03  •
                                             41 G
                                             O O
                                             O Tt
                                             t-l 4J
                                             G O
                                             01 IH
                                             a G
                                             4J -H
                                             cd
                                             0) rH
                                             rl Cd
                                             H G
                                               O
                                             >»lH

                                             •°3
                                             0) T3
                                             4J -O
                                             G cd
                                             cd
                                               rl
                                               O
                                             G H

                                             a:
                                             >t-l O
                                             O iH
                                               4J
                                             i-l O
                                             cd cu
                                             > CO


                                             If
                                             -5 9
                                             SH
                                             G 41
                                             o) d)
                                             O CO
                                             1
                                             I
                                             4-1
                                             §
                                             o
-240-

-------
              2   3  4


                    PLANT CAPACITY    M3/doy X 1000
                                                       loo
                                                              200  3oo
  Includes:  Amortization of site preparation and construction  costs
             over 40 yr. term.  Interest  (at 6%/yr.)  on cost of working
             capital.  Operating and Maintenance costs  including taxes,
             insurance, labor, power, etc.; land requirement negligible.

Source:  Environmental Planning and Engineering Division

                         Figure UC-1 - Aeration
                                 -241-

-------
o
u
   10
                                             50
                                                    100
                                                           700   300
                   Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000
 Includes:   Amortization of site preparation and construction costs
           over 40 yr. term.  Interest (at 6%/yr.) on cost of land and
           working capital.  Operating and Maintenance costs including
           taxes, insurance, labor, supplies, chemicals, power, etc.

Source:    Environmental Planning and Engineering Division


                    Figure UC-2 - Sedimentation
                               -242-

-------
                                                            200   300
                   Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000
 Includes:   Amortization of site preparation and construction costs
           over 40 yr. term.  Interest (at 6%/yr.) on cost of land
           and working capital.  Operating and Maintenance costs
           including taxes, insurance, labor, supplies, chemicals,
           power, etc.

Source:    Environmental Planning and Engineering Division
                      Figure UC-3 - Coagulation
                              -243-

-------
     50
                                                       100     200  300
                 Plant Capacity - nT/day x 1000


Includes:  Amortization of site preparation and construction costs
           over 40 yr. term.  Interest (at 6%/yr.) on cost of land
           and working capital.  Operating and Maintenance costs
           including taxes, insurance, labor; supplies, chemicals,
           power, etc.

  Source:  Environmental Planning and Engineering Division

           Figure UC-4 - Coagulation and Sedimentation
                              -244-

-------
  100
„  50 ^=?
                3   4  5
                                             50
                                                    100
                                                           200  300
                   Plant  Capacity  - m3/day x  1000



 Includes:  Amortization  of  site preparation  and construction costs
            over 40 yr. term.  Interest (at 6%/yr.) on cost of land
            and working capital.  Operating and Maintenance costs
            including  taxes, insurance, labor, supplies, chemicals,
            power, etc.


  Source:    Environmental Planning and Engineering Division

                  Figure UC-5 - Rapid Sand Filtration
                               -245-

-------
    150
  O
  u
  £  50 -
                                               50      100     200  300
                  Plant Capacity - m /day x 1000


Includes:  Amortization of site preparation and construction costs
           over 40 yr. term.  Interest (at 6%/yr.)  on cost of land
           and working capital.  Operating and Maintenance costs
           including taxes, insurance, labor, supplies, chemicals,
           power, etc.

 Source:   Environmental Planning and Engineering Division

                 Figure UC-6 - Slow Sand Filtration
                                -246-

-------
    10
                                                            200   300
                 Plant Capacity - m /day x 1000


Includes:  Amortization of site preparation and construction costs
           over 40 yr. term.  Interest (at 6%/yr.) on cost of land
           and working capital.  Operating and Maintenance costs
           including taxes, insurance, labor, supplies (2% of
           construction cost), chemicals, power, etc.

  Source:  Environmental Planning and Engineering Division

            Figure UC-7 - Diatomaceous Earth Filtration
                              -247-

-------
                                                    100
                                                            200  300
                 Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000


Includes:  Amortization of site preparation and construction costs
           over 40 yr. term.  Interest (6%/yr.) on cost of working
           capital.  Operating and Maintenance costs including taxes,
           insurance, labor, supplies, chemicals, power, etc.; land
           requirement negligible.

  Source:  Environmental Planning and Engineering Division

                   Figure UC-8 - Microscreening
                               -248-

-------
        200
      O
      u
        100
                                                                 200  300
                 Plant Capacity - m /day x 1000




Includes:  Amortization of site preparation and construction costs
           over a 30 year term.


           Interest (at 6%/yr.) on cost of land and working capital

           Operating and Maintenance costs including taxes, insurance,
           labor, supplies, chemicals, power membrane replacement, etc.


  Source:  Environmental Planning and Engineering Division


                  Figure UC-9 - Reverse Osmosis
                                -249-

-------
     250
                 Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000
Includes:  Amortization of site preparation and construction costs over
           a 30 year term.

           Interest (at 6%/yr.) on cost of land and working capital.
           Operating and Maintenance costs including taxes, insurance,
           labor, supplies (1% of construction cost), chemicals, power
           and membrane replacement.

Basis:     Raw water 1311 mg/1 concentration TDS,  product TRS  500 mg/1,
           temperature 25°C.

Source:    Environmental Planning and Engineering  Division
                                i
                Figure UC-10  - Eiectrodialysis
                                -250-

-------
   1000 -
    750
    500
  o
  u
    250
                                                             200  300
                 Plant Capacity - nr/day x 1000
Includes:  Amortization of site preparation and construction costs
           over a 30 year term.

           Interest (at 6%/yr.) on cost of land and working capital.
           Operating and Maintenance costs including taxes, Insurance,
           labor, supplies, chemicals, power, etc.

  Source:  Environmental Planning and Engineering  Division

           Figure UC-11 - MSF and VTE-MSF Distillation
                               -251-

-------
  300
  250
                                          ,2000 mg/1 reduction
                                          t-1000 mg/1 reduction
                                                           200   300
                Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000


Includes:  Amortization of site preparation and construction costs
           over 30 yr. term.  Interest (at 6%/yr.) on cost of land and
           working capital.  Operating and Maintenance costs including
           taxes, insurance, labor, supplies, chemicals, power, resin
           replacement, etc.
  Source:  Environmental Planning and Engineering Division

                    Figure UC-12 - Ion Exchange
                               -252-

-------
   7.5
   2.5
                             10
                                              50
                 345


                 Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000
                                                     100
                                                               300
Includes:  Amortization of site preparation equipment and construction
           costs.

           Interest (at 6%/yr.) on cost of working capital.
           Operating and Maintenance costs including taxes, insurance,
           and chlorine gas at He/kg.  Includes cost of maintaining
           equipment.

  Source:  Environmental Planning and Engineering Divison

               Figure  UC-13 - Chlorine Gas Disinfection
                              -253-

-------
     7.5
   O
   u
     2.5
                                                50
                                                       100
                                                                 300
                 Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000


Includes:  Amortization of site preparation and construction costs.
           Interest (at 6%/yr.) on cost of land and working capital.
           Operating and Maintenance costs including taxes, insurance,
           labor, supplies, chemicals, power, etc. Includes cost of
           maintaining equipment.

   Source:  Environmental  Planning and Engineering Division

        Figure  UC-14 - Site-Generated Hypochlorite Disinfection
                               -254-

-------
   7.5
 O
 vj
   2.S
                                                     100
                                                               300
                 Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000


Includes:  Amortization of site preparation and construction cost.
           Interest (at 6%/yr.) on cost of working capital.

           Operating and Maintenance costs including taxes, insurance,
           and sodium hypochlorite at 12c/liter.Includes cost of
           maintaining equipment.

 Source:   Environmental Planning and Engineering Division

          Figure UC-15 - Sodium Hypochlorite Disinfection
                                -255-

-------
    7.5
   8
    2.5
              2   345
                                                      100
                                                                 300
                Plant Capacity - m3/day x 1000


Includes:  Amortization of site preparation and construction costs
           over 40 yr. term.   Interest (at 6% yr.)  on cost of working
           capital.  Operating and Maintenance cost primarily power.

  Source:  Environmental Planning and Engineering Division.

                      Figure UC-16 - Ozonation
                               -256-

-------
 1000
   100
o
o
                                                                         10.00
                              $/1000 Gallons
          Source
                 s  Environmental Planning and Engineering Division.
                  Figure UC-17 - Unit Cost Conversion Cost
                                     -257-

-------
                            SECTION VIII

                          EXAMPLE PROBLEMS
     Cost estimates can be obtained for the treatments listed elsewhere
in this report.  The curves and tables in this report can be considered
as guidelines and any futher information available to the estimator can
be used to supplement his estimate.  Cost estimates prepared from this
report should be used only for comparison studies, preliminary economic
analysis and to assist in selection of processes, and not for detailed
cost negotiations or funding.

     Capital costs refer to all costs associated with construction.
Inclusive  capital costs are given for each capital cost estimation curve
on a treatment by treatment basis.  Noninclusive costs must be estimated
by the planner or appraiser.

     The term nondepreciating capital costs refers to costs invested in
facilities which do not depreciate over the life of the project or project
facility under study.  Examples are costs of purchased land and working
capital.  Normally, these costs are not amortized since the value is
expected to be the same at the end of the amortization period.

     Interest during construction is computed on the basis that the
owner will borrow mone;y as needed to finance construction, and will pay
simple interest on this money after it is expended.  The computation of
this cost also may be simplified by assuming a constant rate of expen-
diture of funds over the construction time required for the process
selected.  For instance, if the process selected requires 3 years for
construction and the cost of money to the owner is 6 percent per year,
the interest during construction would amount to 3/2 (averaging expen-
diture of funds) x 6 percent (interest rate) or 9 percent of the con-
struction cost.

     Construction time is highly variable and dependent on the local
situation.  Construction time refers to the period of time for material
suppliers to manufacture, fabricate, and deliver component parts; and
the construction forces to prepare facilities and erect and install these
component parts.

     Startup costs are the costs incurred by the owner during the period
immediately after construction and before the plant produces revenue.
This period involves tests, training, and establishing operating criteria
and norms.  The time required during startup may be assumed to be about
1 month, and the cost is about one-twelfth of 1 year's annual costs.
This figure can be adjusted.

     Owner's General Expenses include indirect costs such as project
investigation  and studies, construction contract administration, and
general overhead and administration costs including consultant fees, etc.
                                -259-

-------
These costs will vary considerably in accordance with the owner's
method of accounting.  If no specific information is available, the
following can be used as a guide.

          Subtotal of                            Percentage for
          Construction                           Owners General
          Capital Cost                           Expense	
         $      100,000                                15
              1,000,000                                12
             10,000,000                                 9
            100,000,000                                 7

     Working Capital is the ready cash on hand to cover day to day
expenses in operating the facilities.  These expenses include salaries,
chemicals, energy, and maintenance materials.  Working capital generally
should amount to two months worth of annual costs or 1/6 of total annual
operating costs.

     Annual costs are obtained from the cost estimating curves.  Some
additional computations may be necessary.

     Unit water costs are determined on a cents per cubic meter basis.
In order to do this, capital and operating costs must be reduced to an
annual basis.  Capital costs are usually amortized over the expected life
of the project.  The table below gives the percentages of the total capital
cost that must be payed each year.
                           INTEREST RATE
years
20
25
30
40
50
5%
.0802
.0709
.0651
.0582
.0548
6%
.0871
.0782
.0727
.0665
.0634
7%
.0944
.0859
.0806
.0750
.0725
8%
0.1019
0.0937
0.0888
0.0863
0.0817
10%
.1175
.1102
.1061
.1023
.1009
12%
.1339
.1275
.1241
.1213
.1204
     Capital Recovery Factor  Percentages indicate annual payments
     which must be made at annually compounded interest rates for terms
     shown.  Use expected interest rate in cost calculations.  Term
     of  loan or bond is expected life of equipment or plant.

     These factors are applied to depreciating capital costs.  Non-
 depreciating capital costs are paid at simple interest rates.  Once
 annualized capital and operating costs are obtained, they can be divided
 by  the annual water production to obtain unit water costs.

     The following example problems illustrate the use of the report.
                                -260-

-------
                            EXAMPLE 1
A small community, Badwater, currently receives water for its municipal
distribution system from a well field.  The only treatment it receives
is chlorination.  The community wishes to build a treatment plant which
will produce water that meets the proposed Federal Drinking Water
Standards and Guidelines (1974 revision).  Water consumption records and
planned growth indicate that a 4,800 m3/day (1.25 MGD) plant will be
required.  Several chemical analyses taken over a period of several
months of the water supply result in the following typical values.

                                                   mg/1

     Total Dissolved Solids                        1210
     Hardness (as CaCQ$)                            610
     Calcium                                        100
     Magnesium                                       88
     Sodium                                         170
     Iron                                             3.0
     Manganese                                        0.08

     Bicarbonate                                    350
     Sulfate                                        620
     Chloride                                       190
     Nitrate (as Nitrogen)                            0.2
     Fluoride                                         0.7

     pH                                               8.3
     Color (pale yellow)                             25 color units
     Temperature                                     55°F

Special sampling and tests indicate heavy metal, biological, and radio-
logical contamination is negligible.  A check of the Federal Drinking
Water Standards and Guidelines 1974 Standards shows the following
limits for contaminants are exceeded.

                      Sampling                               % Removal
     Contaminant      Value             FDWS&G - 1974        Required

     Iron             3.0 mg/1           0.3 mg/1                90
     Manganese        0.08               0.05                    37.5
     Sulfate        620                250                       60
     Color           25 color units     15 color units           40

The water is "very hard", resulting in scaling of piping, plumbing
fixtures, and low cleaning efficacy.  The pale yellow color is the
result of the iron content, and preliminary laboratory tests show that
the iron is in an inorganic form, and that removal of the iron will
remove the color in the water.  In addition to the meeting of Federal
                              -261-

-------
Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines ( 1974 revision) standards t
it is desired that the product water have a IDS level no  greater than
500mg/l.

It is estimated that financing and construction will begin about June
1975.  The cost indices obtained for this date are (or are estimated
as) :
     Engineering News Record BCI
     Handy-Whitman Index
     BLS-Labor Cost Index
1250
 400
 4.6
SOLUTION;

I.  Preliminary Process Determination

The first step is to determine the treatment processes that will be
necessary to produce the quality of water desired.  The following in-
formation is derived from Table VII-1.
                                            Treatment
Contaminant
Iron & Manganese  90%

Sulfate

Color






c
o
•H
4J
(j

90%
i—
«.

o
«ao
o
CM
04JC
•H CO O
4J4J-H
cdC-u
rH
s
90-97
JO-97
^00

co
vH
cn
^t
r-l
cd
0
4-1
O
cu
tH
J0%
!0%
_



0)
00
rt
0
X
w
c
o
H
_
97%
_





n-l
4->
cd
rH
l-l
•H
4-1
CO
•H
0
99.9
99
.-,
The following points can be deducted or are known:

     1.  The four desalinization processes (reverse osmosis, electro-
         dialysis, ion exchange, and distillation) will effectively
         remove chloride, nitrate, and fluoride ions. (Table VII-1).

     2.  Although  the other inorganic salts are not listed in the tables,
         the desalinization processes will effectively reduce their levels.
                               -262-

-------
     3.  Points 1 and 2 mean that the  use of these desalinization
         processes would result In a water of satisfactory TDS and
         hardness content.

     4.  Since the laboratory tests indicate that removal of the iron
         and manganese will also remove the color, aeration will solve
         both problems, although this is not normally true.

     5.  Those treatments listed for color removal will not remove iron.
         This point coupled with point 4 indicates that they would not
         be effective in this case.

     6.  Reverse Osmosis and distillation will remove 90% or more of the
         iron and manganese as well as all other contaminants of interest,
         and they will produce a product water of satisfactory quality
         without the use of any other major processes.

     7.  Electrodialysis will remove only 80% of the iron.  Since 90%
         iron removal is required some pretreatment will be necessary.

     8.  Ion exchange will not remove iron and pretreatment is necessary.

     9.  Aeration will precipitate the iron and manganese since they are
         in inorganic form (Section II).  A subsequent treatment such
         as filtration will be necessary to remove the precipitate.

Collecting the information from the preceding points, the following
treatments or combination of treatments are judged to be feasible on a
preliminary basis.

     A.  Aeration + Filtration + Electrodialysis

     B.  Aeration + Filtration + Ion Exchange

     C.  Reverse Osmosis

     D.  Distillation

II.  Order of Value Cost Estimate

A rough or approximate cost estimate is now made for each of the predeter-
mined treatments.  This is done by selecting the most significant cost
from Section IV for each process.  This will eliminate from consideration
those processes that will obviously not be economically effective.  Those
which appear to be competitive must be analyzed in more detail.  The
cost obtained for the second cheapest system can be used as an upper
limit for the cheapest system.  If this upper limit is exceeded in the
cost calculations for the cheapest system then more detailed calculations
should be made for the next least expensive system.  It must be kept in
mind that special conditions (such as availability of cheap power, steam,
etc.) may exist in a particular case and the planner may select the
second least expensive system over the cheapest for this reason, provided
the cost differential is relatively small.

The preliminary cost calculations can also be used to eliminate some treatments
or indicate some further modification to the treatment process that may be
necessary.  This will occur when it is indicated from the cost curves or other
calculations that certain limits in the parameters of operations will be

                                 -263-

-------
approached or exceeded, e.g., unusual temperature,  pH,  particle
size.

The most significant costs associated with each of  treatments in the
previous section are now determined.

A.  Aeration - the most significant cost for aeration is for equipment
construction.  From Fig. A-l, Aeration Equipment and Construction for a
4,800 m3/day plant is $11,000.
                                                                o
B.  Diatomaceous Earth Filters - Construction Cost  for a 4,800 m /day
plant is $120,000 (Fig. DF-1).

C.  Electrodialysis - the most significant cost will be for construction;
however, some preliminary calculations must be made.

     % IDS = Na + K + Cl
    where,

       TDS  = mg/1 TDSi of feed-water     = 1210 mg/1
       Na   = mg/1 sodium of feed-water     170 mg/1
       K    = mg/1 potassium of feed-water    0 mg/1
       Cl   = mg/1 chloride of feed-water   190 mg/1
    % TDS   =  170 + 0 + 190     360
               	1210	    12O~  ~  '

The water temperature is 55°F = 13°C

From Fig. ED-1 we obtain by interpolating between the 20% and 40% lines,

     Rating Factor =0.45

Using  this rating factor in Fig. ED-2, the fraction of solids remaining
per stage is determined to be 0,69 with a stack flow rate of 545 m /day.
It is  important  to note that such a system would be relatively inefficient
with a low stack flow rate and that the operational limits for the
electrodialysis  process are closely approached.  The number of stages
required can be  determined by multiplying the fraction of solids remain-
ing by the TDS content until the TDS  content remaining is within
acceptable limits.

     0.69 x 1210 mg/1 = 835 mg/1 remaining
     0.69 x  835 mg/1 = 576 mg/1 remaining
     0.69 x  576 mg/1 = 398 mg/1 remaining

Since  three iterative multiplications are necessary to reduce the TDS
level  remaining  below acceptable limits, the number of stages required
is  3.   The number  of stages required  is checked by the calculation.
                                     0.3289   = .573
                                 = VI
                          1210
                                -264-

-------
With FSR =  .573 and the rating factor = 0.45, the stack flow rate will
be less than 545 m^/day, and 3 stages are sufficient.

The number  of stacks required is:

     Plant  Capacity  _ 4.800 m3/day     = 3.8 = 9 stacks
     Stack  Capacity    545 m3/day/stack

     9 stacks x 3 stages = 27 stacks total
       stage

From Figure ED-3, Construction costs = $1.25 million.

(D)  Ion Exchange

While ion selective resins are available, it will be assumed for
initial calculations that the ion exchange process will reduce the
level of all inorganic contaminants proportionally, i.e., if the IDS
or any contaminant level is lowered by a given percentage, then the
remaining contaminants will be reduced proportionally.  Neglecting
iron and manganese which, will be removed in pretreatment, the con-
stituent that must be lowered the greatest percentage in this
particular  case is sulfate - 864 (60%).  A 60% reduction in the IDS
content produces the following:

     1210 mg/1 -.60 . (1210) mg/1 = 484 mg/1, or
     1210 - 484 = 726 mg/1 reduction

The most significant cost for ion exchange is the plant construction
cost.  Using a 726 mg/1 reduction in TDS  for a 4,800 m^/day plant,  it
is determined that the plant construction costs will be $530,000,
(Fig. IX-1  ).

(E)  Reverse Osmosis

The most significant cost associated with reverse osmosis is the
plant construction cost.  From Fig. RO-3, this cost is $800,000.

(F)  Distillation

From Fig. D-3, the construction costs for distillation plants and
steam generation are $3,500,000.  Distillation is normally utilized
when salt concentrations are very high.

Summarizing the analysis to this point, four potential treatment
systems have been selected

     System A = Aeration + Filtration + Electrodialysis
     System B = Aeration + Filtration + Ion Exchange
     System C = Reverse Osmosis
     System D = Distillation.
                               -265-

-------
The most significant costs associated with these systems by respective
process are:

     System A = $11,000 + $120,000 + $1,250,000 = $1,381,000
     System B = $11,000 + $120,000 + $  530,000 = $  661,000
     System C =                    + $  800,000 = $  800,000
     System D =                    + $3,500,000 = $3,500,000.

Ion exchange with pretreatment and reverse osmosis seems to be
economically competitive and will require more detailed study.
Electrodialysis and distillation will obviously cost much more, and
will also have some associated technical difficulties.

Distillation can be dropped from further consideration because of the
large cost differential between it and systems B and C.  In the case
of electrodialysis, it is important to note that the process has
adjustable operating parameters.  The rating factor, and thus the
efficiency, improves with higher feed-water temperature (see Fig. ED-1).
If the feed-water, for example, is preheated to 40°C  (104°F ), the
rating factor increases from 0.45 to 1.25.  A stack flow rate of 954
m3/day is possible with this new rating factor.  This could eliminate
the need for a stage of stacks or reduce the number of stacks per stage
and lower the electrodialysis plant costs to a competitive value.
However, the cost of heating the water may offset the potential savings,
and further study is required to determine whether such system adjust-
ments are worthwhile.  In this case, it is assumed that electrodialysis
is dropped from further consideration and that more detailed costs will
be derived for ion exchange and reverse osmosis.
                                -266-

-------
                              CAPITAL  COST  SHEET
 ROJECT:
 'ROJECT DESCRIPTION:
      Reverse Osmosis for Badwater
                                                            DATE: December 1974
                                                     PRICE LEVEL: June 1975
                                                •  PLANT CAPACITY:  4,800 m3/day

                                               ANNUAL PRODUCTION:  1,752,000 m3

                                                   INTEREST RATE:  7%
                                                      PLANT LIFE: 30 yr.
WATER SUPPLY CHARACTERISTICS:

 Iron,  manganese,  color,  and  sulfate  ion  above  (Federal Drinking Water Standards
 and Guidelines -  1974 revision).   The water also has a high level TDS and hardness
 content.
PRODUCT WATER CHARACTERISTICS:

 TDS = 500 ppm.  All  contaminant  levels reduced below  (Federal Drinking Water Standards
 and Guidelines  -  1974 revision).
A.  CAPITAL COST CENTERS:
                                            ESTIMATED COST
                COST
                INDEX
     CURRENT
ESTIMATED COST
1.  RO  Site Development Cost  (Fig. RO-2)
                                                $140.000
             125071154
$  152,000
2... RO  Plant  Construction Cost  (Fig. RO-3)
3.
       (corrected  for temperature)
$850.000
$1.171.000
4.
6.
7.
11.
B. SUBTOTAL	
C. INTEREST DURING CONSTRUCTION (say 8 mo. at 7%)
D. START-UP COSTS  (1/12 of Annual Costs)  	,
E. OWNERS GENERAL EXPENSE (say 12% of subtotal) ..
                                                   4.7%
F. TOTAL DEPRECIATING CAPITAL (sum B, C, D, E)	
C. LAND COSTS  	
   WORKING CAPITAL (1/6 of Annual  Operating Costs - Item L)
   TOTAL NON-DEPRECIATING COSTS
J. TOTAL CAPITAL COSTS  	
                                             -267-
                                                                          $1.323.000
                          $    62,000
                                                                              14.000
                                                                          $  158,800
                                                                          $1,557,800
                                                                                 500
                                                                          $   28,100
                                                                              28 .600
                                                                          $1.586.400

-------
ANNUAL COST SHEET
PROJECT: DATE:December 1974
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
Reverse Osmosis for Badwater
K. ANNUAL OPERATING COSTS:
O&M LABOR, SUPPLIES & MAINTENANCE MATERIAL
12. RO O&M Labor Costs (Fig. RO-4)
13. RO O&M Supplies _^1% of construction
14. cost) Item A-2
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
FUEL
21.
22.
23.
24.
STEAM
25.
26.
ELECTRIC POWER
27. RO Power Requirement
28.
29.
30.
CHEMICALS
31. RO Chemicals
32.
33.
34.
35.
ANNUAL REPLACEMENT COSTS
36. RO Membrane Replacement
37.
38.
OTHER ANNUAL COSTS
39.
40.
41.
ESTIMATED COST
$32,000

$11,700












$46,250



$24,000




$51,500





COST
INDEX
4.6/4.18

-
















_




.





L. TOTAL ANNUAL COSTS 	
M. DEPRECIATING CAPITAL COST (ANNUAL BASIS
N. NON-DEPRECIATING CAPITAL (ANNUAL BASIS)
0. TOTAL ANNUAL CAPITAL CHARGES 	
)0.0806 x $1,557,80
.07 x 28,600 	
0 	


P. TOTAL ANNUAL COSTS (Sum Items L, 0) 	
Q COST OF WATER ($ /m3) $296,250 ---[4,800

f\
nrVday x 365 day/yr
.] 	
CURRENT
ESTIMATED COST
$ 35,200

$ 11,700












$46,250



$ 24,000




$ 51,500





$168,650
$125^600
$ 2,000
$127,600
$296,230
17 
-------
                              COMPUTATION   SHEET
 LRO JECT:
  .OJECT DESCRIPTION:
                      Reverse Osmosis for  Badwater
ANNUAL FUEL COSTS:
 Brine to product ratio = BPR
           TDS         500
                                                Volume brine


                      1210
BPR =
900
Cai
                   900_
                   100
                       _1
                              1-.413
                               9-1
                                       .07  however
                                       .11  is min.
                                       ("see RO  section^
                                                                .      fipR
                                                             Vb = 4,800 m3/day x 0.11
                                                             Vb = 528 say 530 m3/day
                                                             Vi = Vb + Vp
                                                             Vj. = 4,800 + 530 = 5,330
                                                                  m3/day
ANNUAL STEAM COSTS:
ANNUAL POWER COSTS:

 Local commercial rate 1.0
-------
CAPITAL
COST SHEET

PROJECT:
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
DATE: December 1974
PRICE LEVEL: June 1975
Aeration + Diatomaceous Filtration
+ Ion Exchange for Town of Badwater.
• PLANT CAPACITY: 4,800 m3/day
ANNUAL PRODUCTION: 1,752,000 m3
INTEREST RATE: 7%
PLANT LIFE: 30 yr.



WATER SUPPLY CHARACTERISTICS:
Iron, manganese, color, and sulfate ion above Federal Drinking Water
Standards and Guidelines - 1974 revision . The water also has high
level TDS and hardness content.
PRODUCT WATER CHARACTERISTICS:
TDS = 500 ppm. All contaminant levels reduced below Federal Drinking Water
Standards and Guidelines - 1974 revision. Assume that all pretreatment processes,
even if non-desalting process, will have 30 year life or the same as the major
component.
A. CAPITAL COST CENTERS:
1^ IX Plant Construction Cost (Fig. IX-1)^
_2, IX Site Development (Fig. IX-3)
3 Aeration Equipment Construction
4_ (Fig. A-l) note: 8,300 m3/day unit
5. Diatomaceous Earth Filter Construction
6. (Fig. DF-1) note: 8,300 m3/day unit
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
B . SUBTOTAL 	
C. INTEREST DURING CONSTRUCTION (say 8 mo.
D. START-UP COSTS (1/12 of Annual Costs -
E. OWNERS GENERAL EXPENSE (say 12% of subt
F. TOTAL DEPRECIATING CAPITAL (sum B, C, D
G . LAND COSTS 	
H. WORKING CAPITAL (1/6 of Annual Costs -
I. TOTAL NON- DEPRECIATING COSTS (sum G, H)
J. TOTAL CAPITAL COSTS (sum F, I) .... 	

ESTIMATED COST
$540^000
$140,000

$ 15,000

$200,000






at 7%) - 4.7% 	
Item L) 	
otal) 	
, E) 	

Item L) 	



COST
INDEX
400/290.4
1250/U54

12bU/ii54

4UU/29Q.4















CURRENT
ESTIMATED COST
$ 744,000
$ 152,000

$ 16,000

$ 275,000





$1,187,000
$ 56,000
$ 12,600
$ 142,400
$1,398,000
$ 500
$ 25,000
$ 25 5 00
$1,423,500

-270-

-------
ANNUAL COST SHEET
ADJECT: DATE: December 1974
RojECT DESCRIPTION:
Aeration + Diatomaceous Earth Filtration + Ion Exchange for Badwater
K. ANNUAL OPERATING COSTS:
O&M LABOR, SUPPLIES & MAINTENANCE MATERIAL
12. IX O&M Labor (Fig. IX-5)
13. IX O&M Supplies (1% of construction)
14. Item A-l
15, Aeration O&M (Fig. A-2)j 8^300 m3/day^
16. unit
17. Diatomite Filter O&M (Fig. DF-3);
18. 8.300 m3/dav unit
19. Diatomite Filter O&M Supplies -
20. (2% of construction) Item A-5
FUEL
21.
22.
23.
24.
STEAM

CTRIC POWER
IX Power
_„. Diatomite Filtration Power
29.
30.
CHEMICALS
31. IX Chemicals
32.
33.
34.
35.
ANNUAL REPLACEMENT COSTS
36. IX Resin (3% of construction) Item A-l
37. Diatomaceous Earth (Fig. D-5)
38.
OTHER ANNUAL COSTS
39.
40.
41.
ESTIMATED COST
$33,000

$ 7,400

$10,000

$ 9,400

$ 5,500






$ 4,500
$ 3,600


$39,500




$22,300
$10,000




COST
INDEX
4.6/4.18

-

4.6/4.18

4.6/4.18

-






_
-


,.




_
-




L . TOTAL ANNUAL COSTS 	
M. DEPRECIATING CAPITAL COST (ANNUAL BASIS
N. NON-DEPRECIATING CAPITAL (ANNUAL BASIS)
0. TOTAL ANNUAL CAPITAL CHARGES 	
) (0.0806 x $1,398,0
(.07 x 25,500) 	
00) 	


^A TflTAT A,mTTTAT rnQTq fq,,m T1-omc T ^ O> 	 	
q. COST OF WATER ($ /m3) $264,900 -f,[4,800 m3/day x 365 day/yr
.1 	
CURRENT
ESTIMATED COST
$ 36,300

$ 7,400

$ 11,000

$ 10,300

$ 5,500






$ 4,500
$ 3,600


$ 39,500




$ 22,300
$ 10,000




$150,400
$112,700
$ 1,800
$114,500
$264,900
15c/m3

I
                                               -271-

-------
                              COMPUTATION   SHEET
PROJECT:
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

     Aeration = Diatomaceous Filtration + Ion Exchange for Town of Badwater
ANNUAL FUEL COSTS:  None
- 	 ^
8,300 m3/day
From Wells
AERATION

^^
8,300
m3/day
DIATOMITE
FILTRATION
^
^.
8,300
m3/day
ION
EXCHANGE

1 • ••• - • ^-
4,800 m3/day
product
                                                                  T 3,500 m3/day brine
ANNUAL STEAM COSTS:
ANNUAL POWER COSTS:  From  local utility:  Commercial rate = l
-------
                            EXAMPLE 2

A large community, Industrytown, has a winter water demand of 25,000
m3/day and 35,000 m^/day during the summer.  The present city water
treatment system consists of coagulation, sedimentation, filtration,
and chlorination processes.  The treated water supply meets all
Federal standards except for Barium   (standard level 1.0 mg/1 ).
Analyses of the treated and raw water supplies indicate barium levels
of 1.2 mg/1 and apparent ineffectiveness of the present treatment
system in removing Barium.
                                        ,*
Other pertinent information required is:

     Engineering News Record BCI    1200
     Handy-Whitman Index             350*
     BLS - Labor Cost Index          4.8*

     Water Temperature              58°F  = 14.4°C

        TDS                         400ppm
        K                           250ppm
        Cl                           75ppm
        Na                           75ppm
        Ca                           25ppm

SOLUTION;

I.   Preliminary Process Selection

From Table VII-1, it is determined that four processes effectively
remove barium.
                                         Percentage
        Treatment                          Removal

        Reverse Osmosis                      90
        Electrodialysis                      80
        Distillation                         99
        Ion Exchange                         95

Required removal is:  1.2 mg/1 - 1.0 mg/1 = .2 mg/1

                 or:   .2 mg/1 " 16.7%
                      1.2 mg/1
* Assumed for May 1, 1975.  Actual values should be obtained from
  appropriate sources.
                                -273-

-------
Since the removal requirement is only a small portion of the total
capability of the process, blending is a distinct possibility.
Rather than treat all the raw water, only a portion necessary to
bring the barium down to acceptable levels may be treated.  A
smaller system requirement and concomitant reduction in costs may
be realized.

The size of the treatment processes if blending is used can be de-
termined as follows:

     Determine the concentration of the contaminant of interest in
     the product water for each process.

     RO   1.2 mg/1 x .90 = 1.08  mg/1 removal = .12  mg/1 product
     ED   1.2 mg/1 x .80 = 0.96  mg/1 removal = .24  mg/1 product
     Dis  1.2 mg/1 x .99 = 1.188 mg/1 removal = .012 mg/1 product
     IX   1.2 mg/1 x .95 = 1.14  mg/1 removal = .06  mg/1 product

The schematic diagram below illustrates the situation.
EXISTING
PLANT

1
I

RO
UNIT
0

.2
mg/1
.12 mg/1


in
in

'1 ~]
X%

0% of
water 1.0 mg/1 in 100% product
of water



On a percentage basis, the following equation is applicable.

     (Concentration RO water) (Proportion of RO water) + (Concentration
     of existing water) (Proportion of existing water) = (Concentration
     of Product water) (1 or 100%)

        0.12 (X) + 1.2 (1-X) = 1.0 (1)
           0.12X + 1.2-1.2X  = 1
                      1.08X  = .2
                          X  = .185 or 18.57» of the water must pass
                               through the RO unit.

        35,000 m3/day X .185 = 6,475 m3/day« 6,500 m3/day

     Check calculation is

        0.12 (6,475) + 1.2
                  (28,525)   " 1.0 (35,000)
              777 + 34,230   = 35,000
                    35 007   = 35,000 within accuracy of rounding off.
                                -274-

-------
Similarly, for

     ED  =  7,300 m3/day
     Dis =  5,900 m3/day
     IX  =  6,200 m3/day

II.  Order of Value of Cost Estimate

The most significant or highest cost associated with each of the pre-
determined processes is now obtained from the appropriate figures in
Section IV, thus eliminating those processes which would be exorbitant
in cost.  The lowest cost process is then subjected to a more detailed
cost estimate.

     (A)  Reverse Osmosis

          The most significant cost associated with reverse osmosis is
          for plant construction.  For a 6,500 m3/day reverse osmosis
          plant, plant construction costs are $1,000,000 (Fig. RO-3).

     (B)  Electrodialysis

          Following the procedure outlined in the electrodialysis plant
          cost calculation section, the cost is determined as follows:

             % TDS = (Na+K+Cl) 100 = (75+25+75) 100 - 17500 . 44%
                        TDS             400            400

          For a feed-water temperature of 58°F  - 14.4°C , the rating
          factor = .55 (Fig. ED-1).  Entering Fig. ED-2, the fraction
          of solids remaining after each stage is 0.635 for a stack
          flow rate of 545 m3/day.

          The blending premise is based on a 0.24 mg/1 of barium in
          the product water.  The raw water level is 1.2 mg/1.  Thus,
          the number of stages needed is:

             0.635 x 1.2   mg/1 = .762 mg/1  product 1st stage
             0.635 x 0.762 mg/1 = .484 mg/1  product 2nd stage
             0.635 x 0.484 mg/1 = .307 mg/1  product 3rd stage
             0.635 x 0.307 mg/1 = .195 mg/1  product 4th stage
             .*. 4 stages will be required.

          The number of parallel stages is:

             7,300 m3/day	  =13.4 say 14 stacks per stage.
             545 mj/stack/day

          The total number of stacks = 14 stacks/stage x 4 stages =
          56 stacks.  From Fig. ED-3, the construction cost  for a
          56 stack electrodialysis plant (most significant) is
          $2,100,000.
                               -275-

-------
     Alternatively,  assume  the  product water  from the
     electrodialysis plant  will contain barium at a  level  of
     0.8 mg/1  instead of  0.24 mg/1  as originally  proposed.
     If the  level  is 0.8  mg/1,  then 50% of  the water must  be
     treated in the  electrodialysis plant  (50% at 0.8 mg/1 and
     50% untreated at 1.2 mg/1  combined will  give a  1.0 mg/1
     product).   Performing  the  same calculations  done previ-
     ously,  the following is  obtained:

       The  number of stages  is:

          0.635 x 1.2 mg/1 = 0.762 mg/1  product 1st stage
            •  only 1 stage  required.

       The  number of parallel  stages is:

          17.500  (50% of 35.000) m3/day -  32.1 say  33 stacks
          545 m^/stack/day

     The total number of  stacks = 33 stacks/stage x  1 stage =
     33 stacks. From Fig.  ED-3, the construction cost is
     $1,450,000.  This is much  less than for  a 4  stage 56  stack
     plant.

(C)   Distillation

     The most  significant cost  for  a 5,900  m-Vday distillation
     plant is  the  construction  cost, which  is $4,000,000
     (Fig. D-3).

(D)   Ion Exchange

     The most  significant cost  for  ion  exchange is plant  con-
     struction costs (Fig.  IX-1).   The  curves are in terms of
     TDS  reduction.   Assume ion exchange removes  all contaminants
     proportionally.  Then  a  95% reduction  of barium (1.2  mg/1
     to 0.06 mg/1) will also  reduce the TDS by 95% or 400  mg/1  x
     0.95  =  380 mg/1 or 20  mg/1 TDS will remain.   No curve is
     given for a 380 mg/1 TDS reduction in  Fig. IX-1.  The value
     for  a 6,200 m3/day plant with  a 500 mg/1 reduction is TDS  is
     $520,000.  It can be assumed  that  the  380 mg/1  TDS reduction
     plant will be directly proportional  in cost  since  ion
     exchange  construction  costs are directly related to  the TDS
     reduction.  Therefore,

        380  mg/1 reduction  _     $  (x)
        500  mg/1 reduction     $520,000

        or x = $395,000         (approximately)
                         -276-

-------
          The same procedure illustrated above for electrodialysis
          can also be used in the case of ion exchange.  Assume that
          the barium level is reduced from 1.2 mg/1 to 0.8 mg/1 or a
          33% reduction.  This means, of course, that the ion
          exchange unit will be 17,500 m3/day instead of 6,200 m3/day.
          The TDS reduction is 400 mg/1 x 0.33 = 133 mg/1.  From Fig.  IX-1.


             133 mg/1 reduction =     $ (x)
             500 mg/1 reduction    $1,100,000       (17,500 mj/day plant)
                             x  =  $293,000 (approximately)
In summary, the order of value costs for each of the processes under
consideration is:

     Reverse Osmosis    ( 6,500 m3/day)    $1,000,000
     Electrodialysis    ( 7,300 m3/day)    $2,100,000
     Electrodialysis    (17,500 m3/day)    $1,450,000
     Distillation       ( 5,900 m3/day)    $4,000,000
     Ion Exchange       ( 6,200 m3/day)    $  395,000
     Ion Exchange       (17,500 m3/day)    $  293,000

Obviously, ion exchange is the cheapest process and a more detailed cost
estimate should be made.
                              -277-

-------
                              CAPITAL  COST  SHEET
PROJECT:
         Ion Exchange Unit for Industrytown (6,200 m3/day unit)
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
   Ion  exchange unit for Industrytown;
    (Product water from ion exchange unit
   has  0.06 mg/1 barium level.)  Blending
   will be used.  Total water demand is
   35,000 m3/day in summer, 25,000 m3/day
   in winter.  Assume former for all
   calculations
                                                            DATE:  May 1. 1975
         PRICE LEVEL:   May 1.  1975

    •  PLANT CAPACITY:   6,200 m3/day

   ANNUAL PRODUCTION:   2,263,000 m3

       INTEREST RATE:   8%
                                                      PLANT LIFE:  30 yr.
WATER SUPPLY CHARACTERISTICS:
   Meets  all requirements  except for barium standards (1.2 mg/1).  Barium standard
   1.0 mg/1.
PRODUCT WATER CHARACTERISTICS:
    Reduce barium to  standard  level by blending 6,200 TO*/day of product water at
    0.6 mg/1 with 28,800 m3/day  from existing plant.
A.  CAPITAL COST CENTERS:
ESTIMATED COST
   COST
   INDEX
     CURRENT
ESTIMATED COST
1.  IX Plant  Construction Costs  (Fig., IX-1)
   $395.000
J:>u/290.4
$476,000
2.  IX Site Development  Costs  (Fig.  IX-3)
   $107.000
1200/1154
$111,300
4.  (F9r  6,200 a3/day plant)
5.
6.
7.
9.
11.
B. SUBTOTAL	
C. INTEREST DURING CONSTRUCTION  (say 8 mo.  at  8%)
D. START-UP COSTS (1/12 of Annual Costs -  Item  L)
E. OWNERS GENERAL EXPENSE (say 12% of subtotal) ..
        5.3%
                              $587.300
                              $ 31.100
                              $  8.450
                              $ 70.500
F. TOTAL DEPRECIATING CAPITAL  (sum B, C, P, E) ...
G. LAND COSTS (negligible;  use  existing)	..,
H. WORKING  CAPITAL (1/6  of  Annual Costs  -  Item L)
                              $697.350
                              $ 16.900
 I. TOTAL NON-DEPRECIATING  COSTS (sum G,  H)
 J. TOTAL CAPITAL  COSTS  	
                              $ 16.900
                              $714.250
                                           -278-

-------
ANNUAL COST SHEET
EECT: DATE: May 1, 1975
ECT DESCRIPTION:
6,200 nrVday IX unit for Industry town
K. ANNUAL OPERATING COSTS:
)
O&M LABOR, SUPPLIES & MAINTENANCE MATERIAL
12. IX Operation & Maintenance Labor
13. (Fig. IX-5)
14. IX O&M Supplies (1% of construction
15. Item A-l)
16.
17. (Use data for 35,000 m3/day)
18.
19.
20.
FUEL
21.
22.
23.
24.
STEAM
25.
HI:
^KCTRIC POWER
HF. IX Power Requirement
28.
29.
30.
CHEMICALS
31. IX Regenerant Cost
32.
33.
34.
35.
ANNUAL REPLACEMENT COSTS
36. IX Resin (3% of construction) Item A-l
37.
38.
OTHER ANNUAL COSTS
39.
40.
41.
ESTIMATED COST

$37,000

$ 4,750











$ 2,400



$37,600




> $14,300





COST
INDEX

/•We. 25

-











.



mm




wm





L. TOTAL ANNUAL COSTS 	
M. DEPRECIATING CAPITAL COST (ANNUAL BASIS
N. NON-DEPRECIATING CAPITAL (ANNUAL BASIS)
0. TOTAL ANNUAL CAPITAL CHARGES 	
) (.0888 x $714, 250)
(.08 x 16,900) ...





CURRENT
ESTIMATED COST

$ 42,500

$ 4,750











$ 2,400



$ 37,600




$ 14,300





$101,550
$ 63,400
$ 1,350
? 64,750
$166,300
7.3 c/m-**
1.3 c/m3t
pIX Treated water basis t Total product water basis.
-279-

-------
                              COMPUTATION   SHEET
PROJECT:  6,200 m3/day IX unit for  Indus trytown
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:

   Ion exchange unit for Industrytown; Blending will be used.  Total water demand is
   35,000 m3/day.
ANNUAL FUEL COSTS:
   NOTE:   Annual costs given here are  for  6,200 m'3/day unit.  It can be argued that
   these  costs will be lower if the  total  water production is 35,000 m3/day for 6 months
   and 25,000 m3/day for 6 months, and thus  the IX volume 6,200 m3/day and 4,400 m3/day
   respectively.  This can be done if  desired.  It is preferable, however, to always
   be too conservative (too high)  in costs estimates.  The annual costs for a
   6,200  m3/day unit for the full year are therefore used here.	
ANNUAL STEAM COSTS:
ANNUAL POWER COSTS:

   Electric Power for 6,200 m3/day  unit  = 1,650 kwhr/day.  From Fig. IX-6,
   Cost from local power utility, 4 mils/kwhr  = 0004<:/kwhr
   1,650 kwhr/day x 365 days/yr. x  .004$/kwhr  = $2,400/yr.
ANNUAL REPLACEMENT COSTS:
ANNUAL CHEMICAL COSTS

   IX Regenerant Cost (Fig.  IX-4)  for 380 mg/1  reduction in IDS, say 1.75C/m3
   1.75c/m3x6,200m3/dayx365  days/yr.  = $39,600.
   Sulfuric Acid available at $38/ton (U. S.) 39,600 x  $38 = $37,600
                                                       $40
LAND REQUIREMENTS:
   For 6,200 m3/day ion exchange unit;  negligible  land  requirements.  Say 0.1
   hectare (Fig. IX-2).  Assume available at  existing treatment site.
 OTHER COMPUTATIONS:

   Update of BLS Labor Index

   4.8 (Index May '75) = (X) (Updated Modified Index)	
   4.18 (Report Index)   6.25 (Report Index Modified to  include  overhead, etc.)

   X = 7.18
                                          -230-

-------
                              CAPITAL  COST  SHEET
  IOJECT:
       '  Ion Exchange Unit for Industrytown (17,500 up/day unit)
 ROJECT DESCRIPTION:
    Ion  exchange unit for Industrytown.
    Product water will have 0.8 mg/1
    barium level.  Blending will be used.
    Total  water demand is 35,000 m^/day.
                                                            DATE:   May 1,  1975
                                                     PRICE LEVEL:   May 1,  1975

                                                •  PLANT CAPACITY:   17,500  m3/day

                                               ANNUAL PRODUCTION:   6,387,500 m3

                                                   INTEREST RATE:   8%
                                                      PLANT LIFE:   30 yr.
WATER SUPPLY CHARACTERISTICS:

   Meets all requirements except for barium standards (1.2 mg/1).
   Barium  standard 1.0 mg/1.
PRODUCT WATER CHARACTERISTICS:
   Reduce barium to standard level by blending 17,500 m3/day of product water
   at 0.8 mg/1 with 17,500 m^/day from existing plant.
A.  CAPITAL COST CENTERS:
                                            ESTIMATED COST
   COST
   INDEX
     CURRENT
ESTIMATED COST
1. IX Plant Construction Costs  (Fig, IX-1)
                                               $293.000
             $353.000
   IX Site Development Costs (Fig. IX-3)
                                               $333.000
1200/H54
$346,300
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
11.
B. SUBTOTAL
C. INTEREST DURING CONSTRUCTION (say 8 mo. at 8%)
D. START-UP COSTS (1/12 of Annual Costs - Item L)
E. OWNERS GENERAL EXPENSE (say 12% of subtotal)
                                                                          $699,300
                                                    5.3% of Item B
             $ 37,100
                                                                             9.900
                                                                            83,900
F. TOTAL DEPRECIATING CAPITAL (sum B, C, D, E)	
G. LAND COSTS  (negligible - use existing)  	,
   WORKING CAPITAL (1/6 of Annual Costs - Item L)
                                                                          $830,200
                                                                          $  19,800
I. TOTAL NON-DEPRECIATING COSTS (sum G, H)
J. TOTAL CAPITAL COSTS (sum F, I)  	
                                                                          $ 19.800
                                          -281-

-------
ANNUAL COST SHEET
PROJECT: 17^00 m3/day IX unit for Indus try town DATE: May 1, 1975
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
K. ANNUAL OPERATING COSTS:
O&M LABOR, SUPPLIES & MAINTENANCE MATERIAL
12. IX Operation & Maintenance Labor
13. (Fig. IX-5)
14. IX O&M Supplies (1% of construction -
15. Item A-l)
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
FUEL
21.
22.
23.
24.
STEAM
25.
26.
ELECTRIC POWER
27. ix Power Requirement
28.
2.9.
30.
CHEMICALS
31. IX Regenerant Cost
32.
33.
34.
35.
ANNUAL REPLACEMENT COSTS
36. IX Resin (3% of construction -
37. Item A-l)
38.
OTHER ANNUAL COSTS
39.
40.
41.
ESTIMATED COST

$60,000

$ 3,500











$ 5,500



$30,300





$10,600




COST
INDEX

7.18/6.25

-















_





-




L. TOTAL ANNUAL COSTS 	
M. DEPRECIATING CAPITAL COST (ANNUAL BASIS
N. NON-DEPRECIATING CAPITAL (ANNUAL BASIS)
0. TOTAL ANNUAL CAPITAL CHARGES 	
) (0.08888 x $850,00
(0.08 x $19,800) ..
0) 	


P. TOTAL ANNUAL COSTS (Sum Items L, 0) 	 	
CURRENT
ESTIMATED COST

$ 68,900

$ 3,500











$ 5,500



$ 30,300





$ 10,600




$118,800
$ 7S,SOO
$ 1,600
? 77,100
$195,900
Treated water basis 3.0 
-------
                              COMPUTATION   SHEET
 ROJECT:            o
           17,500 mj/day  IX unit for Industrytown
  .OJECT DESCRIPTION:
ANNUAL FUEL COSTS:
ANNUAL STEAM COSTS:
ANNUAL POWER COSTS:


 Electric  power for 17,500 m3/day unit = 3,800 kwhr/day  (From Fig. IX-6)


 Cost  from local power utility, 4 mils/kwhr.


 3,800 kwhr/day x 365 day/yr. x .004 $/hr.  =  $5,500/yr.
Jjjmui.
       REPLACEMENT COSTS:
ANNUAL CHEMICAL COSTS


IX Regenerant Cost (Fig. IX-4) - For 133 mg/1  reduction in TDS, say 0.5


0.5 £/m3 x 17,500 m3/day x 365 days/yr.  = $31,900


Corrected for Sulfuric Acid available at $38/ton (U.S.)  $31,900 x 3J[  = $30,300

                                                                  40
LAND REQUIREMENTS:


For 17,500 m3/day - 0.5 hectare (Fig.  IX-2).  Assume available.
OTHER COMPUTATIONS:
                                         -283-

-------
                            EXAMPLE 3

A small community, Flyspeck, currently has an average daily water
consumption of 800 m^/day.  The water is supplied to the town un-
treated.  Sampling indicates that the water meets all drinking water
standards except for high bacteriological levels, specifically high
coliform counts.  The bacteria are not attached to suspended matter.
The town council has decided that some form of treatment must be
provided and that the treatment equipment to process must have a
capacity of 1,200 m^/day to allow for possible future town develop-
ment.  The town council would like to know what alternatives are
available and what the costs will be on a preliminary basis.
Tests reveal that a 50% reduction in bacteria level is necessary to
meet Standards.  The treatment facility would be built in July 1976.
An estimate of the indexes, based on recent trends, for July 1976 are:

     Engineering News Record Building
     Cost Index  	   = 1380

     Handy-Whitman Index	   =  350

     Labor Cost Index	   =  4.6

SOLUTION:

From TableVII-1, the following processes are effective in the treat-
ment of high bacteria levels.
                                         % Removal
     Process                             of Bacteria

     1. Slow Sand Filtration                85-90
     2. Diatomaceous Filtration             85-90
     3. Microscreening                       50
     4. Chlorination                         99+
     5. Ozonation                            99+

Some further background information is

     PLANT CAPACITY:      1,200 m3/day
     DATE OF ESTIMATE:    November, 1975
     PRICE LEVEL DATE:    July, 1976
     INTEREST RATE:       7%

Labor Cost Index modification to include overhead and payroll expense.

     (BLS Index July 1976  4.6     =  x  (modified BLS Index)	
     (BLS Index from report) 4.18     6.25  (modified BLS Index in report)

     x  = 6.88
                                -284-

-------
 (1)  SLOW SAND FILTRATION
           Capital Cost             Estimated
             Centers                  Cost

 1.  Slow Sand Filtration Constr.
     (Fig. SF-2)                    $120,000

 2.  Site Development (Fig. SF-3)   $ 11,000

 3.  Subtotal

         Annual Operating
         	Costs

 4.  Slow Sand Filtration Labor
     (Fig. SF-4)                    $ 12,000

 5.  Slow Sand Filtration O&M
     (Fig. SF-4)                    $  6,000

 6.  Total Annual Operating Costs

          Total Capital
              Costs

 7.  Capital Cost Subtotal (from 3)

 8.  Interest during construction
     (say 3 months construction time
     7% simple interest for 3 months
     equals 1.75%.  This is applied
     to subtotal)

 9.  Start-up Costs (includes
     operator training, debugging,
     etc.  Say 1 month applied to
     total annual operating costs or
     1/12 of $19,800)

10.  Owners General Expense (say 10%
     of subtotal)

11.  Total Depreciating Capital Cost
     (sum items 7, 8, 9, 10)

12.  Working Capital (say 1/6 of annual
     operating costs).  This is
     non-depreciating capital cost.

13.  Total Capital Cost (sum items 11
     and 12)
             Current
   Cost     Estimated
  Index       Cost
 350/290.4  $144,600

1380/1154   $ 13.100

            $157,700
6.88/6.25   $ 13,200


6.88/6.25   $  6.600

            $ 19,800




            $157,700
            $  2,800
            $  1,600


            $ 15.800


            $177,900



            $  3.300


            $181,200
                            -2.85-

-------
                                                            Current
                                   Estimated     Cost      Estimated
          Annual Costs               Cost       Index        Cost

14.  Annual Depreciating Capital
     Cost (0.075 x 177,900)
     (Capital Recovery Factor for
     7% interest over 40 years;
     i.e., plant life, is 0.075)                           $ 13,340

15.  Annual Non-Depreciating Capital
     Cost (0.07 x $3,300) (77o simple
     interest over 40 years)                               $    230

16.  Total Annual Capital Costs
     (sum items 14 and 15)                                 $ 13,570

17.  Total Annual Costs  (sum items 6,
     16)                                                   $ 33,370
                            -286-

-------
 (2)  DIATOMACEOUS EARTH FILTRATION

           Capital Cost             Estimated
             Centers                  Cost

 1.  Diatomaceous Filter Construc-
     tion Cost (Fig. DF-1)

 2.  Subtotal

         Annual Operating
              Costs
               Cost
              Index
 3.  Diatomaceous Filter Labor &
     O&M (Fig. DF-3)
 4.  Electric Power (275,000
     kwhr/yr. (Fig. DF-4), local
     rate l
-------
                                                             Current
                                    Estimated      Cost     Estimated
           Annual Costs               Cost        Index       Cost

14.  Annual Depreciating Capital
     Cost (0.075 x $47,010)
     (plant life 40 years)                                  $  3,525

15.  Annual Non-Depreciating
     Capital Cost (0.07 x $1,100)                           $     75

16.  Total Annual Capital Costs
     (sum items 14, 15)                                     $  3,600

17.  Total Annual Costs (sum
     items 6, 16)                                           $ 10,200
                          -288-

-------
 (3)  MICROSCREENING

           Capital Cost
             Centers

 1.  Microscreening Construction
     Cost (Fig. MS-1)

 2.  Microscreening Site Develop-
     ment Cost (Fig. MS-2)

 3.  Subtotal

         Annual Operating
         	Costs	

 4.  Microscreening O&M Labor
     (Fig. MS-3)

 5.  Microscreening other O&M
     costs (Fig. MS-3)

 6.  Total Annual Operating
     Costs

           Total Capital
               Costs

 7.  Capital Cost Subtotal
     (from item 3)

 8.  Interest During Construction
     (3 months at 7% - 1.75%)

 9.  Start-up Costs (say 1/12 of
     $33,900)

10.  Owner's General Expense (say
     10% of subtotal)

11.  Total Depreciating Capital,
     Cost (sum items 7, 8, 9, 10)

12.  Working Capital (say 1/6 of
     annual operating costs)

13.  Total Capital Cost (sum items
     11 and 12)
Estimated
  Cost
$  9,000
$ 25,000


$  5,800
             Current
   Cost     Estimated
  Index       Cost
$ 30,000    350/290.4   $ 36,150
1380/1154   $ 10.750

            $ 46,900
6.88/6.25   $ 27,500
6.88/6.25   $  6.400
                        $ 33,900
                        $ 46,900


                        $    825


                        $  2,825


                        $  4,700


                        $ 55,250


                        $  5.650


                        $ 60,900
                              -289-

-------
                                                             Current
                                    Estimated      Cost     Estimated
           Annual Costs               Cost        Index        Cost

14.  Annual Depreciating Capital
     Cost (0.075 x $61,000)
     (plant life 40 years)                                  $  4,575

15.  Annual Non-Depreciating Capital
     Cost (0.07 x $5,650)                                   $    400

16.  Total Annual Capital Costs (sum
     items 14 and 15)                                       $  4,975

17.  Total Annual Costs (sum items
     6, 16)                                                 $ 38,875
                           -290-

-------
 (4A) CHLORINATION GAS FEED SYSTEM
           Capital Cost
             Centers

 1.  Gas Chlorination Equipment
     Cost (Fig. DN-1)

 2.  Equipment Enclosure Cost
     (Fig. DN-2)

 3.  Subtotal

         Annual Operating
               Costs
 4.  Chlorine Gas (Typical dosage
     1-10 mg/1 for bacteria)
     (Table DN-2).  Tests indicate
     6.5 mg/1 +0.5 mg/1 residual re-
     quired. Cl2 in kg/day ™ plant
     capacity.  (m3/day x mg/1 x
     9.98 x 10"4 or = 1,200 m3/day
     x 7 mg/1 x 9.98 x 10~A = 8.3
     kg/day.  Assume cylinder used.
     8.3 kg/day x 365 day/yr x
     $0.27/kg (Table DN-1)          $

 5.  Total Annual Operating Cost

           Total Capital
               Costs

 6.  Capital Cost Subtotal
     (item 3)

 7.  Interest During Construction
     (negligible)

 8.  Start-up Costs (say 1/8 of
     annual operating cost)

 9.  Owner's General Expense
     (say 10% of subtotal)

10.  Total Depreciating Capital
     Cost (sum items 6, 7, 8, 9)
Estimated      Cost
   Cost       Index
$  5,800    350/290.4
$  1,000    1380/1154
     820
 Current
Estimated
   Cost
$  7,000


$  1.200

$  8,200
$    820

$    820
                        $  8,200


                        $      0


                        $    100


                        $    820


                        $  9,120
                           -291-

-------
                                                             Current
          Total Capital             Estimated      Cost     Estimated
              Costs                   Cost        Index       Cost

11.  Working Capital (negligible)                          _j§	0_

12.  Total Capital Cost (sum
     items 10 and 11)                                       $  9,120

           Annual Costs

13.  Annual Depreciating Capital
     Cost (0.381 x $9,120)(plant
     life 3 yrs. 7% interest paid
     over 3 years means 0.381 of
     total must be paid each year.)                         $  3,475

14.  Total Annual Capital Costs
     (non-depreciating cost
     negligible)                                            $  3,475

15.  Total Annual Costs (sum items
     5, 14)                                                 $  4,295
                           -292-

-------
                        Cost
                        Index
 (4B)   CHLORINATION - SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SYSTEM

           Capital Cost             Estimated
             Centers                  Cost        	

 1.  Hypochlorite Equipment Cost
     (Fig.  DN-3)                    $  4,200    350/290.4

 2.  Equipment Enclosure Cost
     (Fig.  DN-2)                    $  1,000    1380/1154

 3.  Subtotal

         Annual Operating
         	Costs	

 4.  Sodium Hypochlorite 8.3
    kg/day (C12) x 365
    days/year x $0.425 kg
    equivalent cost kg C12 in
    NaClO                           $  1,300

 5.  Total  Annual Operating Cost

           Total Capital
               Costs

 6.  Capital Cost Subtotal
     (item 3)

 7.  Interest During Construction
     (negligible)

 8.  Start-up Costs (say 1/8 of
    annual operating cost)

 9.  Owner's General Expense
     (say 10% of subtotal)

10.  Total  Capital Cost (sum
    items  6, 7, 8, 9)

11.  Working Capital (negligible)

12.  Total  Capital Cost (sum items
    10,  11)
 Current
Estimated
  Cost
                                  $  5,050


                                  $  1.200

                                  $  6,250
                                  $   1.300

                                  $   1,300
                                  $   6,250


                                 J	LO_


                                  $     160


                                  $     625


                                  $   7,035

                                 J	P_


                                  $   7,035
-293-

-------
                                                             Current
                                    Estimated      Cost     Estimated
           Annual Costs               Cost        Index        Cost

13.  Annual Depreciating Capital
     Cost (0.381 x $7,035)
     (plant life 3 years)                                   $  2.680

14.  Total Annual Costs
     (non-depreciating costs
     negligible)                                            $  2,680

15.  Total Annual Costs (sum
     items 5, 14)                                           $  3,980
                           -294-

-------
 (4C)  CHLORINATION - ELECTROLYSIS SYSTEM


                                    Estimated
Capital Cost
  Centers
                                      Cost
           Current
 Cost     Estimated
Index       Cost
 1.  Electrolysis Equipment Cost
     (Fig. DN-3)                    $  5,400    350/290.4   $  6,500

 2.  Electrolysis Enclosure Cost
     (Fig. DN-2)                    $  1,000    1380/1154   $  1,200
 3.  Subtotal
                                                 $  7,700
         Annual Operating
              Costs
 4.  Electrolysis Generator O&M
     (Fig. DN-4)                    $  1,400    6.88/6.25   $  1,525

 5.  Electrolysis Electric Power
    (6.61 kwhr/kg hypochlorite x
     1kg C12
     .09 kg hypochlorite
     or 73.4 kwhr/kg Cl2 x 8.3 kg
     Cl2/day x 365 day/yr. x
     l£/kwhr = )
                         $  2,225
          $  2,225
 6.  Salt

     3 kg salt
     1 kg hypochlorite   .09 kg
            x 1kg hypochlorite x 3$
                                 kg salt
    $1.00 kg Cl
     $1.00 kg Cl x 8.3 kg/day x
     365 day/yr =                   $  3,000        -       $  3.000
 7.  Total Annual Operating Cost
     (sum items 4, 5, 6)

           Total Capital
               Costs

 8.  Capital Cost Subtotal
     (item 3)

 9.  Interest During Construction
     (negligible)

10.  Start-up Costs (say 1/8 of
     annual operating costs)
                                                 $  6,750
                                                 $  7,700


                                                 $      0


                                                 $    850
                          -295-

-------
                                                             Current
           Total Capital            Estimated      Cost     Estimated
               Costs                  Cost        Index       Cost

11.  Owner's General Expense
     (say 10% of subtotal)                                  $    675

12.  Total Depreciating Capital
     Cost (sum items 8, 9, 10, 11)                          $  9,225

13.  Working Capital (negligible)                          _j>	0_

14.  Total Capital Cost (sum items
     12 and 13)                                             $  9,225

            Annual Cost

15.  Annual Depreciating Capital
     Cost (0.381 x $9,225)                                  $  3.500

16.  Total Annual Cost (items 7
     and 15)                                                $ 10,250
                           -296-

-------
 (5) OZONATION
                                                            Current
          Capital Cost             Estimated      Cost     Estimated
            Centers                  Cost        Index       Cost

 1.  Ozonation System Construction
    Cost (Fig. DN-5)               $ 17,500    350/290.4   $ 21,100

 2.  Ozone Generator Enclosure Cost
    (Fig. DN-7)                    $  2,000    1350/1154   $  2.350

 3.  Subtotal                                               $ 23,450

        Annual Operating
        	Costs .	

 4.  Electric Power Costs (Tests
    indicate 3 mg/1 ozone required.
    Fig. DN-6 for 5 ppm.  Calculate
    as follows:  Water density
    1 gm/cm3 = 1,000 kg/m3 - 1,200
    m3/day x 1,000 kg/m3 = 1.2 x
    106 kg/day.

    3 mg/1 93=3 kg 03	x 1.2 x 106 kg H20/day = 3.6 kg 03
              1 x 106 kg H20

    3.6 kgOo x 27.5 kwhr/kg =
    99 kwhr/day - 99 kwhr/day
    x 365 day/yr. x l
-------
                                                             Current
           Total Capital            Estimated      Cost     Estimated
               Costs                  Cost        Index       Cost

10.  Total Depreciating Capital
     Cost (sum 6, 7, 8, 9)                                  $ 25,985

11.  Total Capital Cost
     (non-depreciating costs
     negligible)                                            $ 25,985

           Annual Costs

12.  Annual Depreciating Capital
     Cost (0.244 x $25,985)
     (plant life 5 yrs. 7% interest
     and retirement after 5 yrs.
     means 0.244 of total must be
     paid each year.                                        $  6^340

13.  Total Annual Capital Cost                              $  6,340

14.  Total Annual Cost (sum items
     5 and 13)                                              $  6,700
                           -298-

-------
IN SUMMARY:


        Treatment
         Process

1.  Slow Sand Filtration

2.  Diatomaceous Earth
    Filtration

3.  Microscreening

4.  Chlorination

    a.  Gas Feed

    b.  Sodium Hypochlorite

    c.  Electrolysis

5.  Ozonation
Effectiveness
 In Removing
  Bacteria

 very good
 very good

 poor
Annual
 Cost

$33,370
$10,200

$38,450
Cost per
Cubic Meter

   7.6
-------
                                 APPENDIX A

PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE DRINKING WATER STANDARDS 1962*

                      3.  BACTERIOLOGICAL QUALITY


3.1  Sampling

     3.11   Compliance with the bacteriological requirements of these
Standards shall be based on examination of samples collected at representative
points throughout the distribution system.  The frequency of sampling and
the location of sampling points shall be established jointly by the
Reporting Agency and the Certifying Authority after investigation by either
agency, or both, of the source, method of treatment, and protection of the
water concerned.

     3.12   The minimum number of samples to be collected from the
distribution system and examined each month ishould be in accordance witK the
number on the graph in Figure I, for the population served by the system.
For the purpose of uniformity and simplicity in application, the number
determined from the graph should be in accordance with the following: for
a population of 25,000 and under-to the nearest 1;25,001 to 100,000- to the
nearest 5; and over 100,000-to the nearest 10.

     3.13   In determining the number of samples examined monthly, the
following samples may be included, provided all results are assembled and
available for inspection and the laboratory methods and technical competence
of the laboratory personnel are approved by the Reporting Agency and the
Certifying Authority:

            (a)  Samples examined by the Reporting Agency.

            (b)  Samples examined by local government laboratories.

            (c)  Samples examined by the water works authority.

            (d)  Samples examined by commercial laboratories.

     3.14   The laboratories in which these examinations are made and the
methods used in making them shall be subject to inspection at any time by
the designated representatives of the Certifying Authority and the Reporting
Agency.  Compliance with the specified procedures and the results obtained
shall be used as a basis for certification  of the supply.

     3.15   Daily samples collected following a bacteriologically unsatisfactory
sample as provided in sections 3.21, 3.22, and 3.23 shall be considered as
special samples and shall not be included in the total number of samples
examined.  Neither shall such special samples be used as a basis for
prohibiting the supply, provided that:  (1)  When waters of unknown quality
are being examined, simultaneous tests are made on multiple portions of a
geometric series to determine a definitive coliform content; (2)  Immediate
and active efforts are made to locate the cause of pollution; (3)  Immediate
action is taken to eliminate the  cause; and (4)  Samples taken following
such remedial action are satisfactory.
*Bacteria standards for 1974 are the same as the 1962 standards


                                 -301-

-------
     3.2  Limits. -  The presence of organisms of the coliform group as
indicated by samples examined shall not exceed the following limits:

     3.21   When 10 ml  standard portions are examined, not more than
 10  percent  in  any month shall  show the presence   of  the coliform group.
 The presence of  the coliform group in  three  or more  10 ml portions  of a
 standard sample  shall not be allowable if  this occurs:

      (a)  In two consecutive samples;

      (b)  In more than one  sample  per  month  when less  than  20  are
 examined per month; or

      (c)  In more than 5 percent of the samples  when 20 or  more are
 examined per month.

      When organisms of the  coliform group  occur  in 3 or more  of the 10 ml
 portions of a  single standard  sample,  daily  samples  from the  same sampling
 point shall be collected promptly  and  examined until the results obtained
 from at least  two consecutive  samples  show the water to be  of  satisfactory
 quality.

      3.22   When 100 ml standard portions  are examined, not more than 60
 percent in  any month shall  show the presence of  the  coliform  group. The
 presence of the coliform group in  all  five of the 100 ml portions of a
 standard sample shall not be allowable of  this occurs:

      (a)  In two consecutive samples;

      (b)  In more than one  sample  per  month  when less than  five are
 examined per month; or

      (c) In more than 20 percent  of the samples when five  or more  are
 examined per month.

      When organisms of the  coliform group  occur  in all five of the  100 ml
 portions of a  single standard  sample,  daily  samples  from  the  same sampling
 point shall be collected promptly  and  examined until the  results obtained
 from at least  two consecutive samples show the water  to be  of  satisfactory
 quality.

      3.23   When the membrane  filter technique is used,  the arithmetic mean
 coliform density of all standard samples examined per month shall not
 exceed one per 100 ml.  Coliform colonies per standard sample shall not
 exceed 3/50 ml, 4/100 ml,  7/200 ml, or 13/500 ml. in:

      (a)  Two consecutive samples;

      (b)  More than one standard sample when less than 20 are examined per
 month; or
                              -302-

-------
   1.000
            MINIMUM NUMBER OF SAMPLES  PER MONTH

            pg  m -w IT,    O           O     g
   10,000
° 100.000
0.
O
 1,000.000
 10,000.000
                          \
                         Figure 1
\
  Source:  Public Health Service Drinking  Water Standards 1962
           H.E.W., No. 956,  1962, p. 4
                          -303-

-------
     (c)  More than five percent of the standard samples when 20 or more are
examined per month.

     When coliform colonies in a single standard sample exceed the above
values, daily samples from the same sampling point shall be collected
promptly and examined until the results obtained from at least two consecutive
samples show the water to be of satisfactory quality.
                                   -304-

-------
                            APPENDIX B

                              SODIUM
     Man's intake of sodium is mostly influenced by the use of salt.
Intake of sodium chloride for American males is estimated to be 10
grams per day, with a range of 4 to 24 grams (1).  This would be a
sodium intake of 1600 to 9600 mg per day.  Intake of these amounts
is considered by most to have no adverse effect on normal individuals.
Even Dahl, who has been one of the strong advocates of the need for
restricting salt intake, has felt that an intake of 2000 mg of sodium
could be allowed for an adult without a family history of hypertension.
Intake of sodium from hospital "house" diets has been measured re-
cently (2).  The sodium content of a pool of 21 consecutive meals that
were seasoned by the chef or the dietitian from twenty selected
general hospitals was determined each quarter.  The average sodium
intake per capita per day was 3625 ± 971 (SD) milligrams.  The intake
could be greatly changed between individuals who never add salt to the
food at the table and the individuals who always add salt even before
tasting.

     The taste threshold of sodium in water depends on several factors
(3).  The predominant anion has an effect; the thresholds for sodium
were 500 mg/1 from sodium chloride, 700 mg/1 from sodium nitrate, and
1000 mg/1 from sodium sulfate.  A heavy salt user had a threshold of
taste that was 50 percent higher, and the taste was less detectable
in cold water.

     Six of 14 infants exposed to a sodium concentration of 21,140
mg/1 died when salt was mistakenly used for sugar in their formula
(4).  Sea water would have about 10,000 mg/1 of sodium.

     Severe exacerbation of chronic congestive heart failure due to
sodium in water has been documented (3).  One patient required
hospitalization when he changed his source of domestic water to one
that had 4200 mg/1 sodium.  Another patient was readmitted at
two-to-three-week intervals when using a source of drinking water of
3500 mg/1 sodium.

     Sodium-restricted diets are used to control several disease con-
ditions of man.  The rationale, complications, and practical aspects
of their use were reviewed by a committee on food and nutrition of
National Research Council (5).  Sodium-restrictive diets are essential
in treating congestive cardiac failure, hypertension, renal disease,
cirrhosis of the liver, toxemias of pregnancy, and Meniere's disease.

     Hormone therapy with ACTH and cortisone is used for several
diseases.  Sodium retention is one of the frequent metabolic conse-
quences following administration of these therapeutic agents, and
sodium-restricted diets are required, especially for long period of
treatment, more recent medical text books continue to point out the
usefulness of sodium-restricted diets for these several diseases
where fluid retention is a problem (6).
                              -305-

-------
     When disease causes fluid retention in the body, with subsequent
endema and ascites, there is a diminished urinary excretion of sodium
and of water.  If the sodium intake is restricted in these circum-
stances, further fluid retention will usually not occur, and the
excess water ingested will be excreted in the urine because the mecha-
nisms that maintain the concentration of sodium in the extracellular
fluid do not permit the retention of water without sodium.

     Almost all foods contain some sodium, and it is difficult to
provide a nutritionally adequate diet without an intake of about
440 mg of sodium per day from food; this intake would be from the
naturally occurring sodium in food with no salt added.  The additional
60 mg that would increase the intake to the widely used restricted
diet of 500 mg per day must account for all non-nutrition intake that
occurs from drugs, water, and incidental intakes.  A concentration of
sodium in drinking water up to 20 mg per liter is considered compatible
with this diet.  When the sodium content exceeds 20 mg/1, the physician
must take this into account to modify the diet or prescribe that dis-
tilled water be used.  Water utilities that distribute water that
exceeds 20 mg/1 must inform physicians of the sodium content of the
water so that the health of consumers can be protected.  About 40 per-
cent of the water supplies are known to exceed 20 mg/1 and would be
required to keep physicians informed of the sodium concentration (7).
Most of the state health departments have made provision for deter-
mining the sodium content of drinking water on a routine basis and
are now informing physicians in their jurisdiction (8).  If change of
source or a treatment change such as softening occurs that will
significantly increase the sodium concentration, the utility must be
sure that all physicians that care for consumers are aware of the
impending change.  Diets prescribing intakes of less than 500 mg per
day must use special foods such as milk with the sodium reduced, or
fruits that are naturally low in sodium.

     It is not known how many persons are on sodium-restricted diets
and to what extent the sodium intake is restricted.  To reduce edema
or swelling, the physician may prescribe a diuretic drug, a
sodium-restricted diet, or a combination of the two.  Therapy, of
course, depends on the patient's condition, but there are also
regional differences that probably result from physician training.
The American Heart Association (AHA)(9) feels that diuretics may
allow for less need of very restricted diets and that diuretics are
necessary for quick results in acute conditions.  For long-term use,
a sodium-restricted diet is simpler, safer and more economical for
the patient.  It is preferable, especially when a moderate or mild
sodium-restricted diet will effectively control the patient's
hypertension and water retention.  Literature is provided to physicians
by the AHA to distribute to their patients explaining the
sodium-restricted diets.  These cover the "strict" restriction - 500 mg
sodium, "moderate" restriction - 1000 mg sodium, and the "mild" re-
stricted diet - 2400 to 4500 mg sodium.  From 1958 through June 1971,
there were 2,365,000 pieces of this literature distributed: 37% - 500 mg;
                              -306-

-------
34% - 1000 mg; and 29% - "mild" (10).  There are many ways a
physician can counsel his patients other than using this literature,
so the total distribution does not reflect the extent of the problem,
but the proportion of booklets distributed may provide an estimate of
the portion of diets that are prescribed.  The "mild" restricted
diet could require just cutting down on the use of salt, and liter-
ature for the patient would not be as necessary.                :

     The AHA estimates that hypertension affects more than 21 million
Americans, and in more than half of these cases put enough strain on
the heart to be responsible for the development of hypertensive heart
disease (11).  Congestive heart failure is a sequelae of several
forms of disease that damage the heart and would affect some unknown
portion of the 27 million persons with cardiovascular disease.  Thus,
from 21 to 27 million Americans would be concerned with sodium intake.

     Toxemias of pregnancy are common complications of gestation and
occur in 6 to 7 percent of all pregnancies in the last trimester (12).
Thus, about 230,000 women would be very concerned with sodium intake
each year.  Other diseases are treated with restricted sodium intake,
but no estimate can be made on the number of people involved.

     Questions about salt usage were asked on the ninth biennial
examination of the National Heart Institute's Framingham, Massachusetts
Study (13).  The study population was free of coronary heart disease
when the study began in 1949 and now are over 45 years of age.  There
were 3,833 respondents.  Forty-five percent of the males and 30 per-
cent of the females reported that they add salt routinely to their
food before tasting.  But at the other extreme, 9 percent of the men
and 14 percent of the women avoid salt intake.  More of the people
60 and over avoid salt intake than the 45 to 59 population.  It is
not determined if the salt restriction was medically prescribed nor
how extensively the sodium intake was restricted.

     It can be seen that a significant proportion of the population
needs to and is trying to curtail its sodium intake.  The sodium
content of drinking water should not be significantly increased for
frivolous reasons.  This is particularly true of locations where many
of the people using the water would be susceptible to adverse health
effects, such as hospitals, nursing homes, and retirement communities.
The use of sodium hypochlorite for disinfection, or sodium fluoride
for control of tooth decay, would increase the sodium content of
drinking water but to an insignificant amount.  The use of sodium
compounds for corrosion control might cause a significant increase,
and softening by either the base exchange or lime-soda ash process
would significantly increase the sodium content of drinking water.
For each milligram per liter of hardness removed as calcium carbonate
by the exchange process, the sodium content would be increased about
one-half mg per liter.  The increase in excess lime softening would
depend on the amount of soda ash added.  A study in North Carolina
found that the sodium content of 30 private well-water supplies in-
creased from 110 mg/1 to 269 mg/1 sodium on the average after
                               -307-

-------
softening (14).  The sodium content of the softened water was much
higher shortly after the softener had been regenerated than later
in the cycle.  A case has been reported where a replacement element
type softener was not flushed, and the drinking water had a sodium
content of 3,700 mg/1 sodium when the unit was put back in service.

     All consumers could use the water for drinking if the sodium
content was kept below 20 mg per liter, but about 40 percent of
the U.S. water supplies have a natural or added sodium content above
this concentration (7).  Many industrial wastes and runoff from
deiced highways may increase the sodium pollution of surface water
(15).  The problem is most acute when groundwater is polluted with
sodium (16, 17) because it remains for a long time.  Removal of
sodium from water requires processes being developed by the Office
of Saline Water (18) and are economically feasible only in certain
situations.

     The person who is required to maintain a restricted sodium
intake below 500 mg per day can use a water supply that contains
20 mg or less sodium per liter.  If the water supply contains more
sodium, low sodium bottled water or specially treated water will
have to be used.  In the moderately restricted diet that allows for
a consumption of 1000 mg sodium per day the food intake is essen-
tially the same, but the diet is liberalized to allow the use of
1/4 teaspoon of salt, some regular bakery bread, and/or some salted
butter.  If persons on the moderately restricted diet found it
necessary to use a water with a significant sodium content they
could still maintain their limited sodium intake with a water con-
taining 270 mg/liter.  This would require allocating all of the
liberalized intake to water (the original 20 mg/1 and 250 mg/1 more
with two liter domestic use, drinking or cooking, per day).  High
sodium in water causes some transfer of sodium to foods cooked in
such water (5).

     It is essential that the sodium content of public water
supplies be known and this information be disseminated to physicians
who have patients in the service area.  Thus, diets for those who
must restrict their sodium intake can be designed to allow for the
sodium intake from the public water supply or the persons can be
advised to use other sources of drinking water.  Special efforts of
public notification must be made for supplies that have very high
sodium content so that persons on the more restricted sodium intake
will not be overly stressed if they occasionally use these water
supplies.
                              -308-

-------
     The 1963 Sodium Survey (7) had the following percent distri-
bution of sodium concentration from 2100 public water supplies:

             Range of Sodium Ion         Percent of Total
                Cone ent rat ion                Samples	

                    mg/1                        7o

                   0-19.9                     58.2
                  20-49.9                     19.0
                  50-99.9                      9.3
                 100-249.9                     8.7
                 250-399.9                     3.6
                 400-499.9                     0.5
                 500-999.9                     0.7
                 Over 1000                     0.1
                             REFERENCES
1.  Dahl, L.K.  Possible Role of Salt Intake in the Development  of
    Essential 'ivpcrtension,  From Essential Hypertension,  An Inter-
    national fiymnoniur.!  Edited by P. Cottier and K. D.  Bock, Berne
    (Springer Verlag, Jeildelberg)  1960,  p.  53-65.

2.  Bureau of Radiological Health - California State Department of
    Public Health,  Estimated Daily Intake of Radionuclides  in
    California Diets, April-December 1969, and January-June 1970.
    Radiological Health Data and Reports, 625-632 (November 1970).

3.  Elliott, G.B. and Alexander, E.A.  Sodium from Drinking Water
    as an Unsuspected Cause  of Cardiac Decompensation.   Circulation
    23, 562-566 (April 1961).

4.  Finberg, L., Kile, J., and  Luttrel,  C.N. Mass Accidental Salt
    Poisoning and Infancy, Journal American Medical Assn. ISA,  187-
    190 (April 20,  1963).

5.  Food and Nutrition Board-NAS-NRC, Sodium-Restricted Diets.   Pub-
    lication 325, National Research Council, Washington,  D.C.   1954.

6.  Wintrobe, M.M., Thorn, G.W., Adams, R.D., Bennett,  I.L.,
    Brauwald, E., Isselbacher, K.J., and Petersdorf, R.G.,  Editors.
    Harrison's Principles  of Internal Medicine, Sixth Edition,
    McGraw-Hill Book Co.,  New York 1970.
                               -309-

-------
 7.   White, J.M.,  Wingo,  J.G., Alligood, L.M., Cooper, G.R., Gutridge,
     J.,  Hydaker,  W.,  Benack, R.T.,  Dening,  J.W.,  and Taylor, F.B.
     Sodium Ion in Drinking Water 1.   Properties,  Analysis, and
     Occurrence,  Journal  of the  American Dietetic  Assn.,  50, 32-36  (1967)

 8.   Division of Water Hygiene,  Review of  State  Sodium-in-Drinking-
     Water Activities  (1971).

 9.   Pollack, H.   Note to the Physician (inserted  with diet booklets)
     Your 500 mg.   Sodium Diet-Strict Sodium Restriction, Your 1000 mg.
     Sodium Diet - Moderate Sodium Restriction,  and Your  Mild Sodium-
     Restricted Diet,  American Heart Association 1960 (leaflet).

10.   Cook, L.P.  American Heart  Assn. Personal Communication (1971).

11.   American Heart Assn., Heart Facts 1972, A.H.A.,New York (1971).

12.   Eastman, N.J. and Hellman,  L.M.  Williams Obstretics, 13th Ed.,
     Appleton-Century-Crofts, New York 1966.

13.   Kannel, W.B.   Personal Communication  1971.

14.   Garrison, G.E. and Ader, O.L.  Sodium in Drinking Water.
     Arch. Environ. Health 13,  551-553 (1966).

15.   Bubeck, R.C., Diment, W.H., Deck, B.L., Baldwin, A.L., and
     Lipton, S.D.   Runoff of Deicing Salt:  Effect on Iron-
     dequolt Bay, Rochester, New York.  Science  172  (3988) 1128-
     1132  (June 11, 1971).

16.   Joyer, B.F. and Sutchliffe, H.  Jr. Salt-Water  Contamination
     in Wells in the Sara-Sands  Area of Siesta Key,  Sarasota
     County, Florida.   J. Am. Water  Works  Assn.  59,  1504-1512
     (1967).

17.   Parks, W.W.  Decontamination of Ground Water  at Indian Hill.
     J. Am. Water Works Assn.  5^, 644 (1959) .

18.   U.S. Department of the Interior, Saline Water Conversion
     Report  for 1969-1970, Government Printing Office, Washington,
     D.C.  (1970).
                                -310-

-------
Length
Capacity
Area
                            APPENDIX
                  Metric to English Equivalents




                       Conversion Factors
Multiply
cm
m
m
km
by
0. 3937
3.281
1.094
0.6214
to obtain
in.
ft.
yds.
mi
Multiply
1 liter
1 liter
1 liter
by
0.0353
0.2642
61.025
to
obtain
cu ft.
gals. (U.S.)
cu in.
Multiply
sq. cm
sq. m.
sq. m.
ha
sq. km.
sq. km.
by
0.1550
10.76
1.196
2.471
247.1
0.3861
to obtain
sq. in.
sq. ft.
sq. yd.
acres
acres
sq. mi.
                              -311-

-------
Pressure
Multiply
1 kg (force) per
sq . cm.
1 kg per sq. ra.
1 kg per sq. m.
1 kg per sq. m.
1 kg per cm.
1 metric atm.
1 std. atm.
1 N/m3
by
14.2233
1.42 x 10"3
0.20482
3.281 x ID'3
0.96784
1.033228
14.6959
0.00014
to obtain
psi
psi
Ib/sq. ft.
ft. of water
std. atm.
kg per sq. cm.
psi
psi
Mass
Multiply
gm
gm
gm
kg
kg
kg
tons (metric)
by
15.432
0.0353
980.7
2.205
0.0011
io-3
2205
to obtain
grains
oz.
dynes
Ibs.
ton (short)
tons (metric)
Ibs.
Volume
Multiply
cu. cm.
cu. m.
cu. m.
cu. m.
by
0.061
35.31
1.308
264.2
to obtain
cu. in.
cu. ft.
cu. yd.
gal. (U.S.)
                              -312-

-------
Flow  (Volumetric)
Multiply
cu. m. /sec
I/sec.
cu. m, /sec
by
15,850.0
15.850
35.33
to obtain
gpm
gpm
cf s
Density
Multiply
gm/1
.gm/1
gm/1
by
58.4
8.345
1000
to obtain
grains/gal.
lb/1,000 gal.
(ppm) mg/1
Horsepower
Multiply
hp (metric)
by
1.01387
to obtain
hp (mech)
Horsepower   Formula

     bhp - g (gpm) x H (ft) x sp gr
               3960 x E
bhp = Q
                     x H (m) x sp gr
              271 23 x E
* 1 hp - 33,000 ft. Ib/min.
Temperature Formula

     C° -  5    ( F - 32 )
           9
                              -313-

-------
Power
Multiply
watt*
watt
watt
watt
kg-cal/min.
kg-cal/min.
by
0.056
0.7376
1.34 v ID'3
0.0143
51.457
0.0936
to obtain
B.T.U./min.
ft. Ib/sec.
hp
kg cal/min.
ft-lb/sec.
hp
  1 watt «• 1 J/S, 1 Joule * IN-m, 1 kw * 1000 watts
Velocity (Linear)
Multiply
m/sec.
mm/ sec .
km/ sec .
km/hr.
by
3.28
0.00328
2.230
0.9113
to obtain
fps
fps
mph
fps
Viscosity
Multiply
poise
by
1.45 x 10 -5
to obtain
Ib (weight) sec/sq. in.
                              -314-

-------
                                  ABBREVIATIONS
acre-foot 	 acre-ft
afternoon 	 PM
alternating-current (adj.)... a-c
ampere (s)	 amp
ampere hour (s)	 amp-hr

Angstrom units	A
approximate, -ly 	 approx
aqueous 	 aq
atmosphere  (s)	 atm
atomic mass unit	,	 a.m.u.
atomic weight 	 at wt
average	 avg
avoirdupois 	 avdp
barrel (s)	bbl
Baume'  	 Be'
before noon ...;	AM
billion electron volt (s).... Bev
billion gallons 	 bil gal
billion gallons per day 	 bgd
biochemical oxygen demand.... BOD
board feet                    fbm
  (feet board measure) 	 fbm
brake horsepower	bhp
British thermal unit (s)	 Btu
bushel (s) 	 bu
calorie (s)	 c,al
capita	 cap
centigrade	 C°
centigram (s) 	eg
centiliter (s)	 cl
centimeter (s)	 Cm
chemical oxygen demand	COD
chemically pure	 cp
concentrated	 con
concentration 	 concn
counts per minute	 cpm
counts per second	cps

cubic 	 cu
cubic centimeter (s) 	cu cm * ml
cubic feet per day 	 cfd
cubic feet per hour 	cfh
cubic feet per minute 	 cfm
cubic feet per second	cfs
cubic foot (feet) 	 cu ft.
cubic inch (es) 	 cu in.
cubic meter (s) 	 cum
cubic micron (s)	 cu
cubic millimeter (s) 	 cu mm
cubic yard (s) 	 cy yd

curie (s) 	 Ci
current density 	 cd
cycles per second	Hz
decibels 	 db
deciliter (s)	 dl
decimeter (s)	 dm

degree (s)	 deg
degree (s) Centigrade (Celsius). °C
degree (s) Fahrenheit	 °F

diameter 	 diam
dilute (adj.) 	 dil
direct-current (adj.) 	 d-c
disintegrations per minute 	 dpm
dissolved oxygen 	 DO
dissolved solids 	 DS
dram (s) 	 dr
efficiency 	 E
electromotive force 	 emf
electron volt 	 ev
elevation 	 el
equation 	 eq
ethylenediaminetetraacetate .... EDTA
exponential 	 exp


fahrenheit0	F°
feet 	 ft
feet board measure (board feet). fbm
feet per day 	 fpd
feet per hour- 	 fph
feet per minute 	 fpm
feet per second 	 fps

figure (s) 	Fig
foot 	 ft
foot-candle (s) 	 ft-c
foot-pound (s) 	 f t -Ib
free on board 	 fob
                                      -315-

-------
gallons (s)	 gal
gallons (s) (Imperial) 	gal  (Imp)
gallons (s) per capita per
  day 	 gpcd
gallon (s) per day  	 gpd
gallon per day per  acre  	 gpd/acre
gallons per day per capita  .. gpd/cap
gallons per day per square
  foot 	 gpd/sq ft
gallon (s) per hour	gph
gallon (s) per minute	gpm
gallon (s) per minute per
  square foot 	 gpm/sq ft
gallon (s) per second	gps

grain (s) per gallon	 g/g

gram (s) 	g
grams per liter  	 g/1
gram-molecule 	mole
head  	H
hectare  (s)  	 ha
height  	 h
hertz 	 Hz
horsepower  	 hp
horsepower-hour  (s)  	 hp-hr
hour  (s)  	 hr
hundredweight  	 cwt
hydrogen  ion concentration
   (-log H+  )	 pH
immediate oxygen  demand	  IOD

inch  (es)  	  in.
inch  (es) per  second  	  ips
inch  (es) per  minute  	  ipm
inch-pound  (s)	  in.-Ib
indicated horsepower	  ihp
infra-red  	  ir
inside diameter  	  id
insoluble  	  insol
international  unit 	  i.u.
ionic strength 	  I
 Jackson  turbidity units 	  Jtu
Kelvin0 	 K°
kilocalorie (s) 	 kcal
kilocurie 	 K Ci
kilocycle (s)  	kc
kilogram (s) 	 kg
kiloliter (s)  	 kl
kilometer (s)  	 km
kilovolt (s) 	 kv
kilovolt-ampere (s) 	kva
kilowatt (s) 	 kw
kilowatt-hour  (s)  	 kwh
linear foot 	 lin ft
liters 	 1
logarithm (common-base 10)  	 log
logarithm (natural-base e)  	 In
man-hour (s) ................... man-hr

maximum ........................ max
maximum permissible
  concentration  ................ MFC
maximum permissible level  ...... MPL
mean sea level
median tolerance limit
membrane filter
meter (s)
mho (s)
                                 MSL
                                 MF
                                 m
                                 mho
microampere  (s)
microcurie (s)
microgram (s)  .................. ji g
microgram (s)  per  liter  ........ M8/1
microinch (es)  ................. p, in.
microliter ..................... /& 1
micrometer (s)  ................. fim
micromho (s)  ................... Mmho
micromicrocurie (s)  ............ Ml" Ci
micromicron  (s)  ................ MM
micromole ...................... /i mole
micron  (s) ..................... n
microvolt (s)  .................. pv
microwatt (s)  .................. jw
mile  (s)
mile  (s) per hour
                                  mi
                                  mph
                                          -316-

-------
millampere  (s)  	ma
millicurie  (s)  	mCl
milliequivalent  (s)  	meq
milligram (s)  	mg
milligrams  per  liter	rag/I
Mllihert 	mHz
milliliter  (s)  	ml
millimeter  (s)  	mm
millimicrogram  (s)  	m/ig
millimicron (s)  	m/t
millimolar  	mM

million electron volt  	Hev
million gallons  	mil gal
million gallons  per  day	mgd
million gallons  per  day
  per acre  	mgd/acre
milliroentgens  	 mr
millivolt (s)	,. mv

minimum	.. min.
minute (s)  	min
mixed liquor suspended
  solids 	 MLSS
molar (concentration)  	 M
mole 	mole
molecular weight 	mol wt
molecul-e,  -ar	mol
most probable number	MPN
nanocurie  (s)  (10"' curie)  ..  nCi
neutron  	  n
normal (concentration)  	  N
number (s)  	No.
newton 	  N
otho-tolidine  	  OT
otho-tolidine-arsenite  	  OTA
ounce  (s)	  oz
ounce-foot  (feet)  	  oz-ft
ounce-inch  (es)  	  oz-in.
outside diameter 	  od
oxidation-reduction
  potential  	  ORP
oxygen consumed  	  OC
part (s) per thousand	ppt

percent 	 percent
percent (vol in vol) 	 percent (v/v)
percent (wt in vol) 	 percent (w/v)
percent (wt in wt) 	 percent (w/w)

picocurie (s) (10~12 curie)	 pCi
potential difference 	 p.d.

pound (s) 	 lb
pound-mole	 Ib-mol6
pound (s) per acre 	 Ib/acre
pound (s) per acre-foot  	 Ib/acre-ft.
pound (s) per day per acre  	 Ib/day/acre
pound (s) per day per cubic
  foot 	 Ib/day/cu  ft
pound (s) per square foot 	 psf
pound (s) per square foot per
  hour ....'	 psf/hr
pound (s) per square inch 	 psi
pound (s) per square inch
  absolute	 psia
pound (s) per square inch gage   psig
pound (s) per thousand cubic
  feet 	 lb/1,000
                                   cu  ft

precipitate (as a noun)  	 ppt
precipitated 	 pptd
precipitating 	 pptg
precipitation 	 pptn
quart (s) 	 qt
radiation absorbed dose  	 rad
reciprocal ohm (s) 	 mho
resistance (ohms) 	 R
revolution (s) per minute  	 rpm
revolution (s) per second  	 rps
roentgen (s) 	 r
roentgen equivalent  (s) man  .... rem
saturated calomel electrode  .... S.C.E.
part  (s) per billion	 ppb =   g/1
part  (s) per million	 ppm* =  mg/1**
second (s) 	 sec
second feet (cubic feet per
  second) 	 cfs
second feet days  	 std
  * For gases
 ••For aqueous solutions; for non-aqueous solutions,
  correct for density.
                                         -317-

-------
side water depth	 SWD            watt (s) 	  w
                                             watt-hour (s) 	  whr
sludge density index 	 SDI
sludge volume index	SVI            week (s) 	  wk
                                             weight 	  wt
soluble	 sol
solution 	 soln
                                             yard (s) 	  yd
specific gravity 	 sp gr          year (s) 	  yr

specific heat	 sp ht

square 	 sq
square centimeter (s) 	sq en
square foot (feet) 	sq ft
square inch (es) 	 sq in.
square kilometer (s) 	 sq km
square meter (s) 	 sq m
square micron (s) 	;.... sq
square mile (s) 	 sq mi
square millimeter (s) 	sq mm
square yard (s) 	 sq yd
suspended solids 	 SS
switch 	 sw
time 	 t
tons per day 	 tpd

total oxygen demand	 TOD
total solids 	TS
total suspended solids 	 TSS
total volatile solids 	TVS
ultra-violet 	 uv
unit of pressure (mm Hg)	 torr
United States Pharmacopoeia.. USP
volatile solids  	 VS
volatile suspended solids  ... VSS
volt (s) '.	 v
volt-ampere (s)  	,. va
volume  	 vol
                                    -318-

-------
APPLICATION OF UNITS
Description
Air supply
BOD loading
Concentration
Density
Discharge or
abstractions, yields
Flow in pipes, conduits,
channels, over weirs,
mimniTiP
Hydraulic load per unit
area; e.g. filtration,
rates
Hydraulic load per unit
volume, e.g. biological
filters, lagoons
Optical units
Pipes-diameter length
Precipitation, run-off
evaporation
Water usage
Unit
cubic meter or
liter of free air
per second
kilogram per cubic
meter per day
milligram per liter
kilogram per cubic
meter
cubic meter per day
cubic meter per
second
liter per second
cubic meter per
square meter per day
cubic meter per
cubic meter per day
lumen per square
meter
millimeter meter
millimeter
liter per person
per day
Symbol
cu m/s
1/s
kg/ cu m day
mg/1
kg/cu m
cu m/day
cu m/sec
1/s
cu m/sq m
day
cu m/cu m
day
lumen/ sq m
mm m
mm
1 /person day
English
Equivalents
0.02832 cu ft/s
28.32 cu ft/s
0.0624 Ib/cu
ft day
1 ppm
0.0624 Ib/cu ft
1.83 x 10"! gpm
0.2272 gpm
15.85 gpm
3.28 cu ft/sq
ft day
cu ft/cu ft day
0.092 ft
candle/ sq ft
0.03937 in
3.28 ft
0.03937 in
0.264 gcpd
          -319-

-------
                             APPENDIX D


                ADMINISTRATOR'S DECISION STATEMENT NO. 5

                            Dated Feb. 6, 1973
SUBJECT:   EPA POLICY ON SUBSURFACE EMPLACEMENT OF FLUIDS BY WELL
           INJECTION

     This ADS records the EPA's position on injection wells and subsurface
emplacement of fluids by well injection, and supersedes the Federal Water
Quality Administration's order COM 5040.10 of October 15, 1970.

GOALS

     The EPA Policy on Subsurface Emplacement of Fluids by Well Injection
is designed to:

     1.   Protect the subsurface from pollution or other
          environmental hazards attributable to improper
          injection or ill-sited injection wells.

     2.   Ensure that engineering and geological safeguards
          adequate to protect the integrity of the
          subsurface environment are adhered to in the
          preliminary investigation, design, construction,
          operation, monitoring and abandonment phases of
          injection well projects.

     3.   Encourage development of alternative means of
          disposal which afford greater environmental
          protection.

PRINCIPAL FINDINGS AND POLICY RATIONALE

     The available evidence concerning injection wells and subsurface
emplacement of fluids indicates that:

     1.   The emplacement of fluids by subsurface injection
          often is considered by government and private
          agencies as an attractive mechanism for final
          disposal or storage owing to:  (1)  the diminishing
          capabilities of surface waters to receive
          effluents without violation of quality standards,
          and (2)  the apparent lower costs of this method of
          disposal or storage over conventional and advanced
          waste management techniques.  Subsurface storage
          capacity is a natural resource of considerable
          value and like any other natural resource its use
          must be conserved for maximal benefits to all
          people.
                                 -321-

-------
     2.   Improper injection of municipal or industrial
          wastes or injection of other fluids for storage or
          disposal to the subsurface environment could
          result in serious pollution of water supplies or
          other environmental hazards.

     3.   The effects of subsurface injection and the fate
          of injected materials are uncertain with today's
          knowledge and could result in serious pollution or
          environmental damage requiring complex and costly
          solutions on a long-term basis.

POLICY AND PROGRAM GUIDANCE

     To ensure accomplishment of the subsurface protection goals established
above it is the policy of the Environmental Protection Agency that:

     1.   The EPA will oppose emplacement of materials by
          subsurface injection without strict controls and a
          clear demonstration that such emplacement will not
          interfere with present or potential use of the
          subsurface environment, contaminate ground water
          resources or otherwise damage the environment.

     2.   All proposals for subsurface injection should be
          critically evaluated to determine that:

          (a)  All reasonable alternative measures have been
          explored and found less satisfactory in terms of
          environmental protection;

          (b)  Adequate preinjection tests have been made for
          predicting the fate of materials injected;

          (c)  There is conclusive technical evidence to
          demonstrate that such injection will not interfere
          with present or potential use of water resources
          nor result in other environmental hazards;

          (d)  The subsurface injection system has been
          designed and constructed to provide maximal
          environmental protection.

          (e)  Provisions have been made for monitoring both
          the injection operation and the resulting effects
          on the environment;
                               -322-

-------
     (f)  Contingency plans that will obviate any
     environmental degradation have been prepared to
     cope with all well shut-ins or any well failures;

     (g)  Provision will be made for plugging injection
     wells when abandoned and for monitoring plugs to
     ensure their adequacy in providing continuous
     environmen tal p ro tec tion.

3.   Where subsurface injection is practiced for waste
     disposal, it will be recognized as a temporary
     means of disposal until new technology becomes
     available enabling more assured environmental
     protection.

4.   Where subsurface injection is practiced for
     underground storage or for recycling of natural
     fluids, it will be recognized that such practice
     will cease or be modified when a hazard to natural
     resources or the environment appears imminent.

5.   The EPA will apply this policy to the extent of
     its authorities in conducting all program
     activities, including regulatory activities,
     research and development, technical assistance to
     the States, and the administration of the
     construction grants, State program grants, and
     basin planning grants programs and control of
     pollution at Federal facilities in accordance with
     Executive Order 11507.
                           -323-

-------
                                              SELECTED WATER  RESOURCES ABSTRACTS
                                                     INPUT TRANSACTION  FORM
    Organization
              Environmental Planning and Engineering
                          a division of
              David Volkert & Associates, Bethesc;a, Maryland.
    Title
              Monograph on the Effectiveness and Cost of Water Treatment
              Processes for the Removal of Specific Contaminants.
10

22
Authors)
Ian C. Watson
Stephen J. Spano
Howard N. Da^is
Frederick M. Heider
i/ Pro/ect Designation
T7T>A Tjnr* Prtn *••*--! ^*- >iTn Aft—Hi _ 1 ft ^ *^

2] Note

Citation
23
    Descriptors (Starred First)
             *Water Treatment Methods and Processes, *Water Treatment  Costs,
              Treatment Process Selection, Water Source Protection, Treated
              Water Storage, Control of Water Quality in Distribution  System.
25
    Identifiers (Starred First)
             *Effectiveness and Cost of Water Treatment
27
    Abstract
              This monograph provides information on treatment processes  for
              potable water supplies and their costs.  It is intended  as  a
              general planning document, giving the user general  concepts on
              what treatment methods are available to remove specific  con-
              taminants or reduce them below the limits required  or  recommended
              by the 1974 Federal Drinking Water Standards and Guidelines.
              These contaminants may be physical, biological, radiological,  or
              chemical.  General cost estimates for the removal or reduction of
              contaminant levels can be made by using the cost estimation
              curves and procedures outlined in the monograph.  Volume II of
              the monograph is a KWIK INDEX which provides additional  references
              for more detailed information on treatments and costs.

              This report was submitted in fulfillment of EPA contract 68-01-1833
              undei  the sponsorship of the Water Quality Office,  Environmental
              Protection Agency.
j.s rac"pre  C  
-------